In Volume 1-2: Biography, Additions, and Corrections | Additions and Corrections

previous chapter: Some Miscellaneous Historical Works

¶ P. xxviii, ad M. Idrīs: Read Nagrāmī. For Nagrām, a village near Lucknow, see Raḥmān ʿAlī p. 124¹⁶, where the name is spelled out.

No. 1, penult. par., mss. [Tarjamah i Tafsīr i Ṭabarī]. Also Ṭihrān National Museum (vols. i–iv and vi (last), ah 606–8/1209–11. From the shrine of Sh̲. Ṣafī at Ardabīl. See A. Romaskewicz’s article Persidski “tafsir” Tabarī in Zapiski Kollegii Vostokovedov v (1930) pp. 801–6), Mash̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., no. 19 (S. xxiii 58–xxxiv 19), Āṣafīyah iii p. 230 no. 572.

No. 1, 2nd par., footnote. al-Mufaqqih is apparently a corruption of al-Mutafaqqih.

No. 2, end. Among the mss. of old commentaries as yet unidentified are Fātiḥ 301 (S. xlix–lxiv. ah 630. Language archaic. Translation of xliv 1 begins Ai girawandagān pīsh̲ī ma- kunīt bar Muḥammad. Magnificent ms.) [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1123], Browne Coll. A. 2 (probably composed in 5th/11th cent. S. xxxviii 20–xcv. 13th cent.) and Blochet iv 2211 (S. vii–x. An isolated volume of a large commentary (in 14 or 15 vols. ?). Early 13th cent.). A fragment of 46 leaves (S. ii 61–146) from an old tafsīr has been described with some extracts and an exposition of its linguistic features in an Urdu article (Qurʾān Pak kī ēk qadīm tafsīr) contributed by Prof. Maḥmūd S̲h̲ērānī (probably the owner of the fragment) to ocm. viii/3 (May 1932) pp. 1–96.

No. 3, 2nd par., mss. [Tafsīr al-Sūrābādī]. Also Brit. Mus. (S. xix–xxv. ah 535/1140–1. See British Museum Quarterly vi/2 (1931) p. 55). For a ms. dated 684/1285 of the first quarter of this commentary in the private library of the late M. ʿAlī K̲h̲ān “Tarbiyat” (cf. no. 1493 supra) at Tabrīz see ʿAbd al-ʿAzīz Jawāhir al-Kalām’s Kitāb-k̲h̲ānahā-yi Īrān, [Ṭihrān] ahs 1311, p. 91, and Mahdī Bayānī’s article Sargud̲h̲ash̲t i has̲h̲t qarn i yak nusk̲h̲ah i k̲h̲aṭṭī i Qurʾān in the periodical Payām i nau i/7 (Ṭihran [1945]) p. 45.

No. 4, 2nd par., mss. [Tāj al-tarājim]. Also Fātiḥ 302 foll. 1–127 and 280–528 (S. xviii–cxiv. ah 506/1112–13. See Ritter in olz.1928/12 col. 1123), Sipahsālār i pp. 78–80 no. 138 (S. xix–cxiv. 15th cent.).

No. 5, 1st par. [Abū Naṣr etc.]. According to the editor’s Arabic preface in the ms. Fātiḥ 303 the author’s name is A. N. Aḥmad b. al-Ḥasan b. Aḥmad al-Daranī (?) and he is there said to have died in 549 [1154–5]. According to the copyist’s ¶ colophon his surname [Beiname] is Zāhid, not Zāhidī. [Ritter, olz. 1928/12 col. 1123]. Among the forms in which the name occurs are Saif al-Dīn A. N. b. A. b. Ḥusain b. Sulaimān Drwājkī (Mas̲h̲had cat.), A. N. b. A. b. al-Ḥusain b. A. b. S. Darwājakī or Wardājakī (Ivanow Curzon 332) and A. N. A. b. al-Ḥasan b. A. Sulaimānī al-Rārwḥkī (Bānkīpīr xiv p. 2). The words Qāla ’l-S̲h̲aik̲h̲ al-Imām al-Zāhid recur fairly often in the text (Ivanow Curzon 333).

No. 5, 2nd par. [Tafsīr i Zāhidī]. The work is so called in some of the colophons (e.g. Ivanow Curzon 332, 333, Bānkīpūr xiv 1112–13). According to the already cited Arabic editorial preface in Fātīḥ 303 the title is Laṭāʾif al-tafsīr [Ritter, olz. 1928/12 col. 1123], Other mss.: Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., no. 26 (“Tafsīr i Saif al-Dīn”; Apparently complete. ah 829/1425–6), Fātiḥ 303 (S. i–xviii. ah 877/1472–3. See Ritter, olz. 1928/12 col. 1123).

No. 5, 2nd par., mss. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1121–2 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1112–13.

No. 5, end. Insert:

5a. Ras̲h̲īd al-Dīn Abū ’l-Faḍl Aḥmad b. M. b. Aḥmad b. Mihrpazd al-Maibudī al-Yazdī.

Kas̲h̲f al-asrār wa-ʿuddat al-abrār (beg. K̲h̲air kalimāt al-sh̲ukr), a large commentary begun in 520/1126, based in part on the concise tafsīr¹ of ʿAbd Allāh al-Anṣārī (for whom see no. 1245 supra) and having the comments on each verse arranged in three naubats ((1) a literal Persian translation, (2) explanation of the sense, variant readings, occasion of the revelation, legal application, traditions and anecdotes, (3) Ṣūfī explanation): Ḥ. K̲h̲. v p. 202 no. 10674 (incorrect), Asʿad 146 (S. xxvi–cxiv, described as vols. 7 and 8. ah 726), 145 (S. i–xvii. ah 889), Nūr i ʿUt̲h̲mānīyah 474 (S. vi–x. Early 8th/14th cent.), 444 (S. iv 147–ix 119, described as vol. 3. 8th/14th cent. ?), Yeñī p. 80 no. 43 (complete. Written for the Wazīr Faṣīḥ al-Dīn Aḥmad Pās̲h̲ā and bearing the seal of Bāyazīd ii) [Ritter, olz. 1928/12 col. 1123], Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., nos. 176 (S. i–ii 193), 30 (S. xxi 6–xxv), Sipahsālār i p. 148 no. 209 (S. vi–ix, 13th cent.).

No. 6, 2nd par., mss. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1137–9 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1114–16 (first two leaves missing).

¶ No. 6, 2nd par., mss. [Rauḍ al-jinān]. Also Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., nos. 129–36 (of which 134 (S. xxxiii–xlviii) and 136 (S. lxxiv–cix) are dated 556/1161 and 557/1162 respectively), Majlis ii 811 (vols. i–x (out of 20 vols.). ah 1058/1648), Sipahsālār i pp. 129–34 no. 194 (S. xii–xvii), ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 6 no. 11 (“juzw i t̲h̲ānī”).

Edition: Ṭihrān (Maṭbaʿah i Majlis) ah 1323/1905–6 (vol. i, i.e. S. i–iv 61 and vol. ii, i.e. S. iv 62–ix), ahs 1313–15/ 1934–6 (vols. iii–v, i.e. S. x–cxiv). According to the Sipahsālār catalogue Muẓaffar al-Dīn S̲h̲āh gave orders in 1319/ 1901–2 for the printing of this work and at the time of his death (D̲h̲ū ’l-Qaʿdah 1324/Jan. 1907) “vols. i–ii”; and 173 pages of “vol. iii”;, i.e. more than ten of the author’s twenty mujallads, had been printed. In Riḍā S̲h̲āh’s reign the printing was resumed and completed (cf. Mas̲h̲had iv, p. 491, Majlis ii p. 27¹⁶).

No. 7, 2nd par., mss. [Tafsīr i Baṣāʾir i Yamīnī]. “The Tafsīr described by me in the first catalogue as No. 956 is apparently not identical with Rosen 45. But it is identical, as Professor Houtsma has written, with Leyden iv, 45 (No. 1710) …” [W. Ivanow, in a letter.]

No. 7, 2nd par., mss. [Tafsīr i Baṣā’ir i Yamīnī.] Bāyazīd 68 should be deleted, since that ms. (217 foll. 8th/14th cent. ?) contains the Baṣāʾir al-naẓāʾir, an introduction to the Qurʾān and a Qurʾānic glossary, by Abū ’l-Faḍāʾil M. b. al-Ḥusain al-Muʿīnī [Ritter, olz. 1928, col. 1123]. Other mss.: Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., nos. 12–13 (1st half only. ah 610/1213) and probably Leyden iv p. 45 no. 1710 (S. xviii–xxxiv 32. N.d. See previous correction).

No. 9, 2nd par. [Qādī Ḥamīd al-Dīn Nāgaurī.] His tomb is near that of Bak̲h̲tyār Kākī. For the inscription, which gives 695/1296 as the date of his death, see Beale Miftāḥ al-tawārīk̲h̲ (1867) p. 73.

No. 9, 3rd par. [Qādī Ḥ. al-D. Nāgaurī.] Also Āʾin i Akbarī tr. Jarrett p. 367; Gulzār i abrār no. 20; Kalimāt al-ṣādiqīn no. 5; Riyāḍ al-ʿārifīn (ahs 1316) p. 104.

No. 9, penult. par. [S̲h̲. Ḥamīd al-Dīn Nāgaurī.] Also Āʾīn i Akbarī tr. Jarrett p. 367; Gulzār i abrār no. 50; Mak̲h̲zan al-g̲h̲arāʾib no. 566.

No. 11, 2nd par., mss. [al-Asʾilah wa-’l-ajwibah.] Āyā Ṣōfyah 1033a and 69b are dated 826 and 885 respectively. Ā. Ṣ. 71 belonged to the library of Bāyazīd ii (886–918). The words “(probably also 66)”; should be deleted: Ā. Ṣ. 66 contains the Ḥurūfī commentary described in the addendum to no. 12, end. [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1123.]

¶ No. 11, 2nd par., mss. [al-Asʾilah wa-’l-ajwibah]. Also Nāfid̲h̲ Pās̲h̲ā 108 (modern). [Ritter.] Delete (also 98 ?). Fātiḥ 98 is the Ḥurūfī commentary described in the addendum to no. 12, end.

No. 12. This record should be deleted. For the Kas̲h̲f al-asrār wa-ʿuddat al-abrār (erroneously ascribed by Ḥ. K̲h̲. to al-Taftāzānī) see the addendum to no. 5.

No. 12, end. Insert:

12a. (Tafsīr i Ḥurūfī) (beg. Ibtidā (5 times) k̲h̲ilqat az īn-jā nah az aurāq), a curious Ḥurūfī commentary stated to have been composed in 796/1394: Āyā Ṣōfyah 66 (bears seal of Bāyazīd ii (886–918)), Fātiḥ 98 (same seal), probably also Kamānkas̲h̲ 230 (acephalous. ah 914). [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1123.]

No. 13, 2nd par. [Tafsīr i M. Pārsā.] This work was composed at Buk̲h̲ārā in 820, as appears from the author’s colophon in Asʿad 84 (ah 1059). [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1124.]

No. 13, 2nd par., end. Delete the note of interrogation. [Ritter, ibid.]

No. 13, penult. par., ult. Delete probably. [Ritter, ibid.]

No. 13, last par. [M. Pārsā.] Also K̲h̲azīnah i ganj i Ilāhī (Sprenger p. 84); Haft iqlīm no. 1492; Rieu ii p. 863; Ethé no. 1855; Brockelmann Sptbd. ii pp. 282–3.

No. 14 (2), end. [Niʿmat Allāh Walī.] Also K̲h̲azīnah i ganj i Ilāhī (Sprenger p. 86); Ātas̲h̲-kadah no. 250; K̲h̲azīnat al-aṣfiyāʾ i pp. 114–15; Bānkīpūr ii pp. 10–11. Photograph of his tomb (erected in 840 by Aḥmad S̲h̲ah Bahmanī) in Sykes History of Persia ii, facing p. 156.

No. 15, 1st par. C̲h̲ark̲h̲ is a small place on the road from Kābul to G̲h̲aznī and is nearer to the former than to the latter.

No. 15, 2nd par., mss. [Tafsīr i Yaʿqūb i C̲h̲ark̲h̲ī.] Fātiḥ 299 and Asʿad 88 are dated 924 and 933. [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1124.]

No. 15, 2nd par., mss. Yeñī p. 79 no 22 should be deleted, since it contains a small (20 foll.) anonymous commentary on the Fātiḥah (beg. Fātiḥah i futūḥāt i Ilāhī) with an appendix on the kh̲awāṣṣ of the sūrah. [Ritter, ibid.] Other ¶ mss.: Lahore Panjāb Univ. (2 copies, one dated 1089–91/1678–80. See ocm. xi/2 p. 77), Ivanow 2nd Suppt. 988 (late 18th cent.), Bānkīpūr xiv 1156 (18th cent.), Nāfid̲h̲ Pās̲h̲ā 59 (ah 1234/1818–19. See Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1124), Blochet iv 2212 (ah 1239–42/1823–7), Vatican Pers. 158 (ah 1270/1853. Rossi p. 151), ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 6.

No. 15, 3rd par. Also Bombay 1308/1890–1 (Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, ptd. bks., no. 8).

No. 16, 2nd par., mss. [Baḥr i mawwāj.] Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1105–8, 1109 and 1110–11 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1117–20 (complete, ah 1265/1849), 1121 (S. xxxviii–cxiv. ah 1101/1689–90) and 1122–3 (S. i–xviii. 17th cent.).

No. 16, 2nd par., penult. [Baḥr i mawwāj.] Read Nūr i ʿUt̲h̲mānīyah 234 (S. i–xii. ah 984), 235 (S. xiii–cxiv. ah 984). [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1124.]

No. 16, 2nd par., mss. [Baḥr i mawwāj.] Also ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 5 nos. 1–2 (S. xxxvi–cxiv. ah 1087/1676–7), p. 6 no. 26 (defective).

No. 16, last par. Ak̲h̲bār al-ak̲h̲yār (Delhi 1332) pp. 180–1.

No. 16, last par. [S̲h̲ihāb al-Dīn Daulatābādī] Also K̲h̲azīnat al-aṣfiyāʾ i pp. 390–2.

No. 17, 2nd par. [al-Muḥammadīyah or Tafsīr i Muṣannifak.] Correct title: k. al-S̲h̲ifāʾ fī tafsīr kalām Allāh al-munazzal min al-samāʾ. It was begun in 862 (not 863) and completed in 866. [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1124.]

No. 17, 3rd par. [Tafsīr i Muṣannifak.] Read Fātiḥ; 636 (S. i. Author’s brouillon presented in 863), Bāyazīd 260 (S. i, 307 foll., of which 1–234a are autograph), 261 (S. lxxvii–cxiv. ah 1123), Āyā Ṣōfyah 285 (S. lxxvii–cxiv. After ah 1000). [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1124.]

No. 17, last par. [Muṣannifak.] Also Ency. Isl. under al-Bisṭāmī (Huart).

No. 18. This record should be deleted, since Salīmīyah 49 contains a part (S. i and lxxviii–cxiv. ah 974) of Kās̲h̲ifī’s Mawāhib i ʿalīyah (for which see no. 20 (2)). [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1124.]

No. 19 (1), mss. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1128 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1139.

¶ No. 19 (2), mss. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1123–6 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1140–3 (1140 and 1141 of 17th cent., 1142 dated 1104, 1143 19th cent.).

No. 19 (2), mss. [Tafsīr i Sūrah i Yūsuf.] Also Mas̲h̲had iv p. 438 nos. 335 (ah 986/1579), 336, Bānkīpūr Suppt. ii 2056 (ah 1098/1687), Majlis ii 789 (early 19th cent.), Lahore Panjāb Univ. (ah 1273/1856–7. See ocm. xi/2 p. 77).

No. 19, 4th par. [Tafsīr i Sūrah i Yūsuf.] Also Lucknow 1309/1891–2 (under the title of Tafsīr i nuqrah-kār.² See Mas̲h̲had iv p. 481).

No. 19, last par. [Muʿīn al-Dīn Farāhī] Also Majālis al-nafāʾis (tr. Fak̲h̲rī ed. Ḥikmat p. 94, ed. ʿAbd Allāh om. (p. 15912), tr. Qazwīnī ed. Ḥikmat p. 269); Tārīk̲h̲ i Ras̲h̲īdī (quoted in Mélanges asiatiques ix p. 348); Gulzār i abrār no. 233. For some of his descendants see Maʾāt̲h̲ir al-umarāʾ iii p. 117.

No. 20, 1st par., ult. Read 910/1504–5.

No. 20 (1), mss. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1131–2 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1124–5.

No. 20 (1), mss. [Jawāhir al-tafsīr.] Also Yeñi 19 (S. i–iv. ah 967, transcribed from an autograph), Qarah Muṣṭafā 100 (S. i–iv. ah 1031), Nūr i ʿUt̲h̲mānīyah 279 (S. i–iv. ah 1062 ?), [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1125], Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., nos. 75–77 (of which 75 is dated 979/1571–2), iv p. 432, nos. 317 (S. i. ah 1118/1706), 318 (S. i), Majlis ii 808 (ah 983/1575–6) Sipahsālār i p. 113, nos. 171 (S. i–iv 81. 16th cent.), 172 (S. i–iii), Āṣafīyah iii p. 230 (beautiful ms.), Leningrad Univ. (Salemann-Rosen p. 14).

No. 20 (1), 2nd par., end. Nūr i ʿUt̲h̲mānīyah 279 and Yeñī 19 are the Jawāhir al-tafsīr (see the Additions to No. 20 (1), mss. above): Bāyazīd 145 is the Mawāhib i ʿAlīyah. [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1125.] Tashkent 8 (17th cent.) is the Mawāhib i ʿAlīyah, as the opening words show.

No. 19, penult. par., footnote. [Muʿīn al-Dīn Farāhī] For a Persian abridgment, K̲h̲ulāṣah i Baḥr al-durar, see ocm. xi/2 (Feb. 1935) p. 76 (Lahore, Panjāb Univ. ah 1213/1798).

¶ No. 20 (2), 2nd par. [Mawāhib i ʿalīyah.] Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1145–56 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1126–37.

No. 20 (2), 3rd par., end. [Mawāhib i ʿalīyah. Editions.] Also Ṭihrān ahs 1317/1938 (2 Vols. See Mas̲h̲had cat. iv p. 503).

No. 20 (2), penult. par., end. I nsert: A Ṣūfī commentary on Sūrah xii divided into sixty fuṣūl and entitled Jāmiʿ al-sittīn (beg. al-Ḥ. l. al-K̲h̲āliq al-Akbar) is described briefly in Sipahsālār i pp. 100–1 no. 163 (defective. 19th cent.), where it is stated that according to the [spurious ?] preface the subject matter was taken down by a number of hearers from the dictation of Ḥusain Kās̲h̲ifī, who then furnished the work with a preface. It seems probable that this commentary is identical with the Jāmiʿ laṭāʾif al-basātīn recorded below (no. 49 (a) (10). See also Additions and corrections to that record).

No. 20, last par. [Ḥusain Kās̲h̲ifī.] Also Majālis al-nafāʾis (tr. Fak̲h̲rī, ed. Hikmat p. 93, ed. ʿAbd Allāh p. 158, tr. Qazwīnī, ed. Ḥikmat p. 268); K̲h̲azīnah i ganj i Ilāhī (Sprenger p. 74); K̲h̲azīnat al-aṣfiyāʾ ii pp. 326–7.

No. 20, end. Insert:

20a. ʿImād [al-Dīn] M. [b. Maḥmūd] Ṭārumī; born at Ṭārum, migrated to Gujrāt and died there in 941/1534–5. [Ẓafar al-wālih (in Arabic) i p. 246.]

Risālah i firdausīyah, a commentary (dealing with īmān and taubah) on Sūrah vi 159 (“… yauma yaʾtī baʿḍu āyāti Rabbika …), written by order of S̲h̲ams al-Dīn Abū ’l-Naṣr Muẓaffar S̲h̲āh [ii] b. Maḥmūd S̲h̲āh [of Gujrāt, ah 917–32/1511–26]: Mas̲h̲had iv p. 440 no. 340 (defective at end).

No. 21, 1st par. [Abū ’l-Fatḥ al-Ḥusaini.] Mīr Abū ’l-Fatḥ S̲h̲arafī S̲h̲arīfī Ḥusainī ʿArab-S̲h̲āhī b. S. M. b. Mak̲h̲dūm b. S. S̲h̲arīf Jurjānī (cf. no. 53 supra), a pupil of ʿIṣām al-Dīn Ibrāhīm [b. M. b. ʿArab-S̲h̲āh al-Isfarāʾīnī (cf. Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 571), was educated in Transoxiana but settled eventually at Ardabīl, where he died in 976/1568–9 (see Ḥasan Rūmlū ed. Seddon p. 443⁹, Seddon’s trans., p. 192). He was a convert to S̲h̲īʿsm, his father having been an Anti-S̲h̲īʿite (Mas̲h̲had cat. i, fṣl. 1, mss., nos. 180, 271). Among his works, of which several are mentioned by Ḥasan Rūmlū, was an Arabic commentary, Miftāḥ al-lubāb, composed in 955/1548 (Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 1, mss., nos. 180, 271, i.h. 1772), on al-Bāb al-ḥādī-ʿas̲h̲ar (cf. Brockelmann Sptbd. i p. 707²²). Although a ḥās̲h̲iyah bar Tahd̲h̲īb i manṭiq (in addition to a ḥas̲h̲iyah bar Kubrā ³) is mentioned by Ḥasan ¶ Rūmlū among Mīr Abū ’l-Fatḥ’s works, it seems at least doubtful whether he can be identical (as is stated in the Mas̲h̲had catalogue, i, fṣl. 3, mss., p. 18⁵, and the Sipahsālār catalogue, i p. 129⁴) with Mīr Abū ’l-Fatḥ S. M. b. Abī Saʿīd al-Ḥusainī known as Tāj i Saʿīdī, who annotated and completed Dawānī’s unfinished commentary on Taftāzānī’s Tahd̲h̲īb al-manṭiq (Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 2, mss., no. 34, Iʿjāz Ḥusain 858) and who, according to those catalogues, was a pupil of Qāḍī-zādah i Rūmī² and died in 950 (or, according to i.ḥ., about 950).

No. 21, 2nd par., mss. [Tafsīr i S̲h̲āhī.] Also Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 2, mss., nos. 49–51 (three copies, one dated 974/1566–7), Sipahsālār i p. 129 no. 193.

No. 22 (1), mss. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1112–13 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1144–5.000

No. 22 (1), mss. [Tarjamat al-k̲h̲awāṣṣ.] Bas̲h̲īr Āgh̲ā 37, 38 and 39 contain respectively Sūrahs i–xvii (quite modern, though dated 882 (!)), xix–xxxv (defective at end. N.d.) and xxxvi–cxiv (defective at beginning, ah 1113). 37 is certainly Zawārī’s commentary, 38 possibly so, 39 probably so. [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1125.] Also Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., nos. 15–18 (all defective. 18 dated 1020/1611–12), iv p. 412 no. 263, Lahore Panjāb Univ. (“Pt i”; dated 1089/1678–9, “Pt. ii”; dated 1061/1651. See ocm. xi/2 (Feb. 1935) p. 76), Majlis ii 798 (S. xix–cxiv. ah 1074/1663–4), 797 (S. i–xvii. ah 1083/1672–3), 796 (S. i–xviii. 17th cent.).

No. 22 (5), footnote. For al-Faḍl al-Ṭabarsī see Tārīkhi Baihaq pp. 242–3, where the date of his death is given as 523.

No. 22 (9). [Tarjamah i tafsīr i Imām Ḥasan i ʿAskarī.] This is the Āt̲h̲ār al-ak̲h̲yār (not al-ak̲h̲bār) mentioned no. 49 (a) (4) infra: see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 401, where a slightly defective ms. of 1265/1849 is described.

No. 22, end. Insert:

22a. S. ʿAzīz Allāh Ḥusainī wrote in 967/1559–60 for S̲h̲āhzādah Sulṭānum Ṣafawīyah⁵ an Arabic commentary on S̲h̲. Ṭūsī’s Uṣūl i dīn (Mas̲h̲had i fṣl. 1, mss., no. 194). For the same princess he wrote in Persian—

Tafsīr i Kalimah i Tahlīlīyah: Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., no. 59 (ah 963/1555–6).

¶ No. 22 (10), footnote. [Ibn Ṭāʾūs.] Also Qiṣaṣ al-ʿulamāʾ p. 315; Brockelmann i p. 498, Sptbd. i pp. 911–13.

No. 22 (11), footnote. For the ʿUddat al-dāʿī; see also Gotha Arab. cat. i no. 771 (1) (?), i.h. 2110, Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 210.

No. 22 (11), footnote. [Ibn Fahd.] Also Majālis al-muʾminīn p. 249 penult.; Qiṣaṣ al-ʿulamāʾ p. 336 ult. For Brockelmann i 498 read Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 210.

No. 23 (1), mss. [Manhaj al-ṣādiqīn.] Also Mas̲h̲had iv p. 456 nos. 381 (acephalous, S. xxv (end only)–xxxv. ah 983/1575), 380 (S. xix–xxv, defective at end. Same hand. According to the catalogue the composition of this volume, the fourth, was completed on 28 Muḥarram 982), i, fṣl. 3, mss., no. 213 (S. iv–viii), Sipahsālār i pp. 177–8 nos. 239 (S. ix–xviii = Jild iii. N.d.), 240 (S. xxxvi–lv. N.d.).

No. 23 (1), 2nd par. [ Manhaj al-ṣādiqīn. Editions.] Also Tabrīz 1314/ 1896–7 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 502 and Harrassowitz’s Bücher- Katalog 415 (1928) no. 3319, the latter of which gives Ṭihrān as the place of publication).

No. 23 (2), mss. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1133–6 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1146–9.

No. 23 (2), mss. [K̲h̲ulāṣat al-Manhaj.] Also Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., nos. 119–28 (one of which is dated 989/1581), Sipahsālār i pp. 123–7 nos. 186–9 (of which 187 is dated 1067/1656–7), Majlis ii 809 (ah 1114–15/1702–4), Ellis Coll. M. 113 (ah 1128/1716), Ivanow 2nd Suppt. 989 (S. i–vi. ah 1153/1740), ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 6 nos. 16 (S. i–xix. ah 1251/1835–6), 17 (S. xix–cxiv), Bānkīpūr Suppt. ii 2057 (last juzʾ(?) ah 1255/1839), Caetani 25.

No. 24, last par. [Fak̲h̲r al-Dīn Sammākī] Also Ḥasan Rūmlū p. 490 (his death on 9 D̲h̲ū ’l-ʿQadah 984/28 Jan. 1577), Seddon’s trans. p. 209; Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 587.

No. 25, last par. [Jalāl al-Dīn T’hānēsarī.] Also Ak̲h̲bār al-ak̲h̲yār p. 285; Ṭabaqāt i Ak̲h̲barī; ii p. 473; Akbar-nāmah iii p. 341, Beveridge’s trans. iii p. 500; Gulzār i abrār no. 560.

No. 27, end. Insert:

27a. ʿAbd al-Ḥaqq b. Saif al-Dīn al-Turk al-Dihlawī al-Buk̲h̲ārī died in 1052/1642–3 (see no.s 243, 1298, etc., supra).

Tafsīr i Āyat al-Nūr (S. xxiv 35); Rieu ii 863 (18th cent.).

¶ 27b. S̲h̲āh⁶ Qāḍī Yazdī

Tafsīr āyāt al-aḥkām, completed in 1021/1612 for Sulṭān Muḥammad Quṭb-S̲h̲āh (ah. 1020–35/1612–26): ih 518 (Tarjamat āyāt al-aḥkām), 612 (Tafsīr ā. al-a.), 1765 (S̲h̲arḥ ā. al-a.), Āṣafīyah iii p. 230 no. 436.

27c. Aḥmad b. Zain al-ʿĀbidīn al-ʿAlawī al-ʿĀmilī al-Iṣfahānī, a cousin (ibn k̲h̲ālah, Rauḍāt al-jannāt p. 116¹⁵) and pupil of M. Bāqir Dāmād (who died in 1041/1631–2: see Browne Lit. Hist. iv p. 406) and the recipient of an ijāzah written in 1018/1609–10 by Bahāʾ al-Dīn al-ʿĀmilī (iḥ 23), is best known as the author of two anti-Christian works (neither of them mentioned by iḥ), al-Lawāmiʿ al-rabbānīyah fī radd al-s̲h̲ubah al-Naṣrānīyah completed in 1031/ 1621 (mss.: Browne Pers. Cat. 7, 8, Blochet i 54, Edinburgh 372, Vatican 22) and the Miṣqal i ṣafā dar tajliyah i Ā’īnah i ḥaqq-numā completed in 1032/1622 (mss.: Blochet i 52, 53, Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 1, nos. 256, 257, Rieu i 28b, Vatican 72 (5)). He wrote also Kas̲h̲f al-ḥaqāʾiq fī s̲h̲arḥ Taqwīm al-īmān, annotations (in Arabic) on the Taqwīm al-īmān of M. Bāqir Dāmād (iḥ 853, Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 1, mss., no. 222) and Miftāḥ al-S̲h̲ifāʾ wa-’l-ʿurwat al-wut̲h̲qā, annotations on the ilāhīyāt of the S̲h̲ifāʾ of Ibn Sīnā (ih 3034).

Laṭāʾif i g̲h̲aībī (beg. Baʿd az ḥamd i Mubdiʿī kih sabʿah i muʿallaqāt), a commentary on those verses of the Qurʾān relating to the person and attributes of God and other points of dogma,⁷ begun in 1033/1623–4 and dedicated to Iʿtimād al-Daulah Abū ’l-Ḥasan: Bodleian 1819 (transcribed from an autograph), Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., no. 181 (defective at end).

27d. Yūsuf Miṣrī

ʿIqd i gauhar, a metrical commentary written in 1035/ 1625–6 for S̲h̲āh ʿAbbās i: Princeton 447 foll. 1–23b (beginning only. ah 1123/1711).

27e. Muʿizz al-Dīn Ardistānī b. Ẓahīr al-Dīn Mīr Mīrān al-Ḥusainī.

Tafsīr i Sūrah i Hal atā [i.e. S. lxxvi presumably], completed in 1044/1634 at the suggestion of M. b. K̲h̲ātūn (cf. no. 84, 1st par. supra) and dedicated to ʿAbd Allāh Quṭb-S̲h̲āh: Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., no. 55 (apparently autograph).

¶ No. 28, last par. [Mullā S̲h̲āh.] See also no. 1332, 3rd par., footnote supra; Pāds̲h̲āh- nāmah i, 1, p. 333, ii p. 754; Hamīs̲h̲ah bahār (Sprenger p. 128); K̲h̲āfī K̲h̲ān i p. 549.

No. 28, end. Insert:

28a. Bahāʾ al-Dīn M. b. Tāj al-Dīn Ḥasan al-Iṣfāhanī, surnamed al-Fāḍil al-Hindī, died at Iṣfahān in 1137/1725 (see no. 279 supra).

al-Baḥr al-mawwāj, a translation and commentary: Majlis ii 790 (no preface. 18th cent.).

No. 29, end. Insert:

29a. Bahāʾ al-Dīn M. b. S̲h̲aik̲h̲-ʿAlī S̲h̲arīf Lāhījī. Tarjamat al-Qurʾān, a S̲h̲īʿite translation and commentary completed at Patnah [?] in 108- (perhaps 1086: corruptly in the colophon as quoted “min sanati wa-t̲h̲amānīna wa-alf ”): Mas̲h̲had iv p. 414 nos. 267 (S. ii 4–xvii), 268 (S. xviii–cxiv. ah 1260 (?)/1844).

No. 30, 2nd par. [Zēb i tafāsīr.] Cf. Maʾāt̲h̲ir i ʿĀlamgīrī p. 539.

No. 32, end. Insert:

32a. M. Riḍā b. M. Mahdī b. M. Bāqir Sabzawari.

Tarjamat al-Sulṭānī, an annotated translation of Sūrah xviii (al-Kahf) completed in 1115/1704 at the request of S̲h̲āh Sulṭān-Ḥusain Ṣafawī: Mas̲h̲had iv p. 413 no. 264 (ornate ms.).

No. 33, 2nd par. [Mawāʾid al-Raḥmān.] Presumably identical with the (apparently untitled) translation prepared by order of Nādir S̲h̲āh, which is preserved in Blochet iv 2210 (written circ. ad 1740 for Nādīr S̲h̲āh’s library). For the Bombay lithograph see also Mas̲h̲had iv p.502.

No. 33, 2nd par., 2nd footnote. [Ḥusain K̲h̲wānsārī. Also Ātas̲h̲-kadah (Bodleian 384 no. 434).

No. 33, last par. [Jamāl al-Dīn K̲h̲wānsārī.] Also “Ḥazīn’s”; Tad̲h̲kirat al-aḥwāl p. 53 penult., Belfour’s trans. p. 59; Nujūm al-samāʾ p. 191.

No. 34, end. Insert:

¶ 34a. Zain al-ʿĀbidīn Birādar “Diwān”, presumably a Dak’hanī, since he wrote verses in Dak’hanī Urdū, is the author of a commentary (apparently in Persian) on Muḥibb Allāh Bihārī’s Sullam al-ʿulūm (see Brockelmann ii p. 421, Sptbd. ii p. 622), which he completed in 1150/1737–8 and which is preserved together with his dīwān (Dīwān i Dīwān) and thirty-five other works, mostly short tracts, in an India Office ms.

(1)

Fuyūḍāt al-Fatiḥah, a commentary on Sūrah i: Ethé 1700 (1).

(2)

Ḥās̲h̲iyah i risālah i Fuyūḍāt al-Fātiḥah, notes on the preceding: Ethé 1700 (2).

No. 35 (1), 1st par., mss. [Fatḥ al-Raḥmān.] Also Bānkīpūr xvii 1655 (Muqaddamah only. ah 1251/1835), 1654 (?) (Muqaddamah fī qawānīn al-tarjamah), ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 6 no. 14. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1140–1 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1157–8.

No. 35 (2), 1st par. [al-Fauz al-kabīr.] For a description of this work see Zubaid Aḥmad The contribution of India to Arabic literature pp. 28–31.

No. 35 (2), 1st par., mss.[al-Fauz al-kabīr. mss.] Also Bānkīpūr xvii 1601.

No. 35 (2), 2nd par., end.[al-Fauz al-kabīr. Editions.] Also Cairo 1346/ 1927–8 (as an appendix to M. Munīr’s Irs̲h̲ād al-rāg̲h̲ibīn fī ’l-kas̲h̲f ʿan āy al-Qurʾān al-mubīn. See Der Islam xix p. 74 no. 168).

No. 35 (2), 3rd par. For the Fatḥ al-K̲h̲abīr see Zubaid Aḥmad The contribution of India to Arabic literature pp. 19–20.

No. 35, last par. [Walī Allāh Dihlawī] Also K̲h̲azīnat al-aṣfiyāʾ ii p. 373; Ḥayāt i Walī (in Urdu. 360 pp.), by M. Raḥīm-Bak̲h̲s̲h̲, Delhi 1319/1901–2*; Bānkīpūr xiv p. 134; Brockelmann Sptbd. ii pp. 614–15: Zubaid Aḥmad The contribution of India to Arabic literature pp. 19–20, 246, etc. For an anonymous work defending Walī Allāh against the charge that he had insufficient respect for the Imams see Bānkīpūr xvii 1619.

No. 36 (4), 2nd par. [Qamar al-Dīn Aurangābādī.] Also Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 616; Zubaid Aḥmad The contribution of India to Arabic literature p. 314.

No. 36, end. Insert:

36a. Āqā M. Hās̲h̲im “Hās̲h̲im” b. Mīrzā Ismāʿīl S̲h̲īrāzī D̲h̲ahabī was a mustaufī in the service of the Zands, but resigned in order to lead ¶ the life of a Ṣūfī. He became the disciple, son-in-law and k̲h̲alīfah of S. Quṭb al-Dīn Nairīzī, one of the mas̲h̲āyik̲h̲ of the Silsilah i D̲h̲ahabīyah i Kubrawīyah. He died in 1199/1785 and was buried in the Ḥāfiẓīyah at S̲h̲īrāz. [Riyāḍ al-ʿārifīn pp. 624–6; Ṭarāʾiq al-ḥaqāʾiq hi p. 98; Mas̲h̲had cat. iv pp. 501–2].

Manāhil al-taḥqīq, a commentary on the words “A-lā ilā ’llāhi tasīru ’l-umūr” (Sūrah xlii 53) containing Ṣūfī reflexions on mabdaʾ and maʿād: Ṭihrān 1323/1905 (followed by a Ṣūfī tract, risālaʾī dar sulūk, by Mīrzā Abū ’l-Qāsim known as (maʿrūf bi-) Mīrzā Bābā D̲h̲ahabī S̲h̲īrāzī. See Mas̲h̲had iv p. 501 no. 286).

No. 38. [Laṭāʾif al-tafsīr.] “Die Zuweisung des Werkes an Naḥīfī lässt sich aus dem Codex ohne weiteres nicht rechtfertigen. Offenbar die Kladde des Verfassers. Der eigentliche Text scheint fol. 3b zu beginnen:

بسمله … المناجاة الرحمانية ای معبود شاهان و ای مسجود پادشاهان

Nähere Untersuchung war mir nicht möglich.” [Ritter. olz. 1928 col. 1125.]

No. 39 (1). [Durr al-naẓīm.] Presumably identical with the Durr i naẓīm i K̲h̲āqānī (beg. Jāmiʿtarīn kalāmī) written by Mullā M. Riḍā “Kaut̲h̲ar” Hamadānī for Fatḥ-ʿAlī S̲h̲āh, of which a ms. (pt. 1 only, on the verses relating to tauhīd, in a muqaddamah, five aṣls and a k̲h̲ātimah. ah 1223/ 1808–9) is described in Mas̲h̲had iv p. 439 no. 338. Edition (pts. 1 and 2): Ṭihrān (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 488. Probably the edition of 1279).

No. 40, 1st par., footnote. G̲h̲ulām-Ḥalīm is the chronogrammatic pseudonym used by ʿAbd al-ʿAzīz in his Tuḥfah i It̲h̲nā-ʿAs̲h̲arīyah, whether or not it was (as Raḥmān ʿAlī implies) the nām i tārīk̲h̲ī given to him by his father. Cf. Blochmann Contributions to Persian lexicography (in jasb. 37/1 (1868)) p. 63: nām i tārīk̲h̲ī, an additional name which parents give their children, in order to remind them of the year in which they were born—a very necessary thing in the East, where few people know their correct age.

No. 40 (5), 1st par., mss. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1142–4—Bānkīpūr xiv 1159–61.

No. 40 (5), 1st par., mss. [Fatḥ al-ʿAzīz.] Also ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 5 no. 8 (S. lxvii–cxiv), Ivanow 2nd Suppt. 990 (S. lxxviii–cxiv. 19th cent.).

¶ No. 40 (5), 2nd par.[Fatḥ al-ʿAzīz. Editions.] Also Delhi 1267/1851 (Bibl. Orient. Sprengeriana 449–50, Zenker ii 1069). An edition of 1264/1848 is recorded (without specification of the place of publication) in Āṣafīyah iii p. 230 no. 441. P. 24, l. 31. [ʿAbd al-ʿAzīz Dihlawī] Also K̲h̲azīnat al-aṣfiyāʾ ii pp. 388–9; Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 615.

No. 40, end. Insert:

40a. Ḥusain Riḍā b. ʿAlī b. Yaʿqūb Afs̲h̲ār.

Tafsīr i ʿAlawī, a S̲h̲īʿite commentary written in 1202/ 1787–8: Calcutta Madrasah 108–9 (ah 1207–8/1792–4).

No. 41 (2), end of par. [Risālah i s̲h̲aqq al-qamar.] For a lithographed edition (pp. 16. Asʿad al-ak̲h̲bār Pr., Āgrah, 1268/1852) see Arberry p. 435.

No. 41, end. [Rafīʿ al-Dīn Dihlawī] Also Fihrist i muṣannafāt i Maulānā S̲h̲āh Rafīʿ al-Dīn Dihlawī (in Urdu), by M. S̲h̲afīʿ (in ocm. ii/1 (Nov. 1925) pp. 42–9).

No. 41, end. Insert:

41a. M. Bāqir (mas̲h̲hūr bah) Nawwāb b. M. Lāhījānī (by origin) Iṣfahānī (by residence), the author of a Persian translation of the Nahj al-balāg̲h̲ah (Sipahsālār ii pp. 17–19), wrote his Tuḥfat al-K̲h̲āqān in 1230/1815 at the request of Fatḥ-ʿAlī S̲h̲āh.

Tuḥfat al-K̲h̲āqān, a commentary in which the expositions are classified under the headings (1) qiṣaṣ, (2) aḥkām, (3) maʿārif, (4) mawāʿiẓ and (5) mawāʿīd: Sipahsālār i pp. 97–8 no. 161 (vol. i only, on the verses relating to the Prophets and the Imāmate. Possibly autograph), Majlis ii p. 8 no. 794 (vol. i only. ah 1230/1815).

No. 43, 2nd par., mss. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1101 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1168.

No. 44, last par. [M. Saʿīd Aslamī] Also Ḥadīqat al-marām (in Arabic) p. 3.

No. 45, 1st par. More fully S. Rajab ʿAlī K̲h̲ān Bahādur Ḥusainī Ḥasanī Naqawī Bhakkarī Dihlawī Lāhaurī (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 492, where the Lahore edition of the Sirr i akbar is described).

No. 45 (1). More fully K. al-g̲h̲. ʿan wujūh āyāt Hal atā (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 495).

¶ No. 47 (1). Read Ḥaḍrat-S̲h̲āhī.

No. 41 (1), footnote. [M. Ḥasan Amrōhawī] Also Nuk̲h̲bat al-tawārīk̲h̲ p. 63.

No. 47, end. Insert:

47a. Ḥaidar ʿAlī Faiḍābādī, a dogmatic theologian and an Anti-S̲h̲īʿite controversialist, spent the last few years of his life at Ḥaidarābād in receipt of a stipend from the Niẓām and he died there about 1890. His Muntahā ’l-kalām was published at [Lucknow] in 1282/1865 (cf. Edwards col. 240).

Fuyūḍāt i Ḥaidarīyah, a tafsīr: Āṣafīyah iii p. 230 nos. 573–8 (6 vols.).

[Raḥmān ʿAlī p. 55.]

No. 48, 1st par. Read Qinnaujī.

No. 48, 1st par., footnote. Read Qinnaujī.

No. 48, 2nd par., ult. 29 Jumādā ii 1307/20 Feb. 1890 is the date given in the Maʾāt̲h̲ir i Ṣiddīqī iii p. 200².

No. 48 (1). [Ifādat al-s̲h̲uyūk̲h̲.] This work is a treatise on the abrogating and abrogated verses of the Qurʾān, not a tafsīr.

No. 48, last par. Also Brockelmann Sptbd. ii pp. 859–61.

No. 48, end. Insert:

48a. M. Bāqir Bawānātī, surnamed Ibrāhīm Jān Muʿaṭṭar, an eccentric poet, who had “travelled through half the world”; and had “been successively a Shíʿte Muhammadan, a dervish, a Christian, an atheist, and a Jew” before elaborating his own “Islamo-Christianity”, was resident in London for some years as an old man and there had E. G. Browne as a pupil in Persian. Having left London towards the end of 1884 he lived for a time at Bairūt and returned thence to Persia, where he died about 1890. His S̲h̲umaisah i Landanīyah, a qaṣīdah of 366 verses, was published in London (with a similar poem, the Sudairah i nāsūtīyah) in 1882*. Twenty-nine verses from the former poem were printed with an English translation by E. G. Browne in The press and poetry of modern Persia, pp. 168–74.

Rauḍāt i Landanī u fauḥāt i anjumanī kināyat az Qurʾān i Muʿaṭṭar, a metrical commentary composed in 1883 on twenty-six sūrahs believed by ¶ the commentator to have been revealed in the first year of the Prophet’s mission: Browne Coll. A. 3 (autograph).

[Browne A year amongst the Persians pp. 12–15. Portrait in The press and poetry of modern Persia, facing p. 168.]

48b. Ḥasan b. M. Bāqir Iṣfāhanī, surnamed (mulaqqab) Ṣafī ʿAlī-S̲h̲āh and, as a poet, calling himself “Ṣafī”, was an eminent member of the Niʿmat-Allāhī order.⁸ Devoted from boyhood to the society of Ṣūfīs, he went at the age of twenty from Iṣfahān to visit Mīrzā Kūc̲h̲ak⁹ at S̲h̲īrāz, was accepted by him as a disciple and later accompanied him to Kirmān. In 1280/1863–4 he went by way of India on a pilgrimage to Mecca. On his return to India he stayed there for four years and published at Bombay a metrical work entitled Zubdat al-asrār (dar asrār i s̲h̲ahādat), which he had begun at Kirmān on the suggestion of Mīrzā Kūc̲h̲ak. He then went to Karbalāʾ and from there to Yazd, but in consequence of disagreements with the ahl i ḥāl u qāl he returned to India, intending to spend the rest of his life in the Deccan. After two years, however, he went back to Persia and settled in Tihrān, where he died on 24 D̲h̲ī-Qaʿdah 1316/5 April 1899. In addition to the Zubdat al-asrār and the tafsīr, works by him entitled ʿIrfān al-ḥaqq, Baḥr al-ḥaqāʾiq and Mīzān al-maʿrifah are mentioned in the Ṭarāʾiq al-Ḥaqāʾiq (iii p. 204³⁴).

Tafsīr i Ṣafī, a metrical (mat̲h̲nawī) Ṣūfī commentary on the whole of the Qurʾān begun in 1306/1888–9 and completed in 1308/1890–1: Ṭihrān 1308/1890–1 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 474).

[al-Maʾāt̲h̲ir wa-’l-āt̲h̲ār (quoted in the Ṭarāʾiq al-ḥaqāʾiq); Ṭarāʾiq al-ḥaqāʾiq iii p. 204; Ras̲h̲īd Yāsimī Adabīyāt i muʿāṣir p. 66 (portrait); Mas̲h̲had cat. iv p. 474.]

48c. Āk̲h̲ūnd Mullā Ḥusain b. ʿAlī Sijāsī Zanjānī.

Wasīlat al-najāh, a commentary on the Sūrah i Wa-’l-s̲h̲ams (xci), begun on 2 D̲h̲ī-Ḥijjah 1321/19 Feb. 1904: Tabrīz 1323/1905 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 504).

48d. Zain al-ʿĀbidīn K̲h̲ān Kirmānī.

Ajwibat al-masāʾil, explanations of certain Qurʾānic verses in answer to questions from Ḥājj Mīrzā ʿAlī Akbar Āqā-yi Jaurābc̲h̲ī Tabrīzī, completed ¶ in 1339/1921; Tabrīz 1344/1925–6 (appended to the same author’s Tanzīh al-anbiyāʾ and Tamyīz al-auṣiyāʾ. See Mas̲h̲had iv p. 463).

48e. S̲h̲. Asad Allāh “S̲h̲ams” Gulpāyagānī was living at the time when his Asrār al-ʿis̲h̲q was published.

Asrār al-ʿis̲h̲q, a Ṣūfī mat̲h̲nawī in explanation of the Sūrah i Yūsuf (xii): Iṣfahān 1343/1924–5 (Mas̲h̲had iv p. 464).

48f. S. Ḥusain b. Naṣr Allāh b. Ṣādiq Mūsawī ʿArab-Bāg̲h̲i.

(1)

Īqān dar awāmir u nawāhī i Qurʾān, a translation of the Qurʾānic verses containing commands and prohibitions, completed in 1345/1927: Urūmiyah 1346/1927–8 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 466).

(2)

Manāhij al-muʾminīn, an exposition of the Qurʾānic verses relating to the Prophet’s family, divided into eighteen manāhij and a k̲h̲ātimah and completed in 1358/1939 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 501, where the date and place of publication are not mentioned but a reference is given to the [not yet published ?] section of the catalogue dealing with Ak̲h̲bār under Manāhij al-ʿārifīn).

48g. ʿAbbās ʿAlī Kaiwān Qazwīnī.

Tafsīr i Kaiwān:Ṭihrān 1350/1931–2 (pts. 1–3, extending to S. iv 109. See Mas̲h̲had iv p. 480).

48h. S. M. ʿAṣṣār, i.e. S. M. b. Maḥmūd Ḥusainī Ṭihrānī Lawāsānī i maʿrūf bi- ʿAṣṣār mutak̲h̲alliṣ bah “Ās̲h̲uftah”, was born at Tihrān in 1264/1848 or 1265/1849 and died at Mas̲h̲had on 9 Muḥarram 1356/22 March 1937 (see Mas̲h̲had iii p. 22¹⁸). Autograph mss. of several works by him are preserved at Mas̲h̲had.

Nāsik̲h̲ al-tafāsīr, a commentary of which the first volume (probably the only one ever written) was begun in 1351/1932 and completed towards the end of 1355/ 1936–7: Mas̲h̲had iv p. 457 no. 383 (S. i xxxix 6. Autograph).

48j. Muḥsin ʿImād mudarris i Ardabīlī mutak̲h̲alliṣ bi- “Ḥālī.”

Āyāt al-rajʿah, a commentary on the verses bearing on the doctrine of rajʿat, completed in 1357/1938: Tihrān ahs 1318/1939–40 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 462).

48k. S. Kāẓim [b. S. M.] ʿAṣṣār is described in the Mas̲h̲had catalogue as a Professor in the University of Tihrān.

Tafsīr [i Saiyid Kāẓim i ʿAṣṣār], exegetical lectures from a Ṣūfī standpoint delivered in the Muʾassasah i Waʿẓ u K̲h̲iṭābah in the years ahs 1315 ¶ and 1317 and extending only to the verse Māliki yaumi ’l-dīn [az āyah i Māliki yaumi ’l-dīn tajāwuz na-kardah]: Tihrān ahs 1315–17/1936–9 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 468).

48l. Ḥājj S̲h̲. S̲h̲arīʿat b. Ḥājj S̲h̲. Hasan b. Mīrzā Riḍā- Qulī Sanglajī, having studied Law, Theology, Philosophy and Ṣūfism under eminent instructors in Tihrān, spent four years in the prosecution of his studies at Najaf. He died at Tihrān on 9 Muḥarram 1363/5 Jan. 1944 at the age of fifty-three.

Kilīd i fahm i Qurʾān, on some preliminary matters relating to tafsīr (kitāb bark̲h̲ī maṭālib i muqaddamātī i tafsīr ast): Tihrān 1361/1942 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 495).

48m. S̲h̲. Muḥammad (b. Ḥājj S̲h̲. Ḥasan) Sanglajī Tihrānī.

(1)

Tafsīr i Sūrah i Ḥamd u Ik̲h̲lāṣ, a concise commentary on Sūrahs i and cxii completed in 1361/ 1942: Tihrān (Tābān Pr.) (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 472, where the date of publication [not later than ahs 1323/1944, the date of purchase] is not stated).

(2)

Tafsīr i Sūrah i Ḥamd, a later edition of the first of the above-mentioned commentaries: Tihrān (Majlis Pr.) ahs 1325/1946–7 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 472).

48n. ʿAṭāʾ Allāh S̲h̲ihāb-pūr is described in the Mas̲h̲had catalogue as a contemporary author.

Āyāt i D̲h̲ū ’l-Qarnain, a commentary on the verses relating to D̲h̲ū ’l-Qarnain: Tihrān ahs 1323/1944 (2nd ed. Anjuman i Tablīg̲h̲āt i Islāmī. See Mas̲h̲had iv p. 462).

48o. S̲h̲. M. Bāqir Kamaraʾī

Kānūn i ḥikmat i Qurʾān, a commentary on Sūrah xxxi (Luqmān) completed on 20 Ād̲h̲ar-māh 1323 [sic, but this seems to be a misprint for 1322¹⁰]: Tihrān 1323/ 1945 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 494).

48p. S̲h̲. M. K̲h̲āliṣī-zādah.

Tafsīr i Qurʾān: Tihrān ahs 1323/1945 (muqaddamah. See Mas̲h̲had iv p. 479).

¶ 48q. K̲h̲alīl b. Abū Ṭālib Kamaraʾī was born in 1317/1899–1900. Having received his early education at K̲h̲wānsār and elsewhere, he went in 1337/1918–19 to Sulṭānābād and from 1340/1921–2 to 1354/1935–6 he studied and taught at Qum. Since ahs 1314/1935–6 he has been resident in Tihrān.

Tafsīr i Sūrah i Nūr: Tihrān ahs 1324–5/1945–6 (pts. 1–2, of which the second, completed in 1365/1946, extends to verse 35 (36), “Allāhu nūr al-samāwāt.” See Mas̲h̲had iv p. 473).

No. 49 (a) (2). The Anīs al-murīdīn wa-rauḍat al-muḥibbīn, written at Balk̲h̲ in 475/1082–3, is in forty majālis and forms part of the Tāj al-qiṣaṣ (see no. 196 supra and Bānkīpūr vi p. 75). Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1103 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1111 (ah 1001/1592–3).

No. 49 (a) (2), end. Insert:

(2a).

Anīs (or Uns) al-murīdīn wa-s̲h̲ams al-majālis (beg. al-Ḥ. l. ’l. abdaʿa wujūd al-insān …, some lines after which there follows (in Ethé 1778 at any rate: see jras. 1928 p. 103) a Persian doxology beginning Ḥ. u sp. mar Ṣāniʿī rā kih bulbul i k̲h̲was̲h̲-nawā-yi balāg̲h̲at): a Ṣūfī exposition of the Qurʾānic story of Joseph, ascribed incorrectly (see R. Levy’s article in jras. 1929 pp. 103–6) to ʿAbd Allāh Anṣārī (for whom see no. 1245 supra): H. K̲h̲. i p. 453 (reading Uns), Ethé 1778 (ah 1013/1605), Mas̲h̲had iv p. 408 no. 255 (defective at both ends), Browne Coll. D. 7 (modern).

No. 49 (a) (3). [Aṣdaq al-bayān fi qiṣaṣ al-Qurʾān wa-mawāʿiẓ al-Raḥmān]. Bānkīpūr Hand-list 1102 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1151 (S. vii–xviii. Described on a fly-leaf as the second quarter of the Ḥadāʾiq al-tafsīr, but the title given above occurs in a (spurious ?) preface. The work contains references to the Yūsuf u Zalīk̲h̲ā of Jāmī, who is described as “deceased”. ah 1038/1629).

No. 49 (a) (4). [Āt̲h̲ār al-ak̲h̲yār (so, not al-ak̲h̲bār, in the Mas̲h̲had cat., doubtless correctly).] Also Mas̲h̲had iv p. 401 no. 230 (slightly defective. ah 1265/1849. According to the catalogue this is the translation made by ʿAlī b. Ḥasan al-Zawārī (cf. no. 22 supra)).

No. 49 (a) (4), end. Insert:

(4a).

Āyāt al-wilāyah, a commentary by Mīrzā Abū ’l-Qāsim D̲h̲ahabī S̲h̲īrāzī on 1001 verses regarded as referring to the Prophet’s family: Tihrān 1323/1905 (2 vols. See Mas̲h̲had iv pp. 462–3).

No. 49 (a) (5), mss. [Baḥr al-asrār.] Also Mas̲h̲had iv p. 409 nos. 256 (ah 1278/1862), 257. Edition: Kirmān 1329/1911 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 466). ¶ According to the Mas̲h̲had catalogue, which refers to Bustān al-siyāḥah p. 483 and Ṭarāʾiq al-ḥaqāʾiq iii [p. 93], Mīrzā M. Taqī b. M. Kāẓim Kirmānī mulaqqab bi- Muẓaffar ʿAlī-S̲h̲āh died in 1215/1800–1 and was buried outside the East Gate of Kirmāns̲h̲āhān.

No. 49 (a) (6). The Baḥr al-maʿānī is a commentary on S. lxxviii–cxiv. Bānkīpūr Hand-list 1104 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1153. The former writes al-madʿū bi- K̲h̲WĀWND Miyān, the latter al-madʿū bi-K̲h̲WND Miyān (transliterated K̲h̲und Miân).

No. 49 (a) (7), end. Insert:

(7a).

Fātiḥah u maʿnā-yi ān, a translation by ʿAbbās Rāsik̲h̲ī of M. ʿAbduh’s Tafsīr Sūrat al-Fātiḥah wa-mus̲h̲kilāt al-Qurʾān (for which see Brockelmann Sptbd. iii p. 320): Ras̲h̲t [ahs 1325/1946 (?), that being the year in which the translator presented the work to the Mas̲h̲had library. See Mas̲h̲had iv p. 494].

No. 49 (a) (8). Ṭā-Hā Quṭb al-Dīn Qādirī Kairānawī¹¹ (not Katānawī) is the subject of the penultimate biography in the Taḥāʾif i Ras̲h̲īdīyah and the Tārīk̲h̲ i Qādirīyah (see no. 1351 supra). Presumably he lived in the second half of the 17th century.

No. 49 (a) (9). Read Istiqṣāʾ al-ifḥām (with dotted ḥ)… fī jawāb Muntahā ’l-kalām. The work is a reply to the Anti-S̲h̲īʿite M. al-k. ([Lucknow] 1282/1865°) of Ḥaidar ʿAlī Faiḍābādī (cf. above, ad no. 47, end) and doubtless has no very strong claim to appear in this section. Another edition: 1276/1859–60 (Āṣafīyah ii p. 1330 where the place of publication [probably Lucknow] is not mentioned).

No. 49 (a) (10). [Jāmiʿ laṭāʾif al-basātīn.] Bāyazīd 287, dated 841 and containing 317 foll., begins Sipās mar K̲h̲ud̲h̲āwandī rā kih Āfrīd̲h̲gār u Qādir i bar kamāl-ast … c̲h̲unīn gūyad K̲h̲wājah i Imām Tāj al-Dīn Saif al-Naẓar Jamāl al-Ayimmah Abū Bakr Aḥmad b. M. b. Yazīd al-Ṭūsī. Bāyazīd 288 is an Arabic ḥās̲h̲iyah on Baiḍāwī (daftar incorrect). Asʿad 94 (43 foll., undated) begins Qāl al-Saiyid al-Imām Tāj al-Dīn Saif al-Naẓar Imām Aḥmad b. M. b. Zaid al-Ṭūsī Nīkūtarīn i ʿilmhā pand u ḥikmat-ast. It deals with Sūrah xii but could not at the most be more than a mere abridgment of the work contained in Bāyazīd 287. [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1125.] The title as given by Ivanow is Kitāb sittīn jāmiʿu ’l-laṭāʾif (wa’) l-basātīn. Ivanow 1241 (late 15th or early 16th cent.) begins Sp. mar K̲h̲udāwandī rā kih Qādir i bar kamāl ast. Probably another ms. of this work ¶ is Sipahsālār i pp. 100–1 no. 163 (see Additions and corrections ad no. 20 (2), penult. par., end.).

No. 49 (a) (10), end. Insert:

(10a).

Jawāhir al-īmān, a translation of the tafsīr ascribed to the 11th Imām, al-Ḥasan al-ʿAskarī, (cf. no. 49 (a) (4) supra, with Additions and corrections) by Āg̲h̲ā M. Bāqir Yazdī. Edition: 1320/1902–3 (see Āṣafīyah iii p. 230, where the place of publication is not stated).

No. 49 (a) (11). Peshawar 155 (sic lege) is described as a 15th cent. ms.

No. 49 (a) (12). [Jalāʾ¹² al-ad̲h̲hān.] Also Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., nos. 78 (S. i–xxxv. ah 972/1564–5), 79 (S. vii–xxxv. ah 1010/1601–2), 80 (S. xxxvi–cxiv. ah 1011/1602–3), Majlis ii 803 (S. ii 148–vi (?). ah 1009/1600–1), 804 (S. vii–xvii. ah 1011/1602–3), 805 (S. xix–xxxv. 17th cent.), 806 (S. xxxvi–cxiv. ah 1069/1658–9), 807 (S. i–xvii. 17th cent.), Sipahsālār i pp. 101–6 nos. 164 (S. i–xviii (?). ah 1038/1628–9), 165 (?) (S. xix–cxiv. ah 1093/1682. The cataloguer gives reasons for doubting whether this volume is a part of the Jalāʾ al-ad̲h̲hān).

No. 49 (a) (12). Insert:

(12a).

al-Kalām al-aʿlā fī tafsīr Sūrat al-Aʿlā bi-aḥādīt̲h̲ al-Muṣṭafā, by Maulawī Mus̲h̲tāq Aḥmad Ḥanafī C̲h̲is̲h̲tī Amēṭ’hawī.¹³ Edition: Ḥaidarābād (Āṣafīyah iii p. 230, where the date is not mentioned).

No. 49 (a) (14). Asʿad 145 and 146 are the Kas̲h̲f al-asrār wa-ʿuddat al-abrār of Ras̲h̲īd al-Dīn A. b. M. Maibudī (see above ad no. 5, end.). [Ritter, olz. col. 1124²⁴.]

No. 49 (a) (15). The Lawāmiʿ al-tanzīl was begun in 1296/1879 according to Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, ptd. bks., no. 35 (vol. i. ah 1301/1883–4).

No. 49 (a) (15), end.. Insert: (15a). Lubb al-fawāʾid: ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 6 no. 25.

No. 49 (a) (18). [Majmaʿ al-biḥār.] For Muẓaffar ʿAlī Niʿmatallāhī see the Additions and corrections to no. 49 (a) (5). Another ms.: Mas̲h̲had iv p. 450 no. 364 (ah 1268/1852). According to the Mas̲h̲had catalogue this is a prose ¶ version of the same author’s Baḥr al-asrār, a Ṣūfī commentary on Sūrah i (cf. no. 49 (a) (5) supra, with Additions and corrections).

Edition: [Persia] 1323/1905 (title incorrectly given as Jāmiʿ al-biḥār at beginning. See Mas̲h̲had iv p. 496).

No. 49 (a) (19). Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1129 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1169 (vol. iii, apparently the last, in 136 chapters. 19th cent.). Neither the author’s name nor the title occurs in the text of the Bānkīpūr ms., but in several places a later hand has written Tafsīr i Maẓhar al-Ḥaqq.“The arrangement is that all the verses relating to a particular subject, such as prayer, the reading of the Qurân, etc., are grouped in a chapter, and then commented on.”

No. 49 (a) (19), end. Insert:

(19b.)

Miftāḥ al-ʿirfān fī tartīb suwar al-Qurʾān, probably by M. Bāqir Bawānatī (for whom see ad no. 48, end supra): Browne Coll. Y. 9 (4).

No. 49 (a) (20), end. Insert:

(20a.)

Mubīn, a concise commentary in the nature of a literal translation, by Nūr al-Dīn M. birādar-zādah i Faiḍ: Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., no. 182 (ah 1274/1857–8).

No. 49 (a) (22). [al-Mustakhlaṣ]. See Additions to no. 50, end.

No. 49 (a) (24), end. Insert:

(24a.)

(Qiṣṣah i Yūsuf), an anonymous commentary beginning al-Ḥ. l. R. al-ʿā. wa-’l-ʿāqibatu … Faṣl. Bi-dān-ki īn kitāb jamʿ kardah āmad dar bayān i qiṣṣah i Yūsuf: Skutari Hudāʾī 77 (ah 849). [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1126⁷.] Probably also Bānkīpūr xiv 1171 (19th cent. Cf. 49 (a) (61), with Additions).

(24b.)

(Qiṣṣah i Yūsuf), in 57 chapters, perhaps translated from an Arabic original: Blochet i 395 (acephalous, beginning in Ch. xii. ah 898/1492).

No. 49 (a) (27), end. Insert:

(27a.)

Risālah i nūrīyah, a commentary on the Āyah i nūr (S. xxiv 35), by Ḥājj M. Raḥīm K̲h̲ān Kirmānī. Edition: place ? date ? (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 488).

(27b.)

Rislāh i Qalandarīyah, on S. xxxv 1: Cambridge Trin. Coll. R. 13, 45 (19) (Palmer p. 115).

¶ No. 49 (a) (33). S. Nāṣir al-Dīn M. Abū ’l-Manṣūr Dihlawī b. S. M. ʿAlī b. S. Fārūq ʿAlī, noted in his day as an Anti-Christian controversialist, was born at Nāgpūr, where his father was Mīr Muns̲h̲ī to the British Residency. When Raḥmān ʿAlī wrote about him (presumably in, or shortly before 1894), he had reached the age of sixty-four and was resident in Delhi, engaged in the composition of his Persian tafsīr. Raḥman ʿAlī mentions the titles of twenty-eight other works by him, most of them, if not all, presumably in Urdu and many of them replies to the works of Indian and other Christians (see also the index to Blumhardt’s catalogue of Hindustani books in the India Office Library under Muḥammad Abū al-Manṣūr). [Kalimat al-ḥaqq, an Urdu biography, by M. Nuṣrat ʿAlī, Delhi 1870*, 1876* ʿAin al-yaqīn, an Urdu account of his writings, by S. Mahdī Ḥasan, Delhi 1873* Raḥmān ʿAlī p. 232.]

No. 49 (a) (33), end. Insert:

(33a.)

Tafsīr al-Qurʾān, a translation by S. M. Taqī Fak̲h̲r-Dāʿī Gīlānī of S. Aḥmad K̲h̲ān’s Urdu translation and commentary (for which see no. 654, 5th par. supra): Ṭihrān (pt. 1 (to Sūrah ii 80), apparently undated but presented by the publishers to the Mas̲h̲had Library ahs 1318/ 1939–40. See Mas̲h̲had iv p. 479).

(33b.)

Tafsīr fī maʿnā ’l-tauḥīd, on the last (30th) section: Princeton 79 (acephalous, ah 1264/1848).

No. 49 (a) (36), end. Insert:

(36a.)

Tafsīr i Āyat al-Kursī (beg. al-Ḥ. l. ’l anzala ʿalā ʿabdihi ’l-kitāb … Baʿd az imlā-yi ṣahāʾif i ilāhī), a Sunnī commentary written apparently in the 10th/16th century and divided into a muqaddamah, two maqālahs and a k̲h̲ātimah: Majlis ii 802 (ah 962/1555).

No. 49 (a) (37). Delete the query after al-Majlisī. The work is dedicated to S̲h̲āh Sulaimān Ṣafawī. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1114 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1154 (19th cent.).

No. 49 (a) (42). The Tafsīr i Dalīl al-Raḥmān is a large S̲h̲īʿite commentary begun in Rajab 1214/1799 in S̲h̲ah-ʿĀlam’s reign. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1115–20 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1162–7.

No. 49 (a) (43) should be deleted. Nūr i ʿUt̲h̲maniyah 444 is the Kas̲h̲f al-asrār wa-ʿuddat al-abrār of Ras̲h̲īd al-Dīn A. b. M. Maibudī (see Additions to no. 5, end.). [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1124²⁷.]

No. 49 (a) (47), an Arabic work, should be deleted. [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1125.]

¶ No. 49 (a) (57), end. Insert:

(57a.)

Tafsīr i Sūrah i Wa-’l-ḍuḥā (xciii), by M. ʿAlī Qādirī: Āṣafīyah iii p. 230 no. 513 (ah 1130/1718).

No. 49 (a) (60). Asʿad 101, dated 1028, is defective at the beginning (first words: u bayān ba-ṣaub i Sūrah i Āl i ʿImrān mutawajjih s̲h̲ud). [Ritter, olz. 1928, col. 1125.]

No. 49 (a) (61). Tafsīr i Sūrah i Yūsuf (beg. al-Ḥ. l. R. al-ʿā…. Bi-dān-kih īn kitāb jamʿ kardah āmad dar bayān i Yūsuf b. Yaʿqūb … bā āyathā-yi Qurʾān. Cf. ad no. 49 (a) (24), end, (24a): Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1127 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1171 (19th cent.).

No. 49 (a) (62). Tafsīr i Sūrah i Yūsuf (beg. Ḥamd i bī-ḥadd u bī-nihāyat u madḥ i bī-ʿadd u bī-g̲h̲āyat ḥadrat i jalāl), a S̲h̲īʿite work: C̲h̲elebi ʿAbd Allāh 19 (ah 667). [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1125.]

No. 49 (a) (64), end. Insert:

(64a)

Tafsīr i Sūrah i Yūsuf: Lindesiana p. 222 no. 537 (circ. ad 1750).

(64b)

Tafsīr i Sūrah i Yūsuf, by Miyān¹⁴ Jān Muḥammad b. Abū Saʿīd Anṣārī Jāland’harī:¹⁵ Lahore Panjāb Univ. (ah 1277/1860. See ocm. xi/2 p. 77).

No. 49 (a) (69) should be deleted. Qarah Muṣṭafā 100 (ah 1031) is the Jawāhir al-tafsīr (for which see no. 20 (1) supra, with Additions and corrections to that entry). [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1125⁶.]

No. 49 (a) (69). Insert:

(69a)

Tarkīb al-Qurʾān (beg. Naḥmaduka ’llāhumma yā man alhamanā … Bar alwāḥ i ṣāfiyah), grammatical analysis and Persian translation of the Qurʾān by an anonymous S̲h̲īʿite apparently of the Ṣafawī period: Majlis ii 800 (S. i–ii only. With a marginal commentary by another S̲h̲īʿite apparently contemporary with the author, ah 1120/1708).

No. 49 (a) (70). The Tauḍīḥ (beg. Ḥamd ān K̲h̲udāʾī rā kih bi-firistād bar Paig̲h̲āmbar i mā Qurʾān i muz̲h̲dah-dihandah) is a concise anonymous commentary based on the Kas̲h̲s̲h̲āf, the Tafsīr i Zāhidī (see no. 5, 2nd. par., with ¶ Additions), Dīnawarī, etc. Other mss.: Bānkīpūr xiv 1150 [= no. (72) below. 16th cent.], Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., no. 32 (old).

No. 49 (a) (72). Bānkīpūr Pers.Hand-list 1130 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1150. This is the same work as no. (70) above.

No. 49 (a) (73). Insert:

(73a)

ʿUrwat al-muttaqīn, a S̲h̲īʿite commentary on the Āyat al-Kursī (S. ii 256) and the two succeeding verses, by M. b. Ḥaidar ʿAlī maʿrūf bi-As̲h̲raf Warnūsfādarānī: Mas̲h̲had iv p. 443 no. 346 (acephalous).

No. 49 (b) (8), end. Insert: (9) Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., no. 34 (beg. Basmalah Āg̲h̲āz kardam ba-nām i K̲h̲udāwand i Rūzīdihandah i Amurzandah Al-Ḥamdu li-llāhi … Old), (10) Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, mss., no. 43 (defective at both ends. The author quotes Persian verses by Saʿdī and others. Old).

No. 49 (c), 2nd par., mss. Vatican 20 (55) = Vatican Pers. 55 (Rossi p. 81. Cf. Vatican Pers. 51, Rossi p. 77).

No. 50, 2nd par., mss. [Tarājim al-aʿājim.] Of the Āyā Ṣōfyah mss. only 4665 is the T. al-a. 4664a and 4666a are the Mustak̲h̲laṣ of Ḥāfiẓ al-Dīn Buk̲h̲ārī [see below, ad no. 50, end]. The rest of those two mss. is devoted to a commentary on a qaṣīdah of D̲h̲ū ’l-Rummah. [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1125.]

No. 50, 2nd par., mss. Read Fātiḥ 5177 (the number given in the defter is incorrect). [Ritter, ibid.]

No. 50, end. Insert:

50a. Ḥāfiẓ al-Dīn Abū ’l-Faḍl M. b. M. b. Naṣr Buk̲h̲āri was born at Buk̲h̲ārā in 615/1218 and died there in 693/1294 (see al-Jawāhir al-muḍīʾah ii pp. 121–2, al-Fawāʾid al-bahīyah p. 199).

al-Mustak̲h̲laṣ (beg. al-Ḥ. l. wa-salām ʿalā ʿibādihi ’llad̲h̲īna ’ṣṭafā ʿalā ’l-k̲h̲uṣūṣ wa-’l-k̲h̲ulūṣ), a Qurʾānic glossary: Āyā Ṣōfyah 4664a (ah 757), 4666a (ah 772), 4837a, Fātiḥ 645a. [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1125, ad p. 31 no. 22.]

No. 53, 2nd par., mss. ʿĀs̲h̲ir p. 175 no. 428 (dated 925) is ʿĀdil S̲h̲īrāzī’s alphabetical rearrangement of the work. [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1126.]

¶ No. 53, 2nd par., mss. [Tarjumān al-Qurʾān.] Also ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 56 no. 15 (ah 952 ?), Mas̲h̲had iii, faṣl. 11, mss., no. 9.

No. 53, Rearrangements (2). ʿĀdil S̲h̲īrāzī (cf. Ritter olz. 1928 col. 1126) wrote Persian metrical paraphrases of ʿAlī’s Ṣad kalimah (see Sipahsālār ii pp. 68–72; Bodleian 1432–4; etc.) and of the Nat̲h̲r al-laʾāliʾ (Krafft p. 182 no. 478, probably also Berlin 9 foll. 126–156 and de Slane 2770 fol. 135b seq. Edition: Ṭihrān 1306/1888–9 (see Sipahsālār ii p. 69¹¹)) as well as a commentary on Abū ’l-Fatḥ Bustī’s qaṣīdah [al-nūnīyah presumably] (ms. in the possession of S. Naṣr Allāh Taqawī. See Sipahsālār ii p. 69⁵).

No. 53, Rearrangements (2), mss, end. [Tarjumān al-Qurʾān. ʿĀdil’s rearrangement.] Also ʿĀs̲h̲ir p. 175 no. 428 (beg. Bi-dān aiyadaka ’llāh kih tarjumān taʿrīb i tar-zafān-ast u dar wai sih lug̲h̲at ast. ah 925). [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 112617], probably also Āyā Ṣōfyah 85 (contains no mention of author, but opening words agree with ʿĀs̲h̲ir p. 175 no. 428. Undated. Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1126¹¹).

Insert:

(3) anonymous epitome rearranged alphabetically; Ellis Coll. M. 84 (3) (probably ah 1101/1690).

No. 53, last par., end. [al-Jurjānī] Also Bānkīpūr Arab. Cat. v p. 86; Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 305.

No. 54. These lines should be deleted. Āyā Ṣōfyah 85 (undated) contains no mention of the author, but the opening words (which agree with those of ʿĀs̲h̲ir p. 175 no. 428) seem to show that it is the Tarjumān al-Qurʾān of al-Jurjānī [as rearranged by ʿĀdil S̲h̲īrāzī]. [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1126¹¹.]

No. 57 (1). Āyā Ṣōfyah 4837 (1) should be deleted. This is the Mustak̲h̲laṣ of Ḥāfiẓ al-Dīn Buk̲h̲ārī (see below, ad no. 50, end). [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1125, ad p. 31 (22).]

No. 57 (5). [K̲h̲ulāṣah i Mustak̲h̲laṣ al-maʿānī.] Also Lindesiana p. 178 no. 498 (circ. ad 1650).

No. 57 (5). Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1164 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1174.

No. 57 (6), end. Insert:

(6a)

¶ Risālah i lug̲h̲at al-Qurʾān ba-Fārisī (beg. wa-baʿdu fa-innī tarjamtu lug̲h̲āt al-Qurʾān ʿalā abwāb mufaṣṣalah bi-’l-ḥurūf al-muʿjamah): Majlis 607 (1) (16th cent. ?).

(6b)

Tarjamah i lug̲h̲āt i Qurʾān (beg. Sūrat al-Nās. al-Qaul guftan): Sipahsālār i pp. 185–6 no. 251 (16th cent.).

No. 57 (7). Read (7) Tarjumān al-Qurʾān (beg. al-Ḥ. l. ’l. arsala ’l-rusul): Berlin 232 (8) (fragment), Majlis 54.

No. 58 (b) (3). [Kas̲h̲f al-amānī …] “Nr. 58 (3) (926h.) 379 foll. ist ein selbständiges Buch, wenn auch auf der Šāṭibīje beruhend. Anfang: …

اما بعد حمد الله علی نواله

[Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1126.]

No. 58 (b) (5). “Nr. (5) ist eine Terjeme, kein Šarḥ.” [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1126.]

No, 58 (b) (6). Kamānkas̲h̲ 15 bis (undated) contains (1) the S̲h̲āṭibīyah with interlinear Persian translation beginning Āg̲h̲āz kardam ba-kalimah i Bi-smi ’llāh jamʿ al-awwal naqīḍ al-āk̲h̲ir. [Another ms.: ʿAtīq Wālidah 20a (old nask̲h̲ī of 7th–8th/13th–14th cent.)], (2) a Persian tract of 9 foll, on tajwīd beginning al-Ḥ. l. ’l. taqaddasa ʿan al-aulād wa-’l-ajnād, (3) a Persian work on the interpretation of dreams (al-bāb al-awwal fī adab al-muʿabbir wa-tamyīz al-ruʾyā). [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1126.]

No, 58 (b) (6), end. Insert:

(6a)

S̲h̲arḥ i S̲h̲āṭibīyah, dedicated to Fatḥ-ʿAlī S̲h̲āh and his heir apparent ʿAbbās Mīrzā (cf. no. 434, footnote supra) by M. Qāsim b. Muḥsin b. ʿAlī Ḥusainī Tabrīzī: Majlis ii 812.

No, 58 (b) (8). Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1167 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1175.

No. 59, 1st par. In Majlis ii p. 31¹⁴ the name is given as M. b. Maḥmūd b. M. b. Aḥmad b. ʿAlī S̲h̲arīf Samarqand [ī?] Hamadānī ’l-aṣl “Ḥāfiẓ” tak̲h̲alluṣ. The Vatican catalogue (p. 93) adds to the nisbahs al-Bag̲h̲dādī (by residence).

Cf. Brockelmann Sptbd. i p. 727. He wrote also in Arabic al-Qaṣīdat al-fāʾiḥah fī tajwīd al-Fātiḥah (Ḥ. K̲h̲. iv p. 545, Vatican Pers. 70 (3), Rossi p. 93).

No. 59 (1). al-Mabsūṭ fī ’l-qirāʾat [sic] al-sabʿ wa-’l-maḍbūṭ min iḍāʿat al-ṭabʿ is the form in which the title occurs in the preface of the Majlis ms. The work is ¶ divided into three kitābs, of which the second and third are in Arabic. Opening words: al-Ḥ. l. ’l. ad̲h̲āqa qulūb. Other mss.: Vatican Pers. 70 (4) (ah 754/1353. Rossi p. 93), Majlis ii 817 (ah 865/1460–1), Mas̲h̲had ii, fṣl. 7, mss., no. 38 (ah 1019/ 1610–11).

No. 59 (1), mss. Read Aḥmad Allāh.

No. 59 (2). al-Multaqaṭ min maʿānī Ḥirz al-amānī fī tajrīd al-tajwīd is the full title according to Majlis ii p. 39. The work is a qaṣīdah in forty-four verses. Opening words: al-Ḥ. l. ’l. anzala ’l-Qurʾāna tanzīl^an. Another ms.: Majlis ii 821–2 (with a metrical commentary by the author in 400 verses. In the same hand as Majlis ii 817, which is dated 865/1460–1).

No. 59 (2), last par. The “kitāb i qirāʾat” (beg. al-Ḥ. l. R. al-ʿā … Iʿlam hadāka ’llāh) by bandah i ḍaʿīf Samarqandī is in ten bābs.

No. 59 (2), end. Insert:

(3)

(Risālah dar ik̲h̲tilāf i Abū Bakr b. ʿAbbās u Ḥafṣ dar qirāʾat) (beg. al-Ḥ. l. ’l. j. ṣūduranā k̲h̲azāʾin): Mas̲h̲had ii, fṣl. 7, mss., no. 13.

No. 61, 2nd par. [Farāʾid al-fawāʾid.] Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1168 (b) = Bānkīpūr xiv 1180 foll. 71–133. Also ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 5 (ah 1079/1668–9).

No. 61, 4th par., mss. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1168 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1180 (ah 1145/1733).

No. 61, end. Another commentary on al-Jazarī’s Muqaddimah is Taisīr al-bayān fī tajwīd al-Qurʾān: Āṣafīyah iii p. 748.

No. 62, 2nd par. K̲h̲ulāṣat al-tanzīl fī adāʾ al-ḥurūf li-l-tartīl is the full title according to Palmer. Opening words: Ai ba-nām i Tu iftitāḥ i kalām. Also ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 5 (ah 1079/1668–9), Cambridge Trinity R. 13. 45 (16) (Palmer p. 114) and apparently also Mas̲h̲had ii, fṣl. 7, mss., nos. 12 (Risālah dar mak̲h̲ārij al-ḥurūf, by Ibn ʿImād, written in 809 [so, not 803] and beginning as above, ah 1017/1608–9), 41 (Manẓūmah dar tajwīd, by Ibn ʿImād, beginning as above).

No. 63, 1st par. [Ṭāhir Iṣfahānī.] Cf. Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 274.

No. 63 (1), mss. [Durr al-farīd.] Also Mas̲h̲had ii, fṣl. 7, mss., no. 10 (ah 1018/1609–10).

¶ No. 63 (2), 1st par. Manhal al-ʿaṭs̲h̲ān fī rasm aḥruf al-Qurʾān (so Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1126, and also Peshawar 1095).

No. 63 (2), 1st par., mss. ʿUmūmī 208, dated 878, contains (1) Manhal al-ʿaṭs̲h̲ān … (beg. Ḥ. u sp. i bī-ḥadd u q. Pāds̲h̲āhī rā), (2) the same author’s Nihāyat al-itqān fī tajwīd al-Qurʾān (so according to the colophon. Beg. A. b. c̲h̲unīn guyad faqīr i ḥaqīr i jānī Ṭāhir i Ḥāfiẓ i Iṣfahānī kih īn muk̲h̲taṣar mus̲h̲tamil ast bar qāʿidaʾī u ḍābiṭaʾī c̲h̲and dar tajwīd u taṣḥīḥ i Qurʾān i ʿAẓīm). Possibly identical with no. 82 (b) (7). [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1126.]

No. 63 (2), 2nd par. Āyā Ṣōfyah 44 (undated) is an anonymous work on tajwīd, the ascription of which to Ṭāhir is quite arbitrary. It begins Ḥ. i bī-ḥ. u t̲h̲anā-yi lā-yuʿadd K̲h̲udāwandī rā sazad kih nuqūs̲h̲ i ḥurūf jawāhir i Qurʾān bar lauḥ i qalb. [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1126.]

No. 63 (2), 2nd par. ʿUmūmī 213 (ah 894) contains (1) a monograph on Ḥamzah’s reading, especially his treatment of the hamz, beginning C̲h̲unīn gūyad faqīr i ḥaqīr i jānī Ṭāhir b. ʿArab [so: cf. Ḥ. K̲h̲. iv p. 546⁶] b. Ibrāhīm al-Iṣfahānī kih baʿḍī az dūstān … bayān i mad̲h̲hab i Ḥamzah b. Ḥabīb al-Zaiyāt i Kūfī rā dar waqf bar hamz …, (2) Nihāyat al-itqān fī tajwīd al-Qurʾān. [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1126.]

No. 63 (2), 2nd par., end. Mas̲h̲had ii, fṣl. 7, mss., no. 11 (acephalous) is a Risālah dar wuqūf described in the catalogue as by M. Ṭāhir Ḥāfiẓ Iṣfahānī.

No. 64, 2nd par., mss. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1171–2 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1177–8.

No. 64, 2nd par., mss. [Qawāʿid al-Qurʾān.] Also Mas̲h̲had ii, fṣl. 7, mss., no. 27 (ah 930 [sic ?]), Majlis ii 815 (17th cent.), Blochet iv 2213, Peshawar 1953 (5), Princeton 448 (fragments), 450 (fragment).

No. 65 2nd. par., mss. [Tuḥfah i S̲h̲āhī.] Also Mas̲h̲had ii, fṣl. 7, mss., no. 5 (ah 1087/1676–7), Princeton 447 (ah 1123/ 1711), Blochet iv 2169 (ah 1133/1721).

No. 65, penult. par. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1170 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1181 (beg. al-Ḥ. l. R. al-ʿa….c̲h̲unīn gūyad aqallu ʿibādi ’llāh wa-aḥwajuhum ilā ʿafwi ’llāh. Divided into a muqaddamah, twelve faṣls and a k̲h̲ātimah).

No. 65, penult. par., end. Also by ʿImād al-Dīn al-Astarābādī is:—

¶ Risālah dar qirāʾat i ʿĀṣim (beg. Ḥ. i bī-ḥ. u sp. i bī-q.), in the manner of the S̲h̲āṭibīyah (“īn risālah ba-ṭarīq i S̲h̲āṭibīyah ast”): Mas̲h̲had ii, fṣl. 7, mss., no. 16.

No. 68, 2nd par., mss. [Maqṣūd al-qāriʾ.] Also Lahore Panjab Univ. (ah 1275/1858–9. See ocm. xi/2 p. 78).

No. 68, last par. [Maqṣūd al-qāriʾ.] Read Editions: Bombay (Ḥaidarī Pr.) 1290/1873* (in Majmūʿah: al-Bayān al-jazīl …, a collection of nine short Urdu, Persian and Arabic works on the Qurʾān and its recitation, the first being al-Bayān al-jazīl li-l-tartīl, in Urdu, the second M. al-q. 92 pp.); Lucknow (Asadī Pr.) 1290/1873°* (in Majmūʿah: al-B. al-j. li-l-t,., M. al-q …; another edition of the same, or perhaps nearly the same, collection. 72 pp.).; (Majmaʿ al-ʿulum Pr.) 1293/1876* (72 pp.); (n.k.) 1886† (a similar Mamjmūʿah. 62 pp.); (Dilpad̲h̲īr Pr.) 1308/1891° (in Majmūʿah i bīst rasāʾil i qirāʾat, the first nine (?) being those contained in the Majmūʿah: al-Bayān al-jazīl … 108 pp.); (Qādirī Pr.) 1895† (the same twenty works. 108 pp.).

No. 69, end. Insert:

69a. S. Qāsim b. Mīr Nūr Allāh. Maṭlaʿ al-s̲h̲ams, a metrical work written in 1045/1635–6 at Ḥaidarābād: Mas̲h̲had ii, fṣl. 7, mss., no. 32.

No. 70, 1st par. Saiyid Abū ’l-Qāsim mutak̲h̲alliṣ bi-Qārī says in his preface that he wrote in the reign of S̲h̲āh ʿAbbās i T̲h̲ānī i Ṣafawī (see Majlis ii p. 39).

No. 70, 2nd par., mss. [Naẓm al-laʾālī …]. Also Majlis ii, p. 39 no. (819) (Manẓūmaʾī dar tajwīd). No formal title is mentioned in the Majlis catalogue, which, however, quotes a verse in which Naẓm i laʾālī occurs as a chronogram (= 1061 or 1062).

The work is metrical, consists of 89 verses and begins Ai kalām az intiẓām i nām i d̲h̲ātat bar niẓām. Perhaps it is identical with the Naẓm i laʾālī published on the margin of S. Ḥasan Lak’hnawī’s Ras̲h̲ḥah i faiḍ; (see below, ad no. 80, end, 80c).

No. 71, 1st par. Mullā Muṣṭafā Qārī Tabrīzī S̲h̲īʿī Imāmī according to the Sipahsālār catalogue.

No. 71 (2). [Tuḥfat al-qurrāʾ.] According to Majlis ii p. 10 the work was begun at Mecca, completed at al-Madīnah and after the author’s return to Persia was ¶ shown to Mullā M. Bāqir K̲h̲urāsānī, one of the ʿulamāʾ of Iṣfahān, who made some additions.

No. 71 (2), mss. [Tuḥfat al-qurrāʾ.] For (13) read (1–3). Also Sipahsālār i p. 184 no. 250 (ah 1072/1661–2), Majlis ii 795 (ah 1087/1676), Mas̲h̲had ii, fṣl. 7, mss., no. 6 (ah 1088/ 1677), ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 5 (ah 1122/1710), and possibly Ivanow 1st Suppt. 818 (defective). Edition: Bombay 1302/1884–5 (Āṣafīyah iii p. 154).

No. 71 (3). The Irs̲h̲ād al-qāriʾ (beg. Ai Fātiḥah i muṣḥaf i ḥamdat tauḥīd), was begun at the tomb of ʿAlī, completed in 1078/1668 at the shrine of Ḥusain and dedicated to Maulānā M. Bāqir. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1165 == Bānkīpūr xiv 1179.

No. 72, 2nd par., mss. [Ḥilyat al-qāriʾ.] Also Āṣafīyah iii p. 154 no. 128.

No. 76, end. Insert:

76a. In 1180/1766–7 at Ḥaidarābād was written:—

(Risālah dar tajwīd): Rehatsek p. 195 no. 42.

No. 78. This entry should be deleted. The Muk̲h̲taṣar al-tajwīd, though described in the List as Persian, is an Urdu work written in 1242 and published at Delhi in 1285*, when the author was still alive.

No. 79, end. Insert:

79a. Muk̲h̲tār Aʿmā Iṣfahānī. Muk̲h̲tār al-qurrāʾ, written in 1240 (but see further on): Mas̲h̲had ii,fṣl. 7, mss., nos 33–4 (the latter dated 1230 !), Majlis ii p. 35 nos. 818–19 (ah 1274/1857–8).

No. 80, end. Insert:

80a. S. Maḥmūd b. ʿAbd Allāh Mūsawī Dizfūlī.

(1)

Qawāʿid al-tajwīd fī tartīl al-Qurʾān al-Majīd, begun in 1238/1822–3, completed in 1239/1823–4 and divided into a muqaddamah, twelve bābs and a k̲h̲ātimah: Majlis ii 813 (ah 1240/1824–5).

(2)

Tuḥfat al-ik̲h̲lāṣ, an abridgment of the preceding work, completed in 1244/1828–9, divided similarly and dedicated to the S̲h̲āh-zādah Ḥusām al-Salṭanah: Majlis ii 793 (same hand).

(3)

¶ Muk̲h̲taṣar al-tajwīd, completed in 1240/1824–5 and divided into ten faṣls: Majlis ii p. 36 no. 814 (same hand).

80b. S. M. b. Mahdī Ḥusainī dedicated to Muḥammad S̲h̲āh Qājār (ah 1250–64/1834–48) a Qurʾānic concordance (with a Persian preface) entitled Kas̲h̲f al-āyāt i Muḥammad-S̲h̲āhī (a chronogram = 1251/1835–6), which has been published at Tabrīz [date ? See Mas̲h̲had ii, fṣl. 7, ptd., bks., no. 2] and, appended to the Tafsīr al-Jalālain, at Ṭihrān in 1276/1859–60 [see Ellis ii col. 160, Mas̲h̲had iv p. 495].

Maẓāhir i Maḥmūdīyah:Ṭihrān 1264/1848 (see Mas̲h̲had ii, fṣl. 7 (Tajwīd), ptd. bks., no. 3, where the precise subject is not stated).

80c. S. Ḥasan Lak’hnawī.

Ras̲h̲ḥah i faiḍ, composed in 1264/1848. Edition: Lucknow (Āṣafīyah iii p. 154 no. 132, where the date is not mentioned. With Naẓm i lāʾālī (cf. no. 70 ?) on margin).

80d. M. b. Asad Allāh b. ʿAlī-Riḍā Qārīʾ Māzandāranī.

Maẓamir [sic, apparently for Maẓāhir] i Muḥammadīyah, dedicated to Nāṣir al-Dīn S̲h̲ah: Mas̲h̲had ii, fṣl. 7, mss., no. 40.

No. 81, end. [Saʿd Allāh Murādābādī.] Also Bānkīpūr ix pp. 57–8.

Insert:

81a. Maḥmūd b. M. ʿAlawī Fāṭimī Ḥasanī Ḥusainī Ḥāfiẓ Tabrīzī was Warden of the tomb of the Walī-ʿahd and Nāʾib al-Salṭanah [i.e. presumably ʿAbbās Mīrzā: cf. no. 434, footnote supra, Ency. Isl. under ʿAbbās Mīrzā] as well as Instructor and Head of the Ḥuffāẓ, Qurrāʾ, Ṣudūr and K̲h̲uṭabāʾ at the shrine of the Imam Riḍā [at Mas̲h̲had]. He was the author of an Arabic work entitled Jawāhir al-Qurʾān, which was published at Tabrīz in 1287/1870–1 with a marginal Persian translation by the author (cf. Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 830, where the date given for his death, 1270/1853, seems to be incorrect).

Mafātiḥ al-tanzīl, on tajwīd and other matters relating to the Qurʾān, in a muqaddamah, twelve bābs and a k̲h̲ātimah, but perhaps never continued beyond the tenth bāb, which was completed in 1297/1880: Majlis ii 820 (Muqaddamah and Bābs i–x).

¶ No. 82 (a) (1), end. Insert:

(1a). Baḥr al-nūr, on the qirāʾāt i Sabʿah in eight bābs and a k̲h̲ātimah, by ʿAlī b. Ḥasan ʿAlī Kūsārī (cf. no. 82 (a) (5)): Majlis ii 791 (part of the first faṣl and a fragment of the k̲h̲ātimah. Circ. ah 1117/1705–6 ?).

No. 82 (a) (4). Ḥall i mutas̲h̲ābih i mamzūj is a chronogram = 882/ 1477–8.

No. 82 (a) (4), mss. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1169 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1176.

No. 82 (a) (5). [Ḥayāt al-fuʾād.] Beg. al-Ḥ. l. al-ʿAlī ’l. rafaʿa ahlahu. Also Majlis ii p. 22 no. 792 (lacunae, ah 1117/1705–6. Title given here as Ḥayāt al-qulūb). For another work by the same author, Baḥr al-nūr, see above, ad no. 82 (a) (1), end.

No. 82 (a) (7). [Qaṣīdah by ʿIzz al-Dīn M.] Decourdemanche ii s.p. 1673 (12) = Blochet iv 2213, fol. 161b (author’s name given as Émir ʿIzz ed-Din ibn Mohammed ibn Béha ed-Din el-Djouri). Decourdemanche ii s.p. 1673 (6) = Blochet iv 2213 fol. 79b. Another ms. of M. Ṣādiq’s commentary: Ethé ii 3058 (9) (ah 1135/1722).

No. 82 (a) (10), end. Insert:

(10a).

K̲h̲ulāṣat al-qirāʾah, by M. Muʾmin b. ʿAbd al-Karīm Qāriʾ (who quotes Bahāʾ al-Dīn al-ʿĀmilī (d. 1030/ 1621)): Sipahsālār i p. 186 no. 252.

(10b).

K̲h̲ulāṣat al-tajwīd, anonymous: Blochet iv 2213 fol. 162b.

No. 82 (a) (15), end. Insert:

(15a).

Majmaʿ al-g̲h̲arāʾib, by Dūst-Muḥammad b. Yādgār: Leningrad Univ. no. 556 (Salemann-Rosen p. 18).

(15b).

Martaʿ al-g̲h̲izlān, on tajwīd, composed in 1212/ 1797–8 by Ḥaidar: Lahore Panjab Univ. (ah 1275/1858. See ocm. xi/2 p. 77).

(15c).

Minhāj al-nas̲h̲r fī ’l-qirāʾāt al-ʿas̲h̲r, by Ḥusain b.ʿUt̲h̲mān: i.o. 4594 (17th cent. See jras. 1939 p. 376).

No. 82 (a) (16), end. Insert:

(16a).

Muk̲h̲taṣar, by M. b. ʿAlī b. M. al-Ḥusainī [possibly identical with no. (17) and with p. 48 (5)]: ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 5.

No. 82 (a) (17) [Muk̲h̲taṣar fī bayān …]. See the preceding addition.

¶ No. 82 (a) (18), end. Insert:

18a. Nūr i sarmadī az mis̲h̲kāt i Muḥammadī. Edition: 1261/1845 (Āṣafīyah iii p. 154 no. 129, where the place of publication is not stated).

Delete No. 82 (a) (22) Taisīr al-qārī etc. This is evidently Nūr al-Ḥaqq Dihlawī’s commentary on al-Buk̲h̲ārī’s Ṣaḥīḥ.

No. 82 (a) (26), mss. [Tuḥfat al-ḥuffāẓ.] Also Mas̲h̲had ii, fṣl. 7, mss., no. 4.

No. 82 (a) (27). Tuḥfat al-Raḥmānī dar tajwīd i Qurʾānī (so “in the conclusion”;), a short tract in five chapters. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1166 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1182.

No. 82 (a) (28). [Zīnat al-qāriʾ.] Also Lahore Panjāb Univ. (ah 1224/ 1808–10. See ocm. xi/2 p. 78), Bānkīpūr xvii 1561. The opening words given in the different catalogues vary considerably.

No. 82 (b) (5). Possibly identical with the Muk̲h̲taṣar fī bayān tajwīd al-Furqān, 82 (a) (17) (see also above, ad no. 82 (a) (16), end).

No. 82 (b) (11), end. Insert:

(12)

Risālah i tajwīd (beg. al-Ḥ. l. ’l. faḍḍala ’l-ʿilma fī ’l-aʿṣār), metrical, with an Arabic preface in prose, by ʿAbd Allāh b. Aḥmad Bāyazīd al-Kultānī: Bānkīpūr Suppt. ii 2215 (19th cent.).

(13)

Risālah dar ʿilm i tajwīd, in twelve bābs, by Aḥmad b. Ḥusain, a descendant of Burair (or Barīr ?) b. K̲h̲uḍair (or K̲h̲aḍīr ?) Hamadānī: Majlis 66 (ah 753/1352).

(14)

Risālah i tajwīd (beg. al-Ḥ. l. al-ʿAlī al-ʿAẓīm allad̲h̲ī nazzala ’l-Kitāb), by Ḥāfiẓ G̲h̲ulām-Muṣṭafā: Bānkīpūr Suppt. ii 2214 (19th cent.).

(15)

Risālah i tajwīd (beg. al-Ḥ. l. R. al-ʿā … a. b. īn risālah īst muk̲h̲taṣar dar bayān i ḍarūrīyāt), in a muqaddamah, eight faṣls and a k̲h̲ātimah, by M. Muḥsin b. Samīʿ: Sipahsālār i p. 187 no 253 (ah 1228/1813).

No. 82 (c) i. (9), end. Insert:

(10)

Risālah dar qirāʾat (beg. al-Ḥ. l. R. al-ʿā. Bi- dān-kih barāy i tartīb i adāʾ i naẓm i Qurʾān), composed probably towards the end of the 8th/14th century: Sipahsālār i pp. 187–8 no. 254 (ah 1046/1636–7).

(11)

Risālah fī tajwīd al-Qurʾān (beg. al-Ḥ. l. R. al-ʿā. al-Malik al-ʿAllām wa-jāʿil al-nūr wa-’l-ẓalām); Princeton 80 (ah 1083/1672, said to have been transcribed from a ms. written at Simnān in 876/1471–2).

(12)

¶ Several untitled works; Blochet iv 2213.

(13)

Salemann-Rosen p. 15 no. 406.

No. 82 (c) ii. (a) (6). Cf. Rehatsek p. 195 no. 42.

No. 82 (c) ii. (a) (7), end. Insert:

(8) Wuqūf i Kalām Allāh i S̲h̲arīf (beg. Baʿd az-ān āram bayānī az wuqūf): Lahore Panjāb Univ. (ah 1275/1858. See ocm. xi/2 p. 78).

No. 84, 1st par. M. ʿAlī Karbalāʾī is the subject of a brief notice in the Nujūm al-samāʾ, p. 134, where, however, there is little information beyond some words about al-Wāḍiḥah (for which see Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 610).

No. 84, 2nd and 3rd par. Full title: Hādiyah i Quṭb-S̲h̲āhī dar istik̲h̲rāj i āyāt i kalām i ilāhī. [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1126 penult.] Also Āṣafiyah iii p. bāʾ, no. 112. Bāyazīd 14, Nūr i ʿUt̲h̲mānīyah 135 and Salīmīyah 7 are copies of the Hādiyah i Quṭb-S̲h̲āhī. [Ritter, olz. 1928, col. 1127.]

No. 85, 1st par. Muṣṭafā K̲h̲ān Kās̲h̲ī (kih s̲h̲īʿah īst [read s̲h̲uʿbah īst?] az ulūs i Afāg̲h̲inah, Maʾāt̲h̲ir al-umarāʾ iii p. 637) was in the service of Prince M. Aʿẓam, Aurangzēb’s third son and became his intimate friend and counsellor, but by order of Aurangzēb, who distrusted him, he was dismissed and sent on a pilgrimage to Mecca. The rest of his life was spent in seclusion at Aurangābād. See K̲h̲āfī K̲h̲ān ii pp. 439–43; Maʾāt̲h̲ir al-umarāʾ iii pp. 637–9.

No. 85 (1), mss. Bānkīpūr Pers. Hand-list 1162–3 = Bānkīpūr xiv 1172–3.

No. 85 (1), 2nd par. [Nujūm al-Furqān.] Other editions: Ṭihrān 1274/ 1857–8 (Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 3, ptd. bks., no. 51); Lucknow 1886†.

No. 86, 1st par., end. Delete the full stop after 1795–6.

No. 84, 1st par., footnote. For M. b. K̲h̲ātūn see also Ṭāhir Naṣrābādī p. 159.

No. 86, 3rd par. ʿUmūmī 190 (dated 1088) deals with the division of the text into tenths and fifths and begins al-Ḥ. l. R. al-ʿā. ḥamd^an dāʾim^an li-rubūbīyatihi … a.b. bi-dān-kih Imām … Tāj al-Dīn mṣdr [Muṣaddar ?] Buk̲h̲ārī dar-īn nusk̲h̲ah d̲h̲ikr i āyāt u aʿs̲h̲ār u ak̲h̲mās kardah ast u har sūrah rā guftah ast kih c̲h̲and ʿus̲h̲r ast u ʿadad i aʿs̲h̲ār ba- ḥisāb i handasah nawis̲h̲tah ast. [Ritter, olz. 1928 col. 1127.]

¶ No. 87, end. Insert:

87a. Ṣadr al-ʿulamāʾ Mīrzā ʿAbd al-Muḥammad b. S̲h̲ams al-ʿulamāʾ Ḥajj Mīrzā Fatḥ-ʿAlī Lāhījānī.

Manẓūmah i nūrānīyah, a metrical list of the sūrahs, etc., completed in 1341/1922: Ṭihrān 1341/1922–3 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 502).

No. 89, 3rd par., end. [al-Durr al-naẓīm.] Insert:

Persian translation completed in 926/1519–20 by Aḥmad b. Ḥājjī M. al-Sakkākī al-Ṭabasī: Princeton 77 (17th cent.), Majlis ii 799 (ah 1249/1833–4).

No. 90, 1st par., footnote. For ʿAbd al-ʿAlī Birjandī see also Haft iqlīm no. 830; Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 591. According to the Mas̲h̲had cat., iii, fṣl. 17, mss., no. 115, he died in 934.

No. 90, 2nd par., end. [ʿAbd al-ʿAlī’s work on the K̲h̲awāṣṣ al-Qurʾān.] Also Ivanow 1st Suppt. 909 (acephalous. Early 19th cent.), Lahore Panjāb Univ. (see ocm. xi/2 p. 76, where the title is given as Jauhar al-Qurʾān).

New edition in which the verses are arranged in the same order as in the Qurʾān: K̲h̲izānat al-asrār (beg. al-Ḥ.l. ’l. anzala ’l-Q. ʿalā ʿabdihi li-yakūna …), prepared in 962/1554–5 by Maẓhar al-Dīn M. al-Qāriʾ b. Bahāʾ al-Dīn ʿAlī and divided into twenty chapters: Būhār 192 (defective at end and elsewhere. 17th cent.).

No. 93, 2nd par., mss. [Ḍiyāʾ al-ʿuyūn.] Also Ivanow 1st Suppt. 911 (late 18th cent.), 2nd Suppt. 1096 (1) (defective).

No. 94 (1). al-Mirʾāt al-ʿiyānīyah was composed for Prince Bāyazīd b. Sulaiman [i]. Ā.Ṣ. 407 is a “Dedikations exemplar”. [Ritter, olz. 1928, col. 1127.]

No. 94 (2), footnote. For the K̲h̲awāṣṣ al-Qurʾān of al-Tamīmī see also Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 985.

No. 94 (2), 1st sentence. M. b. M. Sabzawārī is presumably identical with M. b. S̲h̲. M. b. Saʿīd al-Harawī, author of the Baḥr al-g̲h̲arāʾib (Edition: place ? 1299/1882 (Āṣafīyah i p. 54 no. 213, under Adʿiyah)) and with M. b. S̲h̲. M. Harawī, author of the Waẓāʾif al-ṣāliḥīn (ms.: Āṣafīyah i p. 64 no. 18 (ah 1272/ 1855–6), under Adʿiyah).

¶ No. 94 (2), mss. Read Bānkīpūr xvi 1427 (18th cent.).

No. 94 (2), mss. [Tuḥfat al-g̲h̲arāʾib.] Also ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 20 no. 18, Āṣafiyah i p. 54 no. 147.

No. 94 (2), end. Insert:

Urdu translation (?): Tuḥfat al-g̲h̲arāʾib, by M. b. S̲h̲. M. Arḍ Bīlī [sic, presumably for Ardabīlī]: 1305/1887–8 (Āṣafīyah i p. 66, where the place of publication is not mentioned).

No. 95, 1st par., (1). Āyā Ṣōfyah 424 is ascribed to the Imām S̲h̲āfiʿī. [Ritter, olz. 1924 col. 1127.]

No. 95, 1st. par., end. Insert: (19) Princeton 71 (2) (S. xxxvi), 71 (3) (S. lxxiii).

No. 96 (1), end. [Fal-nāmah i Jaʿfar al-Ṣādiq.] Also Ivanow 1st Suppt. 913–14, 2nd Suppt. 1096 (6), Edinburgh New Coll. p. 11, Upsala Zetterstéen 395 (6), Ethé 3075.

No. 99, end. Insert:

99a. S̲h̲. M. Riḍā b. Asad Allāh Yazdī.

Rajāʾ al-g̲h̲ufrān fī muhimmāt al-Qurʾān, completed in 1331/1913: S̲h̲īrāz 1331/1913 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 488).

99b. S. Mahdī Badāʾiʿ-nigār “Lāhūtī” Tafrīs̲h̲ī.

Badāʾiʿ al-bayān fī jāmiʿ [sic ?] al-Qurʾān, a concise introduction to the Qurʾān completed in 1346/1927: Ṭihrān ahs 1319/1940–1 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 466).

No. 100 (1), end. Insert:

(1a)

G̲h̲āyat al-taḥqīq, on the number of sūrahs, their occasion, the number of verses, letters and rukūʿāt in them, etc., by Niẓām al-Dīn al-Banārasī: Blochet iv 2155 (17th-cent.).

(1b)

Iʿjāz i Qurʾān u balāg̲h̲at i Muḥammad, a translation of Muṣṭafā Ṣādiq al-Rāfiʿīs Iʿjāz al-Qurʾān wa-’l-balāg̲h̲at al-Nabawīyah (Brockelmann Sptbd. iii p. 75) by ʿAbd al-Ḥusain b. al-Dīn [sic ?]: Ṭihrān ahs 1320/ 1941–2 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 465).

¶ No. 100 (2). This entry should be deleted. The ʿIlm al-kitāb by K̲h̲wājah Mīr “Dard” does not deal with the Qurʾān but is a commentary on the author’s Ṣūfī work Wāridāt (see Bānkīpūr xvi 1408).

No. 100 (5), end. Insert:

(5a)

Maẓhar al-tibyān fī tarjamat al-Itqān, a translation of al-Suyūṭī’s Itqān (see Brockelmann ii p. 154, Sptbd. ii p. 179) made by S. ʿAlī Akbar b. Murtaḍā Ṭabāṭabāʾī Yazdī, Mudarris in the Madrasah i Manṣūrīyah at S̲h̲īrāz (cf. Fārs-nāmah i Nāṣirī i p. 97), by request of Muʿtamad al-Daulah Farhād Mīrzā (for whom see no. 259 supra): Mas̲h̲had iv p. 454 no. 376 (pt. 1 only. ah 1298/1881).

No. 100 (9), end. Insert:

(9a)

Tārīk̲h̲ i Qurʾān, a translation by Abū ’l-Qāsim Saḥāb (cf. no. 1484A supra) of the (unpublished ?) Taʾrīk̲h̲ al-Qurʾān of Abū ʿAbd Allāh Zanjānī (Professor in the University of Ṭihrān, b. ah 1309/1891–2, d. ahs 1320/ 1941): Ṭihrān ahs 1317/1938–9 (see Mas̲h̲had iv p. 467).

No. 101, 2nd par., mss. [Tarjamah i Tārīk̲h̲ i Ṭabarī.] Also Bānkīpūr Suppt i 1744 (ah 1012/1604), Caetani 31 (ah 1034/1624), Aumer 361 (in the Ergänzungsheft. ah 1038/1628–9), Leningrad Pub. Lib. (3 copies. See Mélanges asiatiques iii (St. Petersburg 1859) p. 726), Majlis 231.

No. 101, French translations (1). [Tarjamah i Tārīk̲h̲ i Ṭabarī.] A copy of Dubeux’s translation preserved in the Cambridge University Library contains pp. 1–368, breaking off abruptly in the account of the Exodus. [J. D. Pearson, in a letter.] The copies at the British Museum and the India Office contain only pp. 1–280.

No. 102, 3rd par., end. [Zain al-ak̲h̲bār.] Another edition: Ṭihrān ahs 1315/1936–7 [R. Lescot, B.E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 281].—“Some extracts from Gardīzī’s chapter on the Turks have been re-edited and translated by Marquart in his Das Volkstum d. Komanen (1914) and some more translations by the said author lie in ms. in the library of the Istituto biblico pontificale in Rome.” [Minorsky, bsos. viii p. 256.]

No. 102, Descriptions (3), end. Insert:

(4) [The chapter on India (English)] Gardīzī on India. By V. Minorsky (in bsoas. xii/3–4 (1948) pp. 625–40).

¶ No. 103, 2nd par., mss. [Mujmal al-tawārīk̲h̲ wa-’l-qiṣaṣ.] Also Istānbūl Prof. M. Fuad Köprülü (ah 751/1350. See Die Welt des Islams 12 (1930–1) p. 104 and jras. 1938 p. 563), Heidelberg P. 118 (circ. ad 1500. See Zeitschrift für Semitistik 6/3 (1928) p. 233). Edition: Ṭihrān ahs 1318/1939–40 (ed. Malik al-S̲h̲uʿarāʾ “Bahār”).

No. 104, 1st par. For Niyāltigīn read Yināl-tigīn. [Minorsky, bsos. viii/1 (1935) p. 257].—l. 22. Read Uc̲h̲h.

No. 104, 2nd par., mss. [Ṭabaqāt i Nāṣirī.] Also Leningrad Asiat. Mus. (a good old ms. See Barthold’s article O nekotorykh vostochnykh rukopisakh in Prilozhenie k. prot. X. zasyed. Otd. Istor. Nauk i Fil. Ross. Akad. ot 17 Sent. 1919 g., pp. 923–30. Cf. Islamica iii p. 316), Blochet iv 2327 (Ṭabaqahs xvii–xxii. 17th cent.).

No. 104, penult. par., end. [Ṭabaqāt i Nāṣirī.] Russian translation of extracts relating to the Golden Horde: Sbornik materialov otnosyash-chikhsya k istorii Zolotoi Ordy. ii:¹⁶ Izvlecheniya iz persidskikh sochinenii sobrannye V. G. Tizengauzenom i obrahotannye A. A. Romskevichem i S. L. Volinym, Leningrad 1941 (Akademiya Nauk sssr, Institut Vostokovedeniya), pp. 13–19.

No. 104, last par. [Minhāj Jūzjānī] Also Ẓafar al-wālih (in Arabic) by ʿAbd Allāh M. al-Makkī ed. E. D. Ross, London 1910–28 (see index).

No. 104, last par., end. Also ʿAhd i S̲h̲amsī kā ēk muʾarrik̲h̲ s̲h̲āʿir, by Āg̲h̲ā ʿAbd al-Sattār K̲h̲ān (in ocm. xiv/3 (May 1938) pp. 11–24).

No. 105, 2nd par., end. [Niẓām al-tawārīk̲h̲.] Also Princeton 53a (early 14th cent.), Blochet iv 2162 (1) (ah 1081/1670).

No. 105, 4th par., end. Another edition: Ṭihrān ahs 1313/1931 [Lescot, B.E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 281].

No. 106, 1st par. [al-Majmūʿat al-Ras̲h̲īdīyah.] For other mss. see Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 273.

No. 106, p. 54, penult. For ancien fonds, persan 107 read Blochet iv 2217. Ancien fonds, persan 107 (= Blochet iv 2154) is a volume containing inter alia the same ¶ attestations of the orthodoxy of Ras̲h̲īd al-Dīn’s works as occur in de Slane 2324. Cf. Krafft 148.

No. 106, p. 54, bottom. [Muns̲h̲aʾāt i Ras̲h̲īdī.] Edition: Mukātabāt i Ras̲h̲īdī, Lahore 1947 (ed. M. S̲h̲afīʿ. See the list of abbreviations prefixed to M. S̲h̲afīʿ’s edition of the Maṭlaʿ i saʿdain, vol. ii, pts. 2–3, Lahore 1949). For an account of six of these letters (nos. 12, 29, 43, 34, 52 and 47) see Letters of Ras̲h̲īd al-Dīn Faḍlullāh relating to India, by M. S̲h̲afīʿ (in the Woolner commemoration volume, Lahore 1940, pp. 236–40). Reasons for doubting the genuineness of the collection have been given by R. Levy in an article entitled The Letters of Rashīd al-Dīn Faḍl-Allāh in jras. 1946 pp. 74–8.

No. 106, 2nd par., ms Blochet i 255. [D̲h̲ail i Jāmiʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲.] Extracts relating to the Golden Horde have been published on the basis of Blochet i 255 and a Leningrad ms. (Institut Vostoko-vedeniya D 66 (a)) with a Russian translation in Sbornik materialov otnosyashchikhsya k istorii Zolotoi Ordy, II … Leningrad 1941 (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end. supra) pp. 243–7 (trans. pp. 139–43).

No. 106, 2nd par., mss. [Jāmiʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲. mss.] Also Blochet iv 2279 (most of vol. ii. ah 830/1426/7), 2280 (part of vol. i, viz. the account of the Mongol tribes and of C̲h̲ingiz K̲h̲ān’s ancestors and the greater part of the life of C̲h̲ingiz K̲h̲ān. 16th cent.).

No. 106, 4th par. (1), end. [Jāmiʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲. Extracts.] Add:

(1a)

[part of (?) Faṣl 1 of Bāb 1 of vol. i (on the origin of the Turkish tribes)]. Das Kudatku Bilik des Jusuf Chass-Hadschib aus Bälasagun. Theil I. Der Text in Transscription herausgegeben von … W. Radloff. St. Petersburg 1891, pp. xiv–xxviii (Persian text with German translation by C. Salemann).

No. 106, 4th par. (2), end. [Jāmiʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲. Extracts.] Insert:

(2a)

Reprint of the bare Persian text from Blochet’s edition: Ṭihrān ahs 1313/1934–5.

No. 106, 4th par. (1), footnote. For replies to Blochet’s condemnation of Berezin’s edition see Barthold’s review mentioned in no. 106, Descriptions (6) supra and Minorsky’s remarks in bsos. viii/1 (1935) p. 256.

No. 106, 4th par., end.[Jāmiʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲. Extracts.] Insert:

(7)

[the reigns of Abāqā, Tikūdār, Arg̲h̲ūn and Gaik̲h̲ātū from vol. i, Bāb 2] Ta’rīḫ-i-mubārak-i-Ġāzānī des Rašīd al-Dīn Faḍl Allāh Abī-l-Ḫair. ¶ Geschichte der Ilḫāne Abāgā bis Gaiḫātū (1265–1295). Kritische Ausgabe … von Karl Jahn. Prague 1941 (Abhandlungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften und Künste in Prag, phil.-hist. Abteilung, i. Heft).

(8)

[The reign of G̲h̲āzān, from vol. i, Bāb 2.] Geschichte Ġāzān-Ḫān’s aus dem Ta’rīḫ-i-mubārak-i-Ġāzānī des Rašīd al-Dīn Faḍlallāh … herausgegeben … von Karl Jahn. London~1940 (Gibb Memorial, N.S. xiv).

(9)

The account of the Ismāʿīlī doctrines in the Jāmiʿ al-Tawārīkh of Rashīd al-Dīn Fadlallāh. By R. Levy (in jras. 1930 pp. 509–36 (Persian text with English translation)).

No. 106, 5th par., end. [Jāmiʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲. Translations.] Add:

(8)

[English translation of extracts concerning the Ismāʿīlī doctrines] The account of the Ismāʿīlī doctrines in the Jāmiʿ al-Tawārīkh of Rashīd al-Dīn Faḍlallāh. By R. Levy (in jras. 1930 pp. 509–36. With the Persian text).

(9)

[Russian translation of passages relating to the Golden Horde] Sbornik materialov otnosyashchikhsya k istorii Zolotoi Ordy. II … Leningrad 1941 (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra) pp. 27–79.

(10)

[Russian translation extending from the reign of Hulāgū to that of G̲h̲āzān] Sbornik letopisei. Tom III.¹⁷ Perevod s persidskago A.K. Arendsa, pod redaktsiyei (†) A. A. Romaskevicha [who had the largest share in the work], E. E. Bertelsa i A. Y. Yakobovskago. Leningrad 1946 (Akademiya Nauk sssr. 340 pp. The translation, in the preparation of which seven mss. were consulted, was ready before the war). [Minorsky, in a letter.]

No. 106, last par. [Ras̲h̲īd al-Dīn.] Also Durrat al-ak̲h̲bār (takmilah) pp. 126–30; Dastūr al-wuzarāʾ pp. 315–21.

No. 107, 2nd par., end. [Zubdat al-tawārīk̲h̲.] For a description see Blochet Introduction à l’histoire des Mongols pp. 140–57.

No. 108, end. [Nīkpay’s history.] Insert:

Extracts relating to the Sāmānids derived from al-ʿUtbī’s Yamīnī: Description topographique et historique de Boukhara par Mohammed Nerchakhy … Texte persan publié par C. Schefer, Paris 1892°*, pp. 111–22.

¶ No. 109, 2nd par., mss. [Rauḍat ūlī ’l-albāb.] Also Tashkent Univ. 56 (ah 1275/1858–9).

No. 109, 2nd par., mss. Delete: ʿĀs̲h̲ir p. 114 no. 254.

No. 109, 2nd par., mss. Nūr i ʿUt̲h̲mānīyah 3088 is Maḥmūd al-Ījī’s history (see pl. no. 266) and should be deleted. [Rypka, Archiv Orientální x/1–2 (1938) p. 359.]

No. 110, 2nd par., end. Hindūs̲h̲āh b. Sanjar completed at Tabrīz in 707/ 1308 the Arabic work Mawārid al-adab (for which see Brockelmann ii p. 192, Sptbd. ii p. 256). For the scanty autobiographical information obtainable from the Tajārib al-salaf see the editor’s introduction to the edition and Dānis̲h̲mandān i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān p. 399. Kīrān (evidently an arabicised form of Gīrān, since the nisbah is spelt al-Jīrānī in the preface to the Mawārid al-adab) is described in the Naft̲h̲at al-maṣdūr p. 42 n. and the Dānis̲h̲mandān i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān p. 399 n. as a town between Tabrīz and Bailaqān. For a place of this name near Iṣfahān see Samʿānī fol. 147a (where it is spelt Jairān) and Tāj al-ʿarūs iii p. 116, l. 8 ab infra.

No. 110. 3rd par., end. [Tajārib al-salaf.] Edition: T. al-s…. taʾlīf i Hindūs̲h̲āh … Ṣāḥibī Nak̲h̲juwānī … bi-taṣḥīḥ u ihtimām i ʿAbbās Iqbāl, Ṭihrān ahs 1313/1934. Extract [life of Niẓām al-Mulk]: Siasset Namèh … Texte persan édité par C. Schefer. Supplément, pp. 1–21.

No. 111 (2), 1st par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Guzīdah.] Also Blochet iv 2282 (ah 989/1581), Tashkent Univ. 59 (defective. 17th cent.). Leningrad Asiat. Mus. (at least two in addition to the ms. of 847/1443 mentioned on p. 82: see Mélanges asiatiques ii (1852–6) p. 56 (a ms. of 1244/1828), iv (1860–3) p. 54), Pub. Lib. (at least two copies: see Mélanges asiatiques iii (1859) p. 727, vi (1873) p. 93), Caetani 13 (ah 1296/ 1878).

No. 111 (2), 3rd par. Delete the entry (3).

No. 111 (2), 4th par., end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Guzīdah.] Add:

(7) [Russian translation of passages relating to the Golden Horde] Sbornik materialov…. (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra), ii … Leningrad 1941 pp. 90–8 (Persian text pp. 219–27).

No. 112, 2nd par., mss. Ethé 22 is dated 1127/1715.

No. 112, end. Insert:

¶ 112a. Abū Bakr al-Quṭbī al-Aharī.

Tārīk̲h̲ i S̲h̲aik̲h̲ Uwais, a general history dedicated to Sulṭān S̲h̲aik̲h̲ Uwais, the Jalāʾir, who reigned 756–76/ 1355–74: Leyden v p. 228 no. 2634 (defective. N.d.).

Extracts relating to the Golden Horde: Sbornik materialov … (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra) ii …, Leningrad 1941 pp. 228–31 (Russian translation pp. 99–103).

No. 114, 2nd par., end. [Firdaus al-tawārīk̲h̲.] Insert:

Extract (passage on the Great Lur): Chèref-Nâmeh ou Fastes de la Nation Kourde … Traduits … par F. B. Charmoy (cf. pl. no. 490, 4th par.) i/2 pp. 328–37.

No. 115, first line. For an unknown author read Muʿīn al-Dīn Naṭanzī (cf. Daulat-S̲h̲āh p. 371¹⁵).

No. 115, 2nd par., beginning. Read: (1) A general history to ah 815/1412 (called by Barthold “The Anonym of Iskandar”, but subsequently (in Comptes-rendus de l’Acad. des Sciences de l’U.R.S.S., 1927, pp. 115–16)¹⁸ identified by him as the work of Muʿīn al-Dīn Naṭanzī).

No. 115, end. Insert:

Extracts relating to the Golden Horde: Sbornik materialov … (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra) ii … Leningrad 1941 pp. 232–42 (Russian translation pp. 126–38). (2) Muntak̲h̲ab al-tawārīk̲h̲ i Muʿīnī, a sketch of general history to the end of Tīmūr’s reign presented to Muʿīn al-Dunyā wa-’l-Dīn Abū ’l-Fatḥ S̲h̲āh-Ruk̲h̲ Bahādur at Harāt on 22 Rajab 817/1414 and shown by Barthold (“Yeshche ob anonyme Iskendera” in Bulletin de l’Acad. des Sciences de l’U.R.S.S., 1929 pp. 165–80) to be virtually identical, apart from the change of dedication,¹⁹ with the “Anonym of Iskandar”: Blochet iv 2283 (transcribed from an autograph and corrected by the author).

French translation of extracts: Les exploits d’Emîrzâdé ʿOmar Cheikh fils de Timour, à Kachghar, en Ferghana et en Mongolie, by L. Zimin (in Revue du Monde Musulman, 28 (Paris, 1914) pp. 244–58).

¶ No. 116, beginning. In a passage translated by W. Hinz (zdmg. 90/2 (1936) pp. 376–7) from the Leningrad ms. (see below) the author calls himself Jaʿfarī b. M. al-Ḥusainī and uses “Jaʿfarī” as his tak̲h̲alluṣ.

No. 116, end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Jaʿfarī.] Also Leningrad Pub. Lib., Pers. nov. ser. 201 (defective at both ends. 16th cent. See W. Barthold’s article Novy istochnik po istorii Timuridov in Zapiski Instituta Vostokovedeniya v (Leningrad 1936) pp. 5–42 and W. Hinz’s summary of the article in zdmg. 90/2 (1936) pp. 373–98).

No. 117 (2) (f) For the spelling of the name Kart see no. 467, 1st footnote.

No. 117, 1st par., footnote. For other mss. see K. Bayānī’s preface to his edition of the D̲h̲ail i Jāmiʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲.

No. 117 (2), mss. [Majmūʿah i Ḥāfiẓ i Abrū.] Also Blochet iv 2284 (apparently the D̲h̲ail i Jāmiʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲, the history of the Muẓaffarids, the Ẓafar-nāmah and the D̲h̲ail i kitāb i Ẓafarnāmah. Circ. ad 1530. Mistakenly described by Blochet as the last part of the Zubdat al-tawārīk̲h̲).

No. 117 (2), end.[Majmūʿah i Ḥāfiẓ i Abrū.] Insert:

Edition of 2(h): D̲h̲ail i Jāmiʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲ i Ras̲h̲īdī taʾlīf i S̲h̲ihāb al-Dīn ʿAbd Allāh … al-madʿū bi-Ḥāfiẓ i Abrū … Bak̲h̲s̲h̲ i nuk̲h̲ustīn [pt. 2 is the French translation] bā muqaddamah u ḥawās̲h̲ī u taʿlīqāt i Duktur K̲h̲ān-Bābā Bayānī. Ṭihrān 1317/1939‡.

Translation of the years 703–58/1303–57²⁰ from 2 (h): Ḥâfiz-i Abrû. Chronique des Rois Mongols en Iran. Texte persan édité et traduit par K. Bayani … ii. Traduction et notes. Paris 1936‡ (reviewed by Minorsky in bsos. ix/1 (1937) pp. 235–6).

Edition of 2(k): Continuation du Ẓafarnāma de Niẓāmuddīn Šāmī par Ḥāfiẓ-i Abrū éditée d’après les manuscrits de Stamboul par Felix Tauer (in Archiv Orientální, vi (Prague 1934) pp. 429–65).

No. 117 (3), 1st par.,mss., end.[Majmaʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲.] Majlis 257 contains Rubʿ ii. For some other mss. see K. Bayānī’s preface to his edition of the D̲h̲ail i Jāmiʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲ pp. lām-alif-tā.

No. 117 (3), 2nd par., end. [Majmaʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲. Extracts.] Add:

(2)

¶ Safar-nāmah i C̲h̲īn sanah 1419 [ʿĪsawī] tā sanah 1422 [ʿĪsawī] yaʿnī maḍmūn u muḥaṣṣal i rūz-nāmc̲h̲ah i K̲h̲wājah G̲h̲iyāt̲h̲ al-Dīn i naqqās̲h̲ īlc̲h̲ī i Bāysung̲h̲ur Mīrzā b. S̲h̲āh-Ruk̲h̲ … kih Ḥāfiẓ i Abrū dar Zubdat al-tawārīk̲h̲ darj numūdah [edited with notes and index by M. S̲h̲afīʿ] (in the Oriental College Magazine, vol. vii, no. 1 (Lahore, Nov. 1930), pp. 1–66).

(3)

A Persian embassy to China; being an extract from Zubdatu’t Tawarikh of Hafiz Abru. Translated [and edited] by K. M. Maitra. Lahore 1934*.

No. 117 (3) 3rd par., end. [Majmaʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲. Descriptions.] Add:

(4) Barthold Turkestan, London 1928, pp. 55–6.

No. 117 (3), last par. The Persian text of the passage in the Mujmal i Faṣīḥī is quoted in Rosen Institut p. 325.

No. 118, end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i k̲h̲airāt.] Cf. W. Hinz, zdmg. 90/2 (1936) pp. 363–5.

No. 119, 1st par. Read Būndēlk’haṇd̤.

No. 119, 1st par. For Yūsuf Bud’h (if that is the correct spelling) see Sawāṭiʿ al-anwār (Ethé col. 332); Gulzār i abrār no. 160; K̲h̲azīnat al-aṣfiyāʾ i pp. 383–4; Raḥmān ʿAlī p. 256; Rieu, iii p. 1079a; Bānkīpūr xvi p. 49; etc.

No. 120, first line. Read either K̲h̲wāfī without the article or al-K̲h̲awāfī, that being the Arabic form of the word.

No. 121, 2nd par., mss. [Jāmiʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲ i Ḥasanī.] Also Ṭihrān National Lib. (ah 880/1475–6. See p. 5 of Mahdī Bayānī’s introduction to his edition of the Badāʾiʿ al-azmān).

No. 122, 1st par. Read 861/1456–7.

No. 122, 1st par., end. For a ms. of the Manhaj (so?) al-ras̲h̲ād see Leyden iv p. 299 no. 2110.

No. 123, 1st par. For Burhān al-Dīn K̲h̲āwand-S̲h̲āh see Haft iqlīm no. 1494.

No. 123, 1st par. According to Ḥabīb al-siyar iii, 3, p. 339¹⁶, Mīr K̲h̲wānd died on 2 D̲h̲ī Qaʿdah 903. Rajab seems to be a slip of Rieu’s.

¶ No. 123, 2nd par., MSS, Browne, end: 14. Read Naud̲h̲ar.

No. 123, 2nd par. (7). [Rauḍat al-ṣafāʾ.] The k̲h̲ātimah was written in 900/ 1494–5 according to a statement (“in most copies”) at the end of the article on K̲h̲wārazm (Rieu iii p. 1079b). Other mss.: Princeton 462 (vol. i ah 909/1503–4), 463–7 (three more copies of vol. i and two of vol. iii), 55 (vol. vi), Tashkent Univ. 62 (ah 977/1569), Aumer 202 (K̲h̲ātimah. ah 994/1586), Bānkīpūr Suppt. i 1745 (vol. iv. ah 997/1588–9), Blochet iv 2286–90, etc. No. 123, 2nd par., mss, Browne, end:

Read Naud̲h̲ar.

No. 123, 3rd par. Read 1265–6 instead of 1266 and 1853–7° instead of 1853–6°. “2 vols.” is doubtless correct as regards the b. m. and i.o. copies, but the ten unpaginated jilds are separable and are not always bound in two.

No. 123, 4th par. (8). [Rauḍat al-ṣafāʾ.] The extract published by Mitscherlich in 1814 relates to the kings of Nīmrūz, the descendants of Ṭāhir b. M. b. Ṭāhir b. K̲h̲alaf. [A. G. Ellis, orally.]

No. 123, 4th par. (15). [Mirchondi Historia Seldschukidarum.] In the Cambridge University Library there is another issue published at Giessen in 1838 (in libraria J. Rickeri) identical with the previous issue except for the title-page. [J. D. Pearson, in a letter.]

No. 123, 7th par., end. [Rauḍat al-ṣafāʾ.] For an Eastern-Turkish translation made by M. Yūsuf, called al-Rājī, b. Qāḍī K̲h̲wājam-birdī al-K̲h̲uwārazmī in the reign of Abū ’l-G̲h̲āzī M. Amīn K̲h̲wārazm-S̲h̲āh (ah 1261–71/1845–55) see Mélanges asiatiques vii (St. Petersburg 1876) p. 411.

No. 123, Translations of extracts, footnote. Amberes = Antwerp.

No. 123, 8th par., no. (13). For the meaning of “the Ṭāhirids” in this case see above, ad no. 123, 4th par. (8).

No. 123, last par. [Mīr K̲h̲wānd.] Also Laṭāʾif-nāmah pp. 159–60.

No. 124, 2nd par. Read 887/1482.

¶ No. 125, 1st par., end. [K̲h̲wānd-Amīr.] According to the Sanawāt al-atqiyāʾ, fol. 282a, he died in 946.

No. 125, 2nd par., end. The India Office ms. is d.p. 435b.

No. 125 (2), mss.[K̲h̲ulāṣat al-ak̲h̲bār.] Also Caetani 10, Leningrad Mus. Asiat. (see Mélanges asiatiques ii (St. Petersburg 1852–6) p. 57).

No. 125 (3), beginning. [Ḥabīb al-siyar.] See Rieu iii 1079b: “In an appendix found in some copies only, and quoted at length in Mirʾāt i Jahān-numā, fol. 345, Khwānd-Amīr records his journey to India, ah 934, and his introduction to Bābar, ah 935. He adds that he accompanied the emperor on his expedition to Bengal, working on the road, as circumstances and his enfeebled health would allow, at his great history, and that he completed the work (or its final revision) at a place near the confluence of the Siru with Ganges (in the month of Sh̲aʿbān, ah 935; see Bābar’s Memoirs, p. 411). A translation of the main part of that appendix is to be found in Elliot’s History of India, vol. iv, pp. 143, 155.”

No. 125 (3), ms Lindesiana nos. 809–11. Read 1063/1652–3.

No. 125 (3), mss. [Ḥabīb al-siyar.] Also Blochet iv 2291 (complete. ah 1010/1601–2), Princeton 56 (Iftitāḥ and vol. i. 18th cent.).

No. 125 (3), Editions. According to Dorn (Mélanges asiatiques vi (St. Petersburg 1873) p. 119) the Ṭihrān edition omits “mehrere gerade für Russland interessante Capitel”.

No. 125 (3), Extracts, end.[Ḥabīb al-siyar.] Insert:

(10)

[Life of Niẓām al-Mulk] Siasset Namèh … Texte persan édité par C. Schefer … supplément, pp. 22–48.

(11)

Rijāl i kitāb i Ḥabīb al-siyar az ḥamlah i Mug̲h̲ūl tā marg i S̲h̲āh Ismāʿīl i Awwal, Ṭihrān ahs 1324/1945–6 (ed. ʿAbd al-Ḥusain Nawāʾī. Supplement to the periodical Yādgār, Year 1. Cf. Oriens iii/2 (1950) p. 330).

No. 125 (3), Translations of extracts, (14). Cf L. Bouvat L’empire mongol (2ème phase), Paris 1927, p. 163 n. 2: “La notice de Sultân Hoseïn Baykara occupe les pp. 239–283 du t. iii de Khondémir; M. H. Ferté en a traduit la premiere partie, allant jusqu’à la page 254 …”

¶ No. 125, last par. [K̲h̲wānd-Amīr.] Also Laṭāʾif-nāmah) p. 157; Akbarnāmah i p. 120, Beveridge’s trans. i p. 281.

No. 126. ʿAbd al-Karīm al-Namīdīhī is doubtless identical with the author whose name Horn spells ʿAbd al-Karīm Namīdahī and whose work Kanz al-maʿānī is preserved at Istānbūl in the ʿĀs̲h̲ir Efendī Library (no. 884. See Horn Pers. Hss. p. 501 no. 952).

No. 127, 1st par., end. [Faiḍ Allāh Banbānī.] For further information about him and his works, which include the Majmaʿ al-nawādir completed in 903/1497–8, see an Urdu article entitled Majmaʿ al-nawādir by M. Iqbāl in ocm. xv/4 (Aug. 1939) pp. 98–106. Cf. Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 610.

No. 127 2nd par., mss., Rieu, first reference. Read 86 b.

No. 129, 1st par. For Naqīb K̲h̲ān see no. 135, 1st footnote.

No. 129. 2nd par., mss. [Lubb al-tawārīk̲h̲.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 244 (ah 967/1559–60), M. 245 (defective. 17th cent.), Vatican Pers. 16 (ah 986/1578. Rossi p. 42), Blochet iv 2177 (2) (18th cent.).

No. 129, 2nd par., end. Vatican 48 = Vatican Pers. 16 (ah 986/1578. Rossi p. 42). Insert:

Editions: (1) Bombay 1302/1884 (264 pp. See Fahmi Edhem Karatay Istanbul Üniversitesi Kütüphanesi Farsça Basmalar Katalogu p. 192). (2) [Ṭihrān] ahs 1314/1936 ‡ (ed. S. Jalāl al-Dīn Ṭihrānī. 264 pp.).

No. 129, 5th par., end. Insert:

French translation: Paris Bibl. Nat. fonds français 19027 (see Blochet iv 2177).

No. 129, 7th par. For 134 read 129–34.

No. 130, 2nd par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Ibrāhīmī.] Also Leningrad Mus. Asiat. (see Semenov Ukazatel’ p. 30).

No. 130, end. Insert:

130a. A history entitled Takmilat al-ak̲h̲bār, of which no mss. seem to be recorded in the published catalogues of libraries, is cited several times as an ¶ authority in the Dānis̲h̲mandān i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān, on p. 76 of which it is said to have been composed in 997 [sic, but read 967/1559] and dedicated to S̲h̲āh Ṭahmāsp’s daughter Parī K̲h̲ān K̲h̲ānum by K̲h̲wājah ʿAlī mulaqqab bah Zain al-ʿĀbidīn maʿrūf bah ʿAbdī Bēg b. ʿAbd al-Muʾmin Ṣadr al-Dīn S̲h̲īrāzī, who at first used “Nuwīdī” and later “ʿAbdī” as his tak̲h̲alluṣ. [p.s. Of this history, a general history to 967/1559 with a section on the Ṣafawīs, there is a ms., defective at the end, in the possession of Prof. B. N. Zakhoder according to his statement on p. 7 of his translation of Qādī Aḥmad’s “Traktat o kalligrafakh i khudozhnikakh” [cf. no. 1431 supra]. V. Minorsky, in a letter.]

No. 131, 2nd par., ms Āṣafīya. Read no. 1330 (portion only).

No. 131, 2nd par., end. For 133 read 134 b.

No. 131, end. [K̲h̲wur-S̲h̲āh b. Qubād.] Also Ency. Isl. under Niẓām-S̲h̲āhī (Minorsky).

No. 132 (1), mss. ms. i.o. 3939 is dated 1074/1664.

No. 132 (1), mss. [Nigāristān.] Also Madras 319 (ah 1015/1606), Ellis Coll. M. 120 (ah 1043/1633), Oxford Ind. Inst. ms. Whinfield 48 (ah 1070/1659), Heidelberg P. 222 (ah 1102/1690. Pictures. See zdmg. 91/2 (1937) p. 376), Blochet iv 2292 (late 17th cent.), Tashkent Univ. 39 (ah 1274/1857–8), Ivanow 1st Suppt. 776 (ah 1300/ 1883?).

No. 132 (2), 1st par.,. ms. i.o. d.p. Read 999/1591.

No. 132 (2), 1st par., end. [Nusak̲h̲ i jahān-ārā.] Insert:

Text and Russian translation of passages relating to the Golden Horde: Sbornik materialov … (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra) ii … Leningrad 1941, pp. 269–71, 210–12.

No. 132, 3rd par., end. Also (3) Elliot Bibliographical index pp. 136–8.

No. 132 (2), last par. [Aḥmad G̲h̲affārī.] Also Safīnah i K̲h̲wus̲h̲gū ii no. 204; Mak̲h̲zan al-g̲h̲arāʾib no. 205; Tad̲h̲kirah i k̲h̲wus̲h̲nawīsān pp. 82–3.

No. 133, last par. [Muṣliḥ al-Dīn Lārī.] Also Ḥasan Rūmlū xii p. 454, Seddon’s trans. p. 197; Tārīk̲h̲ i Maʿṣūmī p. 204; Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 620.

¶ No. 134, end. Insert:

134a. ʿAbd Allāh Kābulī. Tad̲h̲kirat al-tawārīk̲h̲, written in 990/1582: Buk̲h̲ārā Semenov 46.

No. 135, 1st footnote, 2nd par. [Naqīb K̲h̲ān.] Also Ṭabaqāt i Akbarī ii p. 450: Iqbāl-nāmah pp. 75–6.

No. 135, 2nd footnote, end. [Fatḥ Allāh S̲h̲īrāzī.] Also Maʾāt̲h̲ir al-umarāʾ, Beveridge’s trans. pp. 543–6.—3rd footnote Delete the word Mīr.—3rd footnote, end. [Ḥakīm Humām.] Also Haft iqlīm no. 1219; Maʾāt̲h̲ir al-umarāʾ i pp. 563–5.—4th footnote, end. [Ḥakīm ʿAlī Gīlānī] Also Haft iqlīm no. 1214; Maʾāt̲h̲ir al-umarāʾ i pp. 568–73, Beveridge’s trans. pp. 180–4; Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 626.—8th footnote, end. [Aḥmad Tattawī.] Also Muntak̲h̲ab al-tawārīk̲h̲ iii pp. 168–9.

No. 135, 1st par., footnote 65, 2nd par. [Āṣaf K̲h̲ān (Jaʿfar Bēg).] Also Tad̲h̲kirah i Naṣrābādī pp. 53–5; Maʾāt̲h̲ir al-umarāʾ, Beveridge’s trans. pp. 282–7.

No. 135, 2nd par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i alfī.] Also Bombay Univ. 93 (from Riḥlat 505 to a little after S̲h̲āh Ṭahmāsp’s death), Madras 286 (ah 501–840. N.d.). See also Discovery of a portion [how much is not stated, but the pages reproduced deal with Maʾmūn, Muʿtaṣim and Wāt̲h̲iq] of the original illustrated manuscript [“in large folio size” with “magnificent miniatures on each leaf”] of the Tarikh-i-alfi written for the Emperor Akbar (in the collection of Mr. Ajit Ghose, Calcutta), by M. Maḥfūẓ al-Ḥaqq (in Islamic culture v/3 (July 1931) pp. 462–71, with reproductions of two pages).

No. 135, 5th par., first line. Read al-g̲h̲uṣaṣ.

No. 136, 3rd par., end [“Wuqūʿī.”] Also Nafāʾis al-maʾāt̲h̲ir (Sprenger p. 54); Haft iqlīm no. 763. There seems to have been some confusion between M. S̲h̲arīf “Wuqūʿī” Nīs̲h̲āpūrī and “Wuqūʿī” Tabrīzī [see Nafāʾis al-maʾāt̲h̲ir (Sprenger p. 54), Haft iqlīm no. 1346, Dānis̲h̲mandān i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān pp. 394–5]. Insert:

136a. S̲h̲. Kabīr b. Munawwar Lāhaurī, a scholar of Akbar’s reign, accompanied Murtaḍā K̲h̲ān (S̲h̲. Farīd Buk̲h̲ārī. d. 1025/1616) to the siege of Kāngrah in 1025/1616 and died at Aḥmadābād in 1026/1617 or 1027/1618 [Badāʾūnī iii p. 106; Ṭabaqāt i S̲h̲āh-Jahānī; Mirʾāt al-ʿālam; Āʾīn i Akbarī tr. Blochmann p. 547; Rieu iii p. 1097a].

¶ Tārīk̲h̲ i Murtaḍā ’l-dahr, a (general?) history composed in 1006/1597–8: Rieu iii 1037b (extracts only. Circ. ad 1850).

No. 137, 1st par., end. [Ṭāhir M. Sabzawārī.] For abridged paraphrases of the Mahābharata and of two other Sanskrit works made by him at Akbar’s request see Rieu iii 1043a, Ethé 1955.

No. 137, 2nd par., end. [Rauḍat al-ṭāhirīn.] Also i.o. 4588 (defective. ah 1131/1719. See jras. 1939 p. 374), Bānkīpūr Suppt. i 1749 (defective. 18th cent.) 1748 (ah 1228/1813).

No. 138, last par., end. [Ḥasan Bēg K̲h̲ākī.] Also Akbar-nāmah iii p. 834; Mak̲h̲zan al-g̲h̲arāʾib no. 721.

No. 140, 3rd par., end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Ḥaidarī.] Add:

(3)

[Passages relating to the Golden Horde] Sbornik materialov … (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra) ii … Leningrad 1941 pp. 272–4 (Russian trans. pp. 213–15).

No. 142, 2nd par., beginning. [Ṣubḥ i ṣādiq.] For ten centuries read eleven centuries.

No. 142, 2nd par., mss. Also ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 57 no. 10 (vol. ii. ah 1159/1746), Vatican Pers. 93–7 (vols. ii–iii. ah 1196/1782. Rossi p. 109)

No. 143, last par. Tad̲h̲kirah i Ṭāhir i Naṣrābādī p. 64 in the Ṭihrān edition (his father, M. Ṣāliḥ, p. 452).

No. 145, 2nd par. The Mīzān al-ḥaqq is in Turkish, not Arabic.

No. 145, 3rd par., mss. [Taqwīm al-tawārīk̲h̲.] Also Blochet iv 2293 (mid 17th cent.).

No. 146, end. [Afṣaḥ al-ak̲h̲bār.] Also Rieu iii 1017b (extracts only. Circ. ad 1850).

No. 147, end. Insert:

147a. M. Afḍal Ḥusainī. Zubdat al-tawārīk̲h̲ (beg. Baʿd az sp. u st. i Parwardgār i ʿālamiyān u durūd i nā-maʿdūd i ḥaḍrat i Saiyid al-Mursalīn), a concise general history, including a detailed account of the Ṣafawīs, to ah 1063/1652, similar ¶ in contents and arrangement to the Z. al-t. of Kamāl K̲h̲ān²¹ [and possibly a plagiarism]: Bānkīpūr Suppt. i 1750 (19th cent.).

147b. M. Barārī Ummī b. M. Jams̲h̲ēd b. Jabbārī K̲h̲ān b. Majnūn K̲h̲ān Qāqs̲h̲āl is the author of a scientific encyclopaedia entitled ʿUqūl i ʿas̲h̲arah, which he completed in 1084/1673–4 (see Bānkīpūr ix 914, Berlin 97, Bodleian 1495, Būhār 222, Flügel i 27, Ivanow 1500 (2), Ivanow Curzon 485, Lindesiana p. 193 no. 714). His great-grandfather and his grandfather were both grandees of Akbar’s time (see Āʾīn i Akbarī tr. Blochmann pp. 369–70, Maʾāt̲h̲īr al-umarāʾ iii pp. 207–11).

Mujmal i mufaṣṣal, a concise general history to ah 1037/ 1628 (S̲h̲āh-Jahān’s accession), transcribed from the original drafts in 1065/1655 (according to a statement near the beginning of Ivanow 43) but not completed apparently until 1079/1668, since that is given as the date of the second volume (on the Persian and Indian Tīmūrids): Bodleian 101 (defective at beginning and concluding with ah 1020/1611. Identified by Ivanow), 242 (vol. ii only. ah 1079/1668 (?), apparently autograph), Ivanow 43 ah 1100/1688–9, transcribed for the author), Madras i 317 (ah 1171/1757–8).

No. 149, first sentence, end. M. Yūsuf “Wālih” was subsequently appointed to the wizārat i sarkār i tūp-k̲h̲ānah i mubārakah.

No. 149, 2nd par., end. [K̲h̲uld i barīn.] Insert:

Extract (S̲h̲āh Ṣafī’s reign from the sixth year onwards): D̲h̲ail i Tārīk̲h̲ i ʿĀlam-ārāy i ʿAbbāsī taʾlīf i Iskandar Bēg Turkmān … u M. Yūsuf i muʾarrik̲h̲ ba-taṣḥīḥ i Suhailī i K̲h̲wānsārī, Tihrān ahs 1317/1938–9 (Iskandar Bēg’s account of S̲h̲āh Ṣafī’s first five years (see pl. no. 391) followed (p. 146⁸) by the narrative of the remainder of the reign from the K̲h̲uld i barīn on the basis of a ms. in the Kitāb-k̲h̲ānah i Millī i Malik. Cf. bsos. x/2 (1940) p. 540).

No. 149, last par., end. [M. Yūsuf “Wālih.”] Also Tad̲h̲kirah i Naṣrābādī i p. 82.

No. 151 (2), mss. [Mirʾāt al-ʿālam.] Also Bānkīpūr Suppt. i 1751 (19th cent.).

No. 151 (2), 1st par., end.[Mirʾāt al-ʿālam.] Insert:

¶ Extracts (lives of calligraphists, painters, etc.): ocm. x/4 (Aug. 1934) pp. 33–65 (ed. M. S̲h̲afīʿ). Description etc. by Maulawī Ṣiddīq Ḥusain: ocm. v/1 (Nov. 1928) pp. 7–8.

No. 151 (3) (a), mss. [Mirʾāt i jahān-numā.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 259 (ah 1142/1729–30).

No. 151 (3) (b), 2nd par., end. [Mirʾāt i jahān-numā.] Another description: ocm. v/1 (Nov. 1928) pp. 8–22 (an article by Maulawī Ṣiddīq Ḥusain).

No. 158, 2nd par., mss. [Jannāt al-firdaus.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 246 (with a continuation to ah 1244/1828–9 by Tajammul Ḥusain. Early 19th cent.).

No. 161, 2nd par. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Qipc̲h̲āq-K̲h̲ānī.] See also Validov O sobr. rkp. v Bukh. khan. pp. 258–9.

No. 162, beginning. M. Muḥsin calls himself Mustaufī i sarkār i faiḍ- āt̲h̲ār, which may perhaps mean that he was Mustaufī of the estates of the Mas̲h̲had sanctuary (see Minorsky’s commentary to the Tad̲h̲kirat al-mulūk, p. 146). “It may be added that Muḥammad Muḥsin in his Zubdat al-tavarīkh (f. 205b) states that in 1132/1720 he was in attendance on the Nāẓir of the Cathedral Mosque of Mashhad and enjoyed the rank of vazīr ʿ in the same department’ …” (Minorsky, ibid.).

No. 164, beginning. Read M. ʿAlī b. M. Ṣādiq Ḥusainī Nīs̲h̲āpūrī Najafī Burhānpūrī.

No. 164, 6th par., mss. [Mirʾāt al-ṣafāʾ.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 258 (ah 1176/1762–3, apparently autograph).

No. 164, 6th par., end. Read Āṣafīyah iii.

No. 164, last par. The Tārīk̲h̲ i rāḥat-afzā, a history of the Tīmūrids from 736/1335–6 to 1173/1759–60, the date of compilation, was published in 1947 at Ḥaidarābād (Deccan) with an Urdu preface by S. K̲h̲wurs̲h̲ēd ʿAlī. [J. D. Pearson, in a letter.]

No. 165, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th par. [Tuḥfat al-kirām.] See the amended account of this work in no. 828 (1).

¶ No. 166, 2nd par., mss. [Jām i jahān-numā.] Also Bānkīpūr Suppt. i 1752–3 (ah 1018 [sic! Read 1180?]. Described as autograph).

No. 168, 1st par. Read 1182/1768–9.

No. 168, 2nd par., mss. [Farḥat al-nāẓirīn.] Also Kapūrt’halah 35 (see ocm. iii/4 (Aug. 1927) p. 16).

No. 169, 1st par. Read: and the Muntak̲h̲ab al-tawārīk̲h̲ of Ḥasan Bēg K̲h̲ākī (see no. 138 2nd par. supra) very deficient.

No. 169, 2nd par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Muḥammadī.] If Rieu’s statement that the author completed this work in 1190 is based only on the fact that the necrologies in the b.m. ms. end with that year, it should not be accepted without further evidence. In i.o. 3980 the necrologies extend to 1208. Doubtless the copyists or owners of different mss. continued the series of dates to their own times.

No. 169, 2nd par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Muḥammadī.] i.o. 3889 and 3890 contain only the necrologies. i.o. 3980 contains only the preface and the necrologies from 1150 to 1208.

No. 170, beginning. [M. b. Muʿtamad K̲h̲ān.] See also the autobiography of his cousin “Ās̲h̲ōb” (ms.: i.o. 4034) fol. 14b.

No. 170, 2nd par. Rehatsek p. 99 no. 52 (Risālah i Kaptān Jōnātan [sic] dar aḥwāl i Farang “composed ah 1211”) seems to be a later version of Jonathan Scott’s account of Europe.

No. 171, 1st par. Mavī = mwy, the vocalisation being conjectural.

No. 171, 2nd par., mss. [Jām i jahān-numā.] Also Rieu iii 1051a (extracts only).

No. 172, 2nd par., end. Read: i.o. 3994 (reigns of Farruk̲h̲-siyar, Rafīʿ al-Darajāt etc. and M. S̲h̲āh., probably from the B. al-m.²² ad 1891), 3983 (Nādir S̲h̲āh and Aḥmad S̲h̲āh Durrānī. ad 1895), 3883 (reigns of Aḥmad S̲h̲āh and ʿĀlamgīr ii, probably from the B. al-m. 18th cent.).

¶ No. 173, last par. [K̲h̲ulāṣat al-afkār.] The preface and k̲h̲ātimah are summarized in jras. 1848 pp. 154–7.

No. 173, last par. [Abū Ṭālib K̲h̲ān.] Also Dānis̲h̲mandān i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān pp. 243–4.

No. 174, 1st and 2nd par. “Ardalān is a better form for Ardilān (p. 146), in spite of the e.i.” (Minorsky, bsos. viii/1 (1935) p. 257¹⁷).

No. 175, beginning. Read Dihlawī.

No. 175, 2nd par., mss.[Mirʾāt i āftāb-numā.] Also Bodleian 121 (n.d.), Ellis Coll. M. 373 (early 19th cent.).

No. 177, beginning. [“Bandah” Tabrīzī.] Although apparently his name is written Riḍā (رضا) in the b.m. ms. Rieu i 135 (cf. Browne Coll. G. 16 and Majlis 258, but not Rieu Suppt. 39), the biographers seem to be unanimous in calling him Mīrzā (M.) Raḍī.

No. 177, last par., end. [“Bandah” Tabrīzī.] Also Tad̲h̲kirah i Muḥammad-Sh̲āhī (Rieu Suppt. 124) fol. 183a; Rauḍat al-ṣafā-yi Nāṣirī vol. ix, eleventh page from end; Dānis̲h̲mandān i Ād̲h̲ar- bāyjān pp. 70–1; Berthels Ocherk istorii persidskoi literatury p. 82.

No. 180, beginning. Ṭabāṭabā, not Ṭabāṭabāʾī, seems to be the form preferred by M. Riḍā himself.

No. 180 (1), mss. [Zubdat al-g̲h̲arāʾib.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 280 (vol. i. ah 1238/1823).

No. 184, 1st par. Mirzā Jahāngir and Mirzā Bābur were sons of M. Akbar S̲h̲āh (cf. Blumhardt’s Catalogue of Hindustani MSS. in the … India Office p. 93); Read Hamīrpūr with undotted h.

No. 184, end. Insert:

184a. Faiḍ i Ḥaqq C̲h̲is̲h̲tī Qādirī, known as (ʿurf) M. Faiḍ Allāh Muns̲h̲ī, entitled (muk̲h̲āṭab) Faḍl i ʿAlī K̲h̲ān Ṣiddīqī Āṣaf-Jāhī has already been mentioned (pl. i no. 1037) as the author of histories entitled Waqāʾiʿ i Dakan and Gauhar i s̲h̲āhwār.

¶ K̲h̲izānah i Rasūl-K̲h̲ānī, a general history to ah 1251/ 1835, the date of completion, with a special history of the Quṭb-S̲h̲āhs and Niẓāms, dedicated to Nawwāb G̲h̲ulām-Rasūl K̲h̲ān: Bānkīpūr Suppt. i 1755 (ah 1296/1879).

No. 186 should follow no. 188.

No. 186, last par. There is a portrait of T. W. Beale in the possession of the Royal Asiatic Society of Bengal (see jasb. 1925 p. xcvi).

No. 188, beginning.. M. Ṣādiq “Ak̲h̲tar” i.e. doubtless M. Ṣ. “A.” Hūglawī, for whom see no. 940.

No. 188, end. Insert:

188a. Rājah Kundan Lāl “As̲h̲kī” b. Mannūn Lāl “Falsafī” Dihlawī was the author of an encyclopædia entitled Nuzhat al-nāẓirīn (Lindesiana p. 172), of the Zīj i As̲h̲kī composed in 1231/1816 (Āṣafīyah i p. 814) and of the Arabic work al-Qisṭās composed at Delhi in 1237/1821–2 at the age of twenty-four²³ (Brockelmann Sptbd. iii p. 1312, Zubaid Aḥmad The contribution of India to Arabic literature p. 383).

Muntak̲h̲ab i Tanqīḥ al-ak̲h̲bār,²⁴ “historical tables” (general or Indian?): Sulṭān al-maṭābiʿ [Lucknow?²⁵] 1267/1851*.

No. 189, last line. Read 1853–7°. For a description of the Rauḍat al-ṣafā-yi Nāṣirī see A traveller’s narrative written to illustrate the episode of the Bâb, edited … and translated … by E. G. Browne, ii (Cambridge 1891) pp. 188–92.

No. 190, 1st par. [S. Ilāhī Bak̲h̲s̲h̲.] An account of this author and his K̲h̲. i j-n. is given in an appendix to M. ʿĀbid ʿAlī K̲h̲ān’s Memoirs of Gaur and Pandua, Calcutta 1931 (cf. jras. 1933 pp. 169–71).

¶ No. 191, 1st par., end. M. Taqī “Sipihr” died on 17 Rabīʿ ii 1297 [29 March 1880] according to al-Maʾāt̲h̲ir wa-’l-āt̲h̲ār p. 188a, l. 2.

No. 191, 2nd par. [Nāsik̲h̲ al-tawārīk̲h̲.] The words “published (originally, it appears) in 14 volumes” should be deleted. According to the volumes preserved in the Cambridge University Library (about which information has kindly been supplied by Mr. J. D. Pearson) and the descriptions in the Mas̲h̲had catalogue (vol. iii, fṣl. 14, nos. 193–207, where, however, nothing is said about a division into kitābs and a continuous numeration is given to the jilds) the work is divided as follows:—

Kitāb i (from Ādam to the Hijrah) in two jilds ((1) “kih maʿrūf ast ba-Hubūṭ” (M²⁶), to the birth of Christ, Ṭihrān 1273/1857 (C,²⁷ probably also bm.), 1285/1868–9 (Ency. Isl. under Sipihr), 1306/1888–9 (M., Ā²⁸), 1321/1903 (C), (2) to the Hijrah, Ṭihrān [1860? °], 1285/1868–9 (Ency. Isl. under Sipihr), 1310/1892–3 (Ā), 1320/1902 (C), published also, it seems, in two parts (a) “mas̲h̲hūr ba-Aḥwālāt i ḥaḍrat i ʿĪsā” (M), 2nd ed. Ṭihrān 1303/1885–6 (M), (b) “kih mutaʿalliq ast ba-tārīk̲h̲ i ḥaḍrat i k̲h̲atmī-martabat” (M), i.e. Muḥammad’s life [to the Hijrah presumably], 2nd ed. Ṭihrān 1301/1883–4 (M).

Kitāb ii, from the Hijrah to the author’s time, but only the following jilds seem to have been published, (1) [called vol.²⁹ 3 in M] Muḥammad, from the Hijrah to his death, 1st ed. Ṭihrān 1285/1868–9 (M), 1310/1892–3 (Ā) 1314/ 1896–7 (C), (2) [“vol. 4”, M] the first three Caliphs, Ṭihrān 1280/1863–4 (“1st ed.”, M), 1305/1888 (date of index. C), 1306/1888–9 (identical with the preceding? Ā), (3) [“vol. 5”, M] ʿAlī, n.d.? (Ā), 1319/1901–2 (C), 1323/1905–6 (M), (4) [“vol. 6”, M) Fāṭimah, 1308/1890–1 (Ā); 1319/1901 (C); Tabrīz 1320/1902–3 (M), (5) [“vol. 7”, M] Ḥasan, Ṭihrān 1302/1884–5 (M), 1309/1891–2 (C), (6) [“vol. 8”, M] Ḥusain, place? 1307/1889–90 (Ā), Bombay 1309/1892 (M, C (?)), (7) [“vol. 9”, M] Zain al-ʿĀbidīn, pt. i,³⁰ “Persia” 1313/1895–6 (Āṣafīyah iii p. 110 no. 1530, where a copy (apparently of this volume) is called N. al-t. (takmilah), jild i awwal and ʿAbbās-Qulī K̲h̲ān is given (incorrectly?) as the author), Qafqāz 1324/1906 (M), (8) [“vol. 10”, or Mis̲h̲kāt al-adab i Nāṣirī, M] Zain aI-ʿĀbidīn, pt. 2, composed in 1304/1886–7, by ʿAbbās-Qulī K̲h̲ān (cf. pl. no. 309), Ṭihrān 1316/1898–9 ¶ (M), “Persia” 1322/1904 (Āṣafīyah iii p. 110 no. 1530, where this volume (apparently) is called N. al-t. (takmilah), jild i duwum), (9) [“vol. 11”, M] Bāqir, pt. 1, composed (in 1315 according to Āṣafīyah cat.) by ʿAbbās-Qulī K̲h̲ān, Ṭihrān 1315/1897–8 ’(M), “Persia” 1318/1900–1 (Āṣafīyah iii p. 110 no. 1532, where this volume (apparently) is called N. al-t. (takmilah) jild i awwal), (10) [“vol. 12”, M] Bāqir, pt. 2, compiled (by ʿAbbāṣ-Qulī K̲h̲ān) in 1324 (so M)³¹ under the superintendence (ba-ihtimām) of ʿAin al-Daulah, Majlis 563 (“N. al-t. Mutammim i jild i duwum i aḥwāl i … M. Bāqir.” 338 foll.). Edition: Ṭihrān 1324/1906 (M. Cf. Āṣafīyah iii p. 110 no. 1533, where this volume is called N. al-t. (takmilah), jild i duwum, and ʿAbbās-Qulī K̲h̲ān is given as the author. Cf. pl. i no. 309), together with the Tārīk̲h̲ i Qājārīyah (“az mujalladāt i N. al-t.”) in three jilds (1) the early Qājārs to Fatḥ-ʿAlī S̲h̲āh, (2) Muḥammad S̲h̲āh, (3) Nāṣir al-Dīn S̲h̲āh, Ṭihrān 1273/1856–7 (C. Only Jild 1 has this date: the other jilds have copyists’ names but no date), 1304/1886–7 (C, A), 1315/1897–8 (M, C), Tabrīz 1319/1901–2 (M, C. Date in all three vols. Cf. pl. i no. 441).

No. 191, last par., end. (M. Taqī “Sipihr”.] Also al-Maʾāt̲h̲ir wa-’l-āt̲h̲ār pp. 187–8.

No. 192, last par., end. [Iʿtimād al-Salṭanah.] Also Browne The Persian revolution p. 405; Dānis̲h̲mandān i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān pp. 43–5; Tārīk̲h̲ i jarā’id i pp. 311–12. Portraits in Feuvrier Trois ans à la cour de Perse, Paris [circ. 1894?], pp. 49, 80.

No. 193 (a) (3), end. Insert:

(3a)

K̲h̲ulāṣat al-tawārīk̲h̲, by M. b. Yūsuf Miftāḥ al-Mulk: Ṭihrān 1325/1907. [R. Lescot, B.E.O.I.F. de Damas, vii–viii, p. 281].

No. 193 (a) (9), end. Insert:

(9a)

Muntak̲h̲ab al-tawārīk̲h̲ i Muẓaffarī, by Ibrāhīm K̲h̲ān Ṣadīq [Ṣiddīq?] al-Mamālik: Ṭihrān 1323/1905 [R. Lescot, ibid.]. [p.s. See an article by Jahāngīr Qāʾimmaqāmī in Yādgār iv/1–2 (1947) pp. 19–34.]

No. 193 (a) (10), end. Insert:

(10a)

Rāḥat al-qulūb, a sketch of general history, with a special history of Bengal to 1207/1792–3, the date of composition, by M. Rāḥat: Bānkīpūr Suppt. i 1754 (ad 1840).

(10b)

¶ Rāḥat al-qulūb, by Faiḍ Allāh K̲h̲ān: Lindesiana p. 136 no 420 (ah 1134–40/1721–8).

No. 193 (a) (11), end. [Subḥat al-ak̲h̲yār.] Also Philadelphia Lewis Coll. 37.

No. 193 (a) (13), end. Insert:

(13a)

Tārīk̲h̲ i ʿumūmī dar qarn i hafdahum u hiz̲h̲dahum, by Naṣr Allāh K̲h̲ān “Falsafī”:³² Ṭihrān ahs 1316/1937–8 [R. Lescot, B.E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii, p. 281].

(13b)

Tārīk̲h̲ i ʿumūmī dar qarn i nūzdahum u bīstum, by the same: Ṭihrān ahs 1310/1931–2 [R. Lescot, ibid.].

(13c)

Tārīk̲h̲ i ʿumūmī i qurūn i wusṭā, by ʿAbd al-Ḥusain S̲h̲aibānī, 3 vols. Ṭihrān ahs 1312–15/1933–7*. [R. Lescot, ibid.].

No. 193 (a) (14), end. The date is 1329–43 according to Harrassowitz’s Bücher-Katalog 430 no. 933.

No. 193 (c) (1), end. [Ethé 120.] Bānkīpūr Suppt. i 1747 (17th cent.) seems to be another copy.

No. 197, 2nd par., end. Read Āṣafīyah ii p. 880 no. 55; also Edinburgh New Coll. p. 7.

No. 198, 1st par., last line. [al- Bas̲h̲āg̲h̲irī.] This nisbah, used of a different person, is spelt Pas̲h̲āg̲h̲irī in Ras̲h̲aḥāt p. 215 (az qaryah i PS̲H̲ĀG̲H̲R būdah and kih dīhī buzurg ast az wilāyat i Samarqand miyān i s̲h̲arq u s̲h̲amāl u az-ānjā tā s̲h̲ahr duwāzdah farsang ast).

No. 198, 2nd par., end. [Kas̲h̲f al-g̲h̲awāmiḍ. Al-Ṣābūnī’s abridgment.] A ms. at Cairo (Catalogue, 2nd ed., v p. 265) is mentioned by Brockelmann (Sptbd. ii p. 262).

No. 199, 2nd par., mss. [Maqāṣid al-auliyāʾ.] “Opus … Sultanoe gente Selgukidarum ‘Abû-l-Muzaffer … dedicatum est” (Mehren); Decourdemanche s.p. 1852 = Blochet iv 2295 (late 17th cent.). Another ms.: ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 60 no. 19 (old).

¶ No. 201, 2nd par., mss. [Zarātus̲h̲t-nāmah.] Also Bombay Univ. p. 331 (ay 1164/1794–5), Brelvi-Dhabhar p. xxix no. 16.

No. 202, beginning. For Abū ’l-Ḥasan b. al-Haiṣam al-Būs̲h̲anjī see Brockelmann Sptbd. i p. 592, probably also Haft iqlīm no. 616.

No. 202, 2nd par. M. b. Asʿad b. ʿAbd Allāh al-Ḥanafī al-Tustarī, an author of Ūljāytū’s time, wrote an abridgment of the Jawāmiʿ al-ḥikāyāt (Muntak̲h̲ab i Jāmiʿ [sic] al-ḥikāyāt, as K̲h̲wānd-Amīr calls it) in 723/1323 (ms. (?): Vatican Pers. 71 (2) = Rossi p. 94). See Tārīk̲h̲ i Guzīdah p. 811; Ḥabīb al-siyar iii, 1, p. 113; Niẓām al-Dīn Introduction to the Jawámiʿu ’l-Ḥikáyát pp. 31¹⁹, 123²⁰; H. W. Duda Ferhād und Schīrīn p. 180.

No. 202, 2nd par. Read J. 21 (12).

No. 202, 2nd par., end. [al-Būs̲h̲anjī’s Qiṣaṣ al-anbiyāʾ.] Insert:

Extract: A parallel to the story in the Mathnawí of Jalálu ’d-Dín Rúmí, of the Jewish king who persecuted the Christians. By E. G. Browne (in Islamica ii/1 (Leipzig 1926) pp. 129–34).

No. 202, 2nd par. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Mūsawī]. Other quasititles are Qiṣṣah i Mūsā and Mūsā-nāmah.

No. 203, last line. Read Madras i 299, 300, 531.

No. 205, (1), mss. [Mirʾāt al-quds.] Also Vatican Pers. 48 (defective. 18th cent. Rossi p. 75).

No. 205, (2), mss. [Dāstān i aḥwāl i Ḥawāriyān.] Also Vatican Pers. 81 (17th cent. Rossi p. 99).

No. 211 (a) (4), end. Insert:

(4a)

Anīs al-murīdīn wa-s̲h̲ams al-majālis, an account of Joseph in fourteen majālis incorrectly ascribed to the celebrated ʿAbd Allāh Anṣārī of Harāt, who died in 481/ 1088 (see Ency. Isl. under Anṣārī, Brockelmann i 433, Rauḍāt al-jannāt 450, Haft iqlīm, no. 619, Safīnat al-auliyāʾ p. 165 (no. 300) and the authorities cited in the Ency. Isl. and in j.r.a.s., 1929, p. 105): Ḥ.K̲h̲. i, no. 1339, Ethé 1778 (ah 1013/1605), Browne Coll. D. 7 (modern). For a discussion of the authorship see A prose version of the Yūsuf and Zulaikha ¶ legend, ascribed to Pīr-i Anṣār of Harāt. By Reuben Levy (in j.r.a.s., 1929, pp. 103–6).

No. 211 (a) (34). [Qiṣaṣ al-anbiyāʾ.] mss.: i.o. d.p. 698a (ah 1063/1651), 698b, 698c, 700.

No. 211 (a) (41), end.. Insert:

(41a)

Qiṣṣah i Yūsuf, in 57 chapters: Blochet i 395 (lacking preface and Ch. i–ix. ah 898/1492).

(41b)

Qiṣṣah i Yūsuf, by Qāḍī S…. ʿAlī Amīr-al-Zamānī: Blochet iv 2125 (Majālis 4–38 with lacunæ. 15th cent.).

No. 211 (a) (42). [Tad̲h̲kirat al-anbiyāʾ, by G̲h̲ulām-Muḥammad.] Possibly also Rehatsek p. 190 (n.d.).

No. 211 (b) (1), end. Insert:

(2) History of Alexander the Great in prose: Blochet iv 2374 (ah 1115/1704).

No. 212, 3rd par., mss. [Tarjamah i Siyar al-Nabī.] Also ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 61 nos. 33–5 (ah 985/1577–8).

No. 213, 1st par. For in al-Ruṣāfah read or al-Ruṣāfah. “According to Le Strange, Baghdad during the Abbasid Caliphate, p. 189, the two were identical” [R. Levy, jras. 1936 p. 524].

No. 215 (2), mss. [Tarjamah i S̲h̲amāʾil al-Nabī, completed in 988.] Also Manchester Rylands Lib. no. 133.

No. 215 (5), end.. [S̲h̲amāʾil al-Nabī.] Insert:

(6)

By “ʿAllāmah Niẓām al-Dīn”: Āṣafīyah iii p. 270 no. 967 (extending to the Bāb al-kuḥl).

(7)

Verse translation dedicated to Akbar by Ḥāfiẓ [M. b. Bāqir] Harawī, who wrote also a Persian prose translation entitled K̲h̲aṣāʾil: Princeton 58 (17th cent.).

No. 216 (3). [S̲h̲araf al-Nabī.] See Niẓámu’d-Dīn Introduction to the Jawámiʿu ’l -Ḥikáyāt, g.m.s., London, 1929, p. 87, where it is pointed out that Rieu Arabic Suppt. 509 lacks nearly half of the ninety chapters and that Blochet i 371 contains only sixty-one of them.

¶ No. 216 (3), mss. [Tarjamah i S̲h̲araf al-Nabī.] For Blochet i 371 see the preceding note.

No. 217, last par. Abu Bakr b. M. Bharūc̲h̲ī is the author of a Persian translation of al-Ḥiṣn al-ḥaṣīn (Brockelmann ii p. 203, Sptbd. ii, p. 277) completed in 910/1505 for Sulṭān Maḥmūd S̲h̲āh [Bēgarah] of Gujrāt (mss.: Ethé 2641, Ivanow 992).

No. 217, last par., end.[al-S̲h̲ifāʾ]. Insert:

Commentary by S̲h̲ihāb Efendī: Āṣafīyah iii p. 270 no. 932.

No. 218, beginning. [al-Ṭabarsī.] The common pronunciation and the usual explanation (that the word is equivalent to Ṭabaristānī or Ṭabarī) appear to be incorrect, since according to his contemporary ʿAlī b. Zaid al-Baihaqī (Tārīk̲h̲ i Baihaq, p. 242) al-Faḍl b. al-Ḥasan came originally from ṭbrs (apparently like Ṭabris̲h̲ (Tārīk̲h̲ i Qum pp. 78, 117, etc.) an Arabicised form of Tafris̲h̲, for according to Baihaqī ṭbrs is manzilī miyān i Qās̲h̲ān u Iṣfahān) and the correct pronunciation would therefore seem to be Ṭabrasī or Ṭabrisī (see Aḥmad Bahmanyār’s discussion of the word in his edition of the Tārīk̲h̲ i Baihaq, pp. 347–53).

No. 218 (3), mss. [Tarjamah i Makārim al-ak̲h̲lāq, completed in 1064.] Also Bānkīpūr xiv 1219, Ivanow 2nd Suppt. 1021.

No. 218 (4), end. Add:

(5) [Tarjamah i] Makārim al-ak̲h̲lāq, probably one of those already mentioned: Lindesiana p. 109 no. 680 (ah 1180/1766–7).

No. 218, end. Insert:

218a. Quṭb al-Dīn Abū ’l-Ḥasan Saʿīd b. Hibat Allāh al-Rāwandī died in 573/1177–8.

al-K̲h̲arāʾij wa-’l-jarāʾiḥ, fī ’l-muʿjizāt (in Arabic), on the miracles of Muḥammad and the Imāms (see i.ḥ. 1046, Brockelmann Sptbd. i p. 624).

Persian translation: Kifāyat al-muʾminīn, by M. S̲h̲arīf al-K̲h̲ādim: Āṣafīyah iii p. 662.

No. 219, beginning. For ʿAbd al-Salām al-Andarasfānī see Brockelmann Sptbd. i p. 624.

¶ No. 219, 3rd par. For biographies of Kamāl al-Dīn K̲h̲wārazmī see pl. nos. 1284, 1287, 1288. Cf. Laṭāʾif-nāmah p. 17; Majālis al-muʾminīn pp. 321–9.

No. 219, last par., mss. [al-Maqṣad al-aqṣā.] Also Heidelberg P. 434 (16th cent. See Zts.f. Semit. x/1–2 (1935) p. 85).

No. 222, 4th par., end. [Surūr al-maḥzūn.] mss.: Princeton 60 (ah 1256/1840), ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 60 no. 14.

No. 223, 1st par., end. [Saʿīd al-Kāzarūnī.] For other works by him see Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 262.

No. 223, beginning. [Saʿīd al-Kāzarūnī.] Also Haft iqlīm p. 209 (no. 166).

No. 224, 2nd par., beginning. [Sufar al-saʿādah.] The authority for vocalizing Sufar with ḍammah is Gotha 33, dated 884, in which the sīn is repeatedly so vocalized.

No. 224, 2nd par., mss.[Sufar al-saʿādah.] Also Princeton 81 (ah 1261/ 1845), 82 (extracts. 18th cent.).

No. 224, 4th par., mss. [Sufar al-saʿādah. Arabic trans.] For other mss. and editions see Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 235.

No. 224, 6th par., The words (corrected by the author himself) should be deleted.

No. 225 (3), line 5. Read 8th/14th century.

No. 225, 3rd par. [Ḥasan b. Ḥusain Sabzawārī] Delete the words in square brackets. By Blochet the dedicatee is described, no doubt correctly, as “l’un des souverains sarbédarides du Khorasan, Nizam ed-Din Yahya ibn Shams ed-Din Khadjè Karabi,³³ qui regna de 753 à 759 de l’hégire (1352–1358 …”). Ḥasan Sabzawārī must therefore have been an author of the 8th/14th century.

No. 225, 3rd par., mss. [Rāḥat al-arwāḥ.] Also Blochet iv 2296 (ah 930/1523–4), Ivanow 2nd Suppt. 1041 (2) (ah 1125/1713).

¶ No. 225, 4th par. [Bahjat al-mabāhij.] Read 578a. i.o.d.p. 578b (sic lege) breaks off in the faṣl on al-Bāqir.

No. 228, beginning. Read: S. Muḥammad b…. Jaʿfar … Makkī.

No. 228. last par.[M. b. Jaʿfar Makkī.] Also Ak̲h̲bār al-ak̲h̲yār pp. 136–41.

No. 230, 2nd par., mss. [al-Tuḥfat al-Salāmīyah.] Also Āṣafīyah iii p. 380 no. 184 (ah 1252/1836–7).

No. 232, 2nd par., mss. [Bayān i ḥaqāʾiq i aḥwāl i Saiyid al-Mursālīn.] Also Sprenger 296 (a.s.b.), Leningrad Univ. 1175c (Miṣbāḥ al-a. only. Romaskewicz p. 14), 1198 (F. al-a. only. Romaskewicz p. 11), Majlis ii 1135 (1) (F. al-a. only. Late 15th cent.), 1132 (1) (F. al-a. ah 1235/1820), 1132 (2) (fragment of F. al-a. ah 1252/1836–7).

No. 232, last par.[Pīr Jamāl.] Also Ilāhī (Sprenger p. 74); Ātas̲h̲- kadah no. 362; Riyāḍ al-ʿārifīn, 2nd ed., pp. 85–91.

No. 234, 2nd par., mss. [S̲h̲awāhid al-nubuwwah.] Also Blochet iii 1676 (ah 895/1490, from an autograph), iv 2300 (3) (ah 968/ 1561), Browne Coll. B. 4 (before ah 970/1562–3), Princeton 85 (16th cent.), Lahore Panjāb Univ. (ah 1010/1601–2 (?). See ocm. viii/3 (May 1932) p. 142), ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 15 no. 69, p. 16 no. 80, Ivanow 612 (1).

No. 234, 3rd par. Read Bombay 1288/1872 (see Karatay p. 36).

No. 234, 3rd par., end. [S̲h̲awāhid al-nubuwwah.] Insert: Description: Browne Lit. Hist. iii p. 513.

No. 235 (1), mss. [Maʿārij al-nubuwwah.] Also Tashkent Univ. 13 (ah 896/1490–1, from an autograph), Blochet iv 2298 (Rukns iii–iv and K̲h̲ātimah. Early 16th cent.) Berlin 545 (ah 998/1589–90), 546, 547 (Muqaddimah and Rukns i–ii. ah 1066/1655), Ellis Coll. M. 286 (ah 1004/1596), M. 285, ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 59 nos. 2–3, p. 61 no. 31.

No. 235, 4th par., mss. [Dalāʾil i nubuwwat.] Also Lindesiana p. 259 no. 112, Upsala 310.

¶ No. 236 (1), beginning. [Rauḍat al-aḥbāb.] Ethé’s account of the divisions of this work has been provisionally accepted here and the contents of other mss. have been described in accordance therewith, but possibly a further examination of good old mss. might lead to some modification of Ethé’s statements.

No. 236 (1), mss. [Rauḍat al-aḥbāb.] Also Blochet iv 2300 (1) (Maqṣad i only. ah 968/1561), 2299 (16th cent.), Vatican Pers. 111 (Maqṣad ii. ah 977/1569. Rossi p. 120), ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 57 no. 5 (ah 999/1590–1), p. 56 no. 4, Brelvi and Dhabhar p. 62 no. 1 (Maqṣad i. ah 1084/ 1673–4).

No. 236 (1), Turkish translation. [Rauḍat al-aḥbāb. Turkish trans.] ms.: Heidelberg T 417 (see Zts. f. Semit. x/1–2 (1935) p. 84).

No. 236, last par., end. [Jamāl al-Ḥusainī.] Also Ḥadāʾiq al-Ḥanafīyah pp. 368–9; Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 262.

No. 240, first line. The word Ganāʾī (or Kanāʾī, whichever is the correct spelling) is explained as meaning nawīsandah in the Wāqiʿāt i Kas̲h̲mīr p. 66 (cf. p. 143).

No. 240. last par. Read: Muntak̲h̲ab al-tawārīk̲h̲ iii pp. 142–9, 259–60, 403⁶.

No. 240. last par. Read: Wāqiʿāt i Kas̲h̲mīr pp. 110–11.

No. 240. last par. [Yaʿqūb “Ṣarfī”.] Also Āʾīn i Akbarī p. 250, Blochmann’s trans. pp. 581–2; Ḥadāʾiq al-Ḥanafīyah p. 394.

No. 241, beginning. [Maṭāliʿ al-anwār.] It is pointed out by S̲h̲. ʿAbd al-Qādir i Sarfarāz (Bombay Univ. cat. p. 18) that the M. al-a. was one of the works used by M. Bihāmad-K̲h̲ānī for his Tārīk̲h̲ i Muḥammadī (cf. no. 119 supra) and must therefore have been composed before 842/1438–9. That it is later than 700/1300–1 seems to be shown by a reference to Ṣig̲h̲nāqī’s commentary on the Hidāyah (Brockelmann i p. 377²¹, Sptbd. i, p. 644, l. 9 ab infra), which occurs on fol. 90a in the i.o. ms. d.p. 741.

No. 241, 2nd par., first line. Full title: Maṭāliʿ al-anwār fī tarjamat al-āt̲h̲ār.

No. 241, 2nd par., mss. [Maṭāliʿ al-anwār.] Also Lahore Panjāb Univ. (ah 1011/1602–3. See ocm. viii/3 (May 1932) p. 142), Bombay Univ. p. 18 (ah 1210/1796).

¶ No. 241, 2nd par., ms. i.o. d.p. Read 1122/1710.

No. 243, beginning. ʿA bd al-Ḥaqq Dihlawī seems usually to call himself ʿA al-Ḥ. b. S. al-D. al-Turk [not al-Turkī] al-Dihlawī al-Buk̲h̲ārī, but in a note appended to his commentary on the Mis̲h̲kāt, (Rieu i p. 14b) he calls himself ʿA. al-Ḥ. b. S. al-D. al-Dihlawī waṭan^an al-Buk̲h̲ārī, aṣl^an al-Turkī nasab^an.

No. 243, 2nd par., mss. [Madārij al-nubuwwah.] Also Princeton 84 (extracts only).

No. 243, 3rd par. For [Lucknow?] read [Madrās].

No. 243, 4th par. [ʿAbd al-Ḥaqq Dihlawī] The Ḥilyah (beg. Bi-smi ’llāh wa-’l-ḥ. l. ʿalā jūdihi. Other mss.: Rieu ii 863b, i.o. d.p. 654a) was extracted by the author from the Madārij al-nubuwwah just after its completion. The (Ādāb i libās i Rasūl) (beg. Baʿd i ḥ. u st. i Ilāhī) appears to be independent. Other mss.: Ivanow 1st Suppt. 923 (3) (late 18th cent.), Bānkīpūr Suppt. ii 2169 (19th cent.).

No. 243, last par., beginning. ʿAbd al-Ḥaqq Dihlawī’s list of his works has been published also by Hidāyat Ḥusain in jasb. xxii (1926) pp. 43–60. Another ms.: Āṣafīyah iii p. 34.

No. 243, last par., end. [ʿAbd al-Ḥaqq Dihlawī] Also Ṭabaqāt i Akbarī ii p. 464; Gulzār i abrār no. 571; Tūzuk i Jahāngīrī p. 282, l. 5 ab infra, English trans. ii p. Ill; ʿAmal i Ṣāliḥ iii pp. 384–5; Muntak̲h̲ab al-lubāb i pp. 239–40, ii p. 551; Safīnah i K̲h̲wus̲h̲gū no. 321; Subḥat al-marjān pp. 52–3; Elliot Bibliographical index pp. 273–6; Ḥadāʾiq al-Ḥanafīyah p. 409; Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 603.

No. 246, 3rd par. [“Masīḥ” Kairānawī] Also Kalimāt al-s̲h̲uʿarāʾ (Sprenger p. 114); Safīnah i K̲h̲wus̲h̲gū no. 688.

No. 247, 1st par., antepenult. The Zād al-maʿād is classed among M. Bāqir’s Persian works, though the actual prayers are in Arabic.

No. 247, 1st par., end.[List of M. Bāqir’s works,] Also Ivanow 2nd Suppt. 1039 and probably ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 3.

No. 247 (1), mss. [Ḥayāt al-qulūb.] i.o. d.p. 632b contains vol. ii, only.

No. 247 (1). mss. [Ḥayāt al-qulūb.] Also Edinburgh New Coll. p. 7.

¶ No. 247 (1), end. Insert:

Continuation: Ṣaḥīfat al-muttaqīn wa-manhaj al-yaqīn (dar d̲h̲ikr i imāmat takmilah i Ḥ. al-q.), by Raḍī al-Dīn M. b. M. Naṣīr birādar-zādah i ʿAllāmah i Majlisī: i.ḥ. 2060 (where the author is called M. Raḍī b. M. N. al-Majlisī and the work is stated to have been composed in the reign of Sh̲āh Sulṭān-Ḥusain), Āṣafīyah iii p. 380 no. 261 (ah 1212/1797–8).

No. 247 (2), first line. Jalāʾ should probably be read rather than Jilāʾ.

No. 247 (2), mss. [Jalāʾ al-ʿuyūn.] Also Bānkīpūr Suppt. i 1758 (damaged. ah 1107/1696), ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 59 no. 1.

No. 247 (3), end. [M. Bāqir Majlisī.] Also al-Faiḍ al-qudsī fī aḥwāl al-Majlisī, a detailed biography (in Arabic apparently) by Ḥusain Nūrī Tabarsī (19th century: see Brockelmann ii p. 832), which according to Majlis ii p. 53 n. 2 has been printed at the beginning of the Biḥār al-anwār; Brockelmann Sptbd. ii pp. 572–4.

No. 248, end. [Ḥakīm M. Kāẓim.] Also Zubaid Aḥmad The contribution of India to Arabic literature p. 386.

No. 249, first line. Read Qinnaujī; last line 1st par. Read Qinnauj.

No. 250, 2nd par., mss. [Ḥamlah i Ḥaidarī.] Also ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 39 no. 22 (ah 1137/1724–5), p. 57 no. 7, i.o. d.p. 631 (with Najaf’s continuation).

No. 250, 2nd par. mss., Ross and Browne. Read 175.

No. 250, 3rd par., Editions. According to Sprenger the Ḥamlah i Ḥaidarī was “lithographed at Lucnow, ah 1268, 2 vols. folio 238 and 329 pp. of 50 bayts”. The 1267 edition has 238 and 333 pages. It is without any continuation.

No. 250, last par. [“Bādh̲il.”] Also Maʾāthir al-umarāʾ iii p. 940; Sprenger no 153; Nujūm al-samāʾ p. 220.

No. 250, end. Insert:

250a. ʿAbd al-Aḥad b. M. Saʿīd b. Aḥmad Sirhindī died in 1142/1729–30. He was a grandson of the celebrated saint Aḥmad Sirhindī (for whom see pl. no. 1316 ¶ (1), 1st footnote). His father, Sh̲. M. Saʿīd, surnamed Kh̲āzin al-raḥmah, was born in 1005/1597 (see Ḥaḍarāt al-quds, i.o. d.p. 630, fol. 99a) and died in 1070/1659–60 (see Kh̲azīnat al-aṣfiyāʾ i 639, where he is called Aḥmad Saʿīd).

K̲h̲azāʾin i nubuwwat³⁴ (a chronogram = 1126/1714), a short biography of Muḥammad: i.o. d.p. 636 (18th cent.).

[K̲h̲azīnat al-aṣfiyāʾ i p. 662.]

No. 253, 1st par.The bracket after Tīmūrids should be a comma.

No. 256. For ʿAbd al-Raḥīm Ṣafīpūrī’s works see Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 853.

No. 256, end. Insert:

Mīr ʿAlī b. Ḥāfiẓ M. ʿAlī Riḍawī Dihlawī.

Māʾidah i pur-t̲h̲imār tarjamah i Nuzul al-abrār, “biographical notes concerning the Prophet and the Shīʿite Imāms,” being a translation made in 1252/1836–7 of the N. al-a. [“by Abu-Ṭālib al-Makkī † 386 [ad 996],” according to the Princeton catalogue, possibly the anonymous work of this title which was published at [Bombay] in [1880] and which is described in Ellis ii p. 447 as “biographies of the Caliph ʿAlī, his wife Fāṭimah and his two sons al-Ḥasan and al-Ḥusain”], to which the translator has added a concluding chapter on the Twelve Imāms based on Jāmī’s S̲h̲awāhid al-nubuwwah: Princeton 61 (ah 1280/1863).

No. 257, last par. [ʿAlī Akbar “Bismil”.] Also Madā’iḥ al-Muʿtamadīyah (Rieu Suppt. 127) fol. 57a; Riyāḍ al-ʿārifīn pp. 423–4; Ṭarāʾiq al-ḥaqāʾiq iii p. 156.

No. 259, last par. [Farhād Mīrzā.] Also Majmaʿ al-fuṣaḥāʾ i pp. 46–52; al-Maʾāt̲h̲ir wa-’l-āt̲h̲ār p. 195; Rieu Suppt. p. 221; Berthels Ocherk istorii persidskoi literatury pp. 102–3.

No. 260 (a) (5), end. Insert:

(5a)

Jām i gītī-numā, a metrical account of the Prophet’s expeditions, by M. b. Ismāʿīl K̲h̲wānsārī. Edition: Ṭihrān 1303/1885–6 (Āṣafīyah iii p. 100).

No. 260 (a) (7), end Insert:

(7a)

¶ Kunūz al-rumūz, on the merits and exploits of Muḥammad in forty maqāmahs, by Ḥusām b. M. al-Mas̲h̲s̲h̲āṭī: Gotha 4 (2) (ah 889/1484).

(7b)

Laṭāʾif al-ak̲h̲bār fī siyar al-Muk̲h̲tār, by S̲h̲. Ibrāhīm b. Ismāʿīl Tattawī: Āṣafīyah iii p. 380 no. 275 (Pt. i only).

No. 260 (a) (15), end Insert:

(15a)

Miʿrāj-nāmah: Ivanow 1st Suppt. 837 (1) (ah 1134/1722).

(15b)

Miʿrāj-nāmah (beg. ʿAun mī-k̲h̲wāhad dilam az K̲h̲āliq i Jān-āfrīn), metrical, by a certain “ʿAṭṭār”: Blochet ii 1050 (4).

No. 260 (a) (16), end Insert:

(16a)

Muʿjizāt i Ān-Ḥaḍrat ṣlʿm muntak̲h̲ab az kutub i siyar, by S. Nūr ʿAlī al-muk̲h̲āṭab bah Qudrat-Jang b. Qādir al-Daulah Bahādur: Āṣafīyah iii p. 380.

No. 260 (a) (22). Read: (22) Nat̲h̲r al-jawāhir, a translation by S. ʿAlīm Allāh b. ʿAtīq Allāh Ḥusainī Jāland’harī³⁵ (d. 1202/1787–8) of the Arabic Naẓm al-durar wa-’l-marjān (cf. Bānkīpūr Arab. cat. xv 1033, Āṣafīyah ii p. 874, Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 603), a, life of Muḥammad completed in 1091/1680 by Auḥad al-Dīn Mīrzā Jān (or K̲h̲ān) Brkī Jāland’harī. Edition: Lahore 1902°.

No. 260 (a) (23). Read: Naẓm al-durar wa-’l-marjān.

No. 260 (a) (24), end. Insert:

(24a)

Nūr-nāmah: Bānkīpūr xvii 1660 (Aṣl vii only, on the Miʿrāj. 1127 Faṣlī).

(24b)

Risālāh dar bayān i k̲h̲ilqat i Nūr i Muḥammadī: Āṣafīyah iii p. 380.

No. 260 (a) (27), end. Insert:

(27a)

S̲h̲amāʾil-nāmah; Blochet iv 2219 (19th cent.).

(27b)

S̲h̲amāʾil-nāmah, metrical: Āṣafīyah iii p. 380 no. 191 (ah 1277/1860–1).

No. 260 (a) (32), end. Insert:

(32a)

Taṣwīr i balāg̲h̲at (ḥilyat al-Nabī), by Nawwāb ʿAzīz-Jang (for whom see no. 1045). Edition: place? 1340/ 1921–2 (Āṣafīyah iii p. 380).

(32b)

Tawallud-nāmah: Ivanow 1st Spt. 837 (2) (ah 1134/1722).

No. 260 (a) (33). Read 1847°, [1869*], 1877*.

¶ No. 260 (a) (34), end. Insert:

(35)

Wasīlat al-faqīr s̲h̲arḥ asmāʾ al-Rasūl al-Bas̲h̲īr, by M. Hās̲h̲im b. [ʿAbd?] al-G̲h̲afūr Sind’hī: Āṣafīyah iii p. 380.

No. 260 (b) (2). Delete these lines. See no. 231, 2nd par..

No. 260 (b) (4), end. Insert:

(4) Work on the Prophet’s birth in 9 sections: Blochet iv 2350 (15th cent.).

No. 261. [Ibn Aʿt̲h̲am.] Cf. Brockelmann Sptbd. i p. 220. According to the Mas̲h̲had cat., iii, fṣl. 14, mss. no. 11, the Futūḥ was composed in 204/819–20.

No. 261, 2nd par., first line. M. b. Aḥmad b. Abī Naṣr b. Aḥmad al Mustaufī al-mulaqqab al-Raḍī al-Kātib according to the preface of Browne Coll. G. 1 (1).

No. 261, 2nd par., antepenult. [al-Mābarnābādī.] For Mābīz̲h̲anābād (spelling and vocalization uncertain, but z̲h̲, not r, seems to be correct) see Tārīk̲h̲ i jahan-gus̲h̲ā-yi Juwainī ii p. 134¹⁹, with Qazwīnī’s note, and Tatimmat Ṣiwān al-ḥikmah, Arabic text, ed. M. S̲h̲afīʿ, p. 158⁴. It was evidently near K̲h̲wāf.

No. 261, 3rd par., mss. [Futūḥ i Ibn i Aʿt̲h̲am.] Also Browne Coll. G. 1 (1) (defective at both ends and extending to ʿUt̲h̲man’s murder), G. 1 (2) (from ʿUt̲h̲mān’s murder to al-Ḥusain’s death. ah 924/1518).

No. 261, last line. [Ibn Aʿt̲h̲am.] Also Brockelmann i p. 516, Sptbd. i p. 220.

No. 262, 4th par. (1), mss. [Tuḥfah i Malikī³⁶] Also Āṣafīyah iii p. 270 (ah 1230/1815).

No. 262, end. Insert:

(3)

Tarjamah i ʿUyūn ak̲h̲bār al-Riḍā, a translation made at Mas̲h̲had in 1075/1664–5 by M. Ṣāliḥ b. M. Bāqir Qazwīnī: Sipahsālār i p. 225 no. 290.

No. 263, 4th par. (1), 1st line. [Tarjamat al-manāqib.] The date 938 is that given in the Rauḍāt al-jannāt, but the translator’s colophon as quoted in the Sipahsālār catalogue i p. 229¹² gives 968. No date is mentioned in the Bānkīpūr and Aberystwyth catalogues.

¶ No. 263, 4th par. (1), mss. [Tarjamat al-manāqib.] Also Āṣafīyah iii p. 662, Sipahsālār i p. 228 no. 294 (late 18th cent.).

No. 263, last par. [al-Irbilī.] Also Āt̲h̲ār al-S̲h̲īʿat al-Imāmīyah iv p. 165; Brockelmann Sptbd. i p. 713.

No. 264, 2nd par. [Aḥsan al-kibār.] It appears from a statement on fol. 95b (seven lines from the beginning of Bāb 5) in i.o. ms. d.p. 573 that in 728/1327–8 the author, having returned from Sulṭānīyah to Iṣfahān and thence to Fīrūzān, became resident in the last place and began to write the Aḥsan al-kibār in 739/1338–9.

No. 264, 2nd par., mss. i.o. d.p. 573 contains only the first twelve of the seventy-eight bābs.

No. 265, 2nd par., mss., i.o. d.p. Read 109a.

No. 265, 2nd par., mss. [Manāqib al-Sādāt.] Also Ivanow Curzon 371 (ah 1103/1691), ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 16 no. 82, Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 14, mss., no. 35 (defective at end). This work is a Sunnī arbaʿīn with Persian translation and commentary and is misplaced in this section. The title does not occur in the text.

No. 268, 2nd par., mss. [Rauḍat al-s̲h̲uhadāʾ.] Also Tashkent Univ. 73 (16th cent.), Blochet iv 2301 (defective. Late 16th cent.), Princeton 457 (ah 1080/1669–70), Vatican Pers. 159 (1) (ah 1105/1693. Rossi p. 152), Bānkīpūr Suppt. i 1757 (ah 1240/1825), ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 57 no. 8 (ah) 1243/1827–8), no. 9, p. 56 nos. 1–2 (ah 1251–2/1835–7), Ethé 159, Āṣafīyah iii p. 102 no. 1161, p. 104 nos. 1163, 1516.

No. 268, 3rd par. [Rauḍat al-s̲h̲uhadāʾ Editions.] Also Bombay 1285/1868–9 (Āṣafīyah iii p. 104).

No. 268, 4th par., mss. (10). [Dah majlis.] Also i.o. d.p. 656 (ah 1159/1746), 646 (ah 1223/1808), Blochet iv 2305 (ah 1245/1829–30), Bombay Univ. p. 245 no. 167, Āṣafīyah iii p. 102 (metrical), t.c.d. 1590.

No. 268, 5th par., mss. [Ḥadīqat al-suʿadāʾ.] Also Dresden p. 84 no. 80 (Wolfenbüttel), r.a.s. T 6 (?) (Saʿādat-nāmah).

¶ No. 270, 2nd line. For Sifarg̲h̲ābād, evidently a village near Jām, cf. jras. 1917 p. 355¹¹, where it is spelt and p. 335¹⁵, where a person named Ak̲h̲ī ʿAlī is mentioned. These passages occur in the biography of Aḥmad i Jām edited by W. Ivanow (cf. pl. no. 1266).

No. 273, 2nd par. The Aḥwāl al-Aʾimmah al-It̲h̲nai-ʿas̲h̲ar, as the author calls it in his Taʾlīf qalb al-alīf, was completed in 1010/1601–2 and based mainly on the Faṣl al-k̲h̲iṭāb of M. Pārsā (for whom see pl. no. 13). The opening words are Sp. i bī-andāzah Āfrīdgārī rā. Other mss.: Rieu ii 863b ult. (18th cent.), Bānkīpūr xvii 1736 (18th cent.), probably also Āṣafīyah iii p. 662 (Faḍāʾil i A. i I.-ʿa., composed in 1008 (sic?). Author not stated³⁷).

No. 274, 1st par. [M. Ṣāliḥ “Kas̲h̲fī”.] For “Subḥānī” the ʿAmal i Ṣāliḥ has “Sujān” (a Hindī word meaning “well-informed”, “wise”, “intelligent”: cf. pl. no. 622, 2nd footnote), which is much more probable.

No. 274 (1), mss. The date of i.o. 4425 is 1067/1656.

No. 274, last par. Read: Pāds̲h̲āh-nāmah ii 505 etc.; ʿAmal i Ṣāliḥ iii p. 444.

No. 276, 2nd par.[A work on the Imāms.] This work was completed in 1058/1648. Other mss.: Būhār 117 (a.h. 1081/1670–1), 118–19, i.o. d.p. 307a, Rieu i 32b.

No. 278, last line. Read 1295/1878°.

No. 279, last par. [al-Fāḍil al-Hindī.] Also “Ḥazīn” Tad̲h̲kirat al-aḥwāl p. 130, Belfour’s trans. p. 143; Nujūm al-samāʾ p. 211.

No. 281, first line. [An anonymous author.] In the preface of Ivanow 2nd Suppt. 1042 he gives his name as M. Riḍā b. M. Muʾmin al-Imāmī al-K̲h̲ātūnābādī al-mudarris. The work was begun in 1125/1713 and completed in 1127/ 1715.

No. 281, 2nd par. [Jannāt al-k̲h̲ulūd.] Tables giving the names of God with explanations, the names and brief accounts of the ancient Prophets, Muḥammad, the Imāms, Caliphs, some eminent S̲h̲īʿites, holy days, anniversaries and festivals, prayers, etc. Other mss.: Ellis Coll. M. 279 (ah 1259/ 1843), Ivanow 2nd Suppt. 1042 (ah 1267/1851), Mas̲h̲had iii, fṣl. 14, mss., no. 26. Editions: ¶ Ṭihrān 1264/1848°, 1268/1852°. It has repeatedly been printed according to the Mas̲h̲had catalogue.

No. 282, 1st par., penult. Read Dil-gus̲h̲ā-nāmah.

No. 282, end. Insert:

282a. M. Mas̲h̲hadī. Ansāb al-aṭhār, lives of the Panj Tan and the Imāms, completed in 1146/1733–4: Madras 437.

No. 285, 2nd par., mss. [Qurrat al-ʿainain.] Also Bānkīpūr xiv 1288.

No. 287, 2nd par., mss. [Muḥarriq al-qulūb.] Also Blochet iv 2297 (ah 1234/1819).

No. 287, 3rd par. Other editions: place? 1284/1867–8 (with Ḥasan Yazdī’s Muhaiyij al-aḥzān (cf. pl. no. 311 (32)) on margin. See Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 4, ptd. bks., no. 127); Persia 1294/1877 (see Āṣafīyah iii p. 108).

No. 287, last par. [M. Mahdī Nirāqī.] Also Nujūm al-samāʾ p. 319; Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 824.

No. 291, 1st line. More fully M. Ikrām al-Dīn b. Niẓām al-Dīn b. Muḥibb al-Ḥaqq.

No. 291, 2nd par. The Saʿādat al-kaunain is based mainly on the Arabic Miftāḥ al-najāʾ fī manāqib Āl al-ʿAbāʾ of M. b. Muʿtamad K̲h̲ān (see pl. no. 169, 1st par.).

No. 292 (1), 1st line. [Ḥamlah i Ḥaidarī.] Read on the lives of Muḥammad and ʿAlī.

No. 292, last par. [Bamūn ʿAlī “Rājī”.] Also Majmaʿ al-fuṣaḥāʾ ii pp. 147–50.

No. 293, 2nd par. Muḥīṭ al-ʿazāʾ (i.e. presumably “the ocean of mourning”) is doubtless the correct reading.

No. 294, 2nd par., mss. [Riyāḍ al-s̲h̲ahādah.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 263 (ah 1244/1826).’

No. 296, 3rd par. [Mātam-kadah.] For an edition without place or date of publication (282 pp.) see Harrassowitz’s Bücher-Katalog 430 (1912) no. 821.

¶ No. 297, 1st par. [Ṣibg̲h̲at Allāh.] See also pl. no. 652.

No. 297, end. [Dāstān i g̲h̲am.] Another edition: ah 1311/ 1893–4 (Āṣafīyah i p. 240 no. 298, where the place of publication is not mentioned).

No. 299, 2nd par. [ʿAbd al-ʿAzīz Dihlawī.] Read: (i) Sirr al-s̲h̲ahādatain.

No. 299, 3rd par., end. [Salāmat Allāh “Kas̲h̲fī”.] See also S̲h̲amʿ i anjuman pp. 405–6.

No. 299, 3rd par., end. [Taḥrīr al-s̲h̲ahādatain.] ms.: ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 60 no. 8, probably also Bānkīpūr xvii 1624 (Tarjamah i Sirr al-s̲h̲ahādatain, without preface or translator’s name, but transcribed at Cawnpore (Salāmat Allāh’s place of residence) in 1259/1843).

No. 299, last par., end. [ʿAbd al-ʿAzīz Dihlawī.] Insert:

(2)

Qirān al-saʿdain i d̲h̲ū ’l-nūrain dar d̲h̲ikr i s̲h̲ahādat i Imām Ḥusain: Āṣafīyah iii p. 106 no. 1021 (defective at end).

No. 300, 1st line. For M. Ṣāliḥ Burg̲h̲ānī, who was a brother of the S̲h̲ahīd i T̲h̲ālit̲h̲, M. Taqī Burg̲h̲ānī (for whom see the next addendum), and who died at Karbalāʾ on a date apparently unrecorded, see Qiṣaṣ al-ʿulamāʾ pp. 74–6; Nujūm al-samāʾ pp. 416–17; Aḥsan al-wadīʿah i pp. 35–8.

No. 300, end. Insert:

300a. M. Taqī b. M. Burg̲h̲ānī Qazwīnī, called S̲h̲ahīd i T̲h̲ālit̲h̲, was born at Burg̲h̲ān, near Ṭihrān, and settled at Qazwīn, where he was murdered in 1264/1848 by Bābīs, who resented his takfīr (see no. 1574, 2nd par., last footnote supra).

Majālis al-muttaqīn, composed in 1258/1842, dedicated to Muḥammad S̲h̲āh Qājār and evidently of rather miscellaneous contents, since according to the Nujūm al-samāʾ p. 409¹⁰ mus̲h̲tamil ast bar mawāʿiẓ u ḥikam u ḥall i aḥādīt̲h̲ u tafsīr i āyāt u taṭbīq i ān ba-maṣāʾib i Saiyid al-S̲h̲uhadāʾ ʿm balkih ʿumdah i maqṣūdas̲h̲ dar ān-kitāb d̲h̲ikr i maṣāʾib i ān-ḥaḍrat ast.³⁸ Edition: Persia 1270/1854° (cf. Āṣafīyah iii p. 108 no. 1015. According ¶ to Aḥsan al-wadīʿah i p. 33¹², where it is inadvertently called Majālis al-muʾminīn, it has been lithographed several times (mirār^AN) in Persia).

300b. Mullā M. b. ʿAlī Akbar K̲h̲urāsānī known (al-mas̲h̲hūr) as Firis̲h̲tah, is described as marḥūm on the title-page of his Mātam-kadah.

Mātam-kadah, on the Imāms, etc., begun in 1261/1845 and divided, according to the preface, into fourteen mātamkadahs and a k̲h̲ātimah [but probably left unfinished]: Calcutta 1270/1854 (Mātam-kadahs i–iv (Muḥammad, Fāṭimah, ʿAlī, Ḥasan) only. Imāmīyah Pr. Pp. 413, misprinted 414. soas.).

No. 301, end. Insert:

301a. “Rājī” (evidently, if the date given below is correct, a different person from Bamūn ʿAlī “Rājī” Kirmānī, who, as stated in no. 292 supra, died some years before 1270).

Ḥaqāʾiq, or, according to the heading, Tārīk̲h̲ i Muḥammadī (beg. Ḥaqāʾiq-s̲h̲ināsān i rāh i hudā), a long metrical biography of Muḥammad, completed in 1270/1853–4, dedicated to Nāṣir al-Dīn S̲h̲āh and divided into 291 ʿunwāns: Ivanow 2nd Suppt. 987 (ah 1272/1856).

301b. In 1270/1853–4 Maulawī S. Najaf ʿAlī and Ṣafdar ʿAlī b. Ḥaidar ʿAlī Riḍawī (cf. no. 43 supra) wrote their Tad̲h̲kirat al-aṣfiyāʾ at the suggestion of Nawwāb Dilēr al-Daulah Dilāwar al-Mulk Mīrzā M. ʿAlī K̲h̲ān Fīrōz-Jang.

Tad̲h̲kirat al-aṣfiyāʾ: Āṣafīyah iii p. 380 no. 186 (under Siyar i fārisī, but the precise subject is not stated. a.h. 1270/1853–4).

No. 308, footnote. Read broker (dallāl).

No. 308, footnote, end. [A. b. M. al-Yamanī al-S̲h̲irwānī.] Also Sarkis Dictionnaire encyclopédique de bibliographie arabe coll. 1120–1; Dānis̲h̲mandān i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān p. 31.

No. 308, last par. [M. ʿAbbās “Rifʿat” S̲h̲irwānī.] Also Ṣubḥ i guls̲h̲an pp. 180–2.

No. 309 (1). [Aḥwāl i ḥaḍrat i Bāqir, or rather, to judge from Edwards’s quotation from the title-page, S̲h̲arḥ i aḥwāl i … ḥaḍrat i Bāqir.] For this work, written in continuation of the Nāsik̲h̲ al-tawārīk̲h̲, see the Additions to no. 191, 2nd par.

No. 309 (2), 2nd par. [Ṭirāz al-mud̲h̲ahhab i Muẓaffarī.] Also [Ṭihrān] 1315/1898 (see Karatay p. 186).

¶ No. 311 (a) (5). Ismāʿīl K̲h̲ān “Sarbāz” was a poet of Nāṣir al-Dīn S̲h̲āh’s reign (see al-Maʾāt̲h̲ir wa-’l-āt̲h̲ār p. 207).

No. 311 (a) (11). [Bait al-aḥzān.] Another edition: Persia 1325/ 1907 (Āṣafīyah iii p. 94, where 1262 is given as the date of composition).

No. 311 (a) (13), end. Insert:

(13a)

D̲k̲ikr i s̲h̲ahādat i ḥaḍrat i Imām Ḥusain mausūm bah Ṣaḥīfah i d̲h̲ahabīyah, by M. ʿAbd al-Qādir b. Mirān S. Ḥasan b. S. M. al-Ḥusainī al-Qādirī: Āṣafīyah iii p. 102 (ah 1165/1752).

No. 311 (a) (14), mss. [Durr baḥr al-manāqib.] Also Blochet iv 2302 (doubtless the abridgment, though Blochet describes it as the B. al-m. Circ. ad 1525), Majlis ii 831 (ah 1046/1636–7).

No. 311 (a) (15). Read Mas̲h̲had, fṣl. 4, ptd., bks., no. 112.

No. 311 (a) (16), end. Insert:

(16a)

Faḍl i Ṣafdarī, on the merits of ʿAlī, by M. Najm al-Dīn Qādirī: Arrah 1294/1877*.

(16b)

G̲h̲am-namah i ḥaḍrat i Imām Ḥusain, composed in the time of Nawwāb M. G̲h̲aut̲h̲ K̲h̲ān of the Carnatic (1842–55) by G̲h̲ulām-Yaḥyā Naqawī Ḥusainī:³⁹ Āṣafīyah iii p. 106.

No. 311 (a) (20–23), last par. [Kanz al-ansāb.] Also [Ṭihrān?] 1297/1880‡.

No. 311 (a) (23), end. Insert:

(23a)

Kanz al-g̲h̲arāʾib fī qiṣaṣ al-ʿajāʾib, on the history and merits of the first four Caliphs, al-Ḥasan and al-Ḥusain, by Najm al-Dīn Qāsim b. M. Mad̲h̲makīnī (?): Blochet iv 2141 (ah 882/1478).

(23b)

Kanz al-maṣāʾib, by S. M. Ḥasan al-Ḥusainī al-s̲h̲ahīr bah Āqā K̲h̲ān: Āṣafīyah iii p. 108.

No. 311 (a) (25). For Jaʿfar S̲h̲ūs̲h̲tarī, who died in 1303/1885, see Aḥsan al-wadīʿah i pp. 92–9, where it is stated that the K̲h̲aṣāʾiṣ al-Ḥusainīyah has been lithographed more than once in Persia.

No. 311 (a) (25), end. Insert:

(25a)

¶ K̲h̲ulāṣat al-ak̲h̲bār (subject?), by S. M. Mahdī b. S. M. Jaʿfar al-Mūsawī. Edition: Persia 1282/1865–6 (Āṣafīyah iii p. 380).

No. 311 (a) (30), end. Insert:

(30a)

Manāqib i Maʿṣūmīn, by ʿAbd al-K̲h̲āliq b. ʿAbd al-Karīm Yazdī Mas̲h̲hadī. Edition: Persia 1313/1895–6 (Āṣafīyah iii p. 662).

No. 311 (a) (32), end. [Muhaiyij al-aḥzān.] Also 1284/1867–8 (place? On margin of Mahdī Nirāqī’s Muḥarriq al-qulūb (cf. no. 287, 2nd par. supra). See Mas̲h̲had i, fṣl. 4, ptd. bks., no. 127).

No. 311 (a) (38), end. Insert:

(38a)

Muk̲h̲tār-nāmah: Ellis Coll. M. 54 (18th cent.).

No. 311 (a) (48), end.Insert:

(48a)

Nuk̲h̲bah i Sipihrī (subject?), by ʿAbd al-Raḥīm b. Abī Ṭālib Tabrīzī. Edition: 1322/1904–5 (place? See Āṣafīyah iii p. 380). [p.s. According to Browne Press and poetry p. 161 this is a life of the Prophet abridged from the Nāsik̲h̲ al-tawārīk̲h̲.]

No. 311 (a) (58), end. Insert:

(58a)

Safīnah i Ahl i Bait, dates of birth and death, compiled in the reign of ʿAlī ʿĀdil-S̲h̲āh:⁴⁰ Āṣafīyah iii p. 104 no. 997 (ah 1331/1913).

(58b)

Ṣaḥīfah i d̲h̲ahabīyah (D̲h̲ikr i s̲h̲ahādat i ḥaḍrat i Imām Ḥusain mausūm bah Ṣ. i d̲h̲.), by M. ʿAbd al-Qādir b. Mīrān S. Ḥasan b. S. M. Ḥusainī Qādirī: Āṣafīyah iii p.102 (ah 1165/1752).

No. 311 (a) (63), end. Insert:

(63а)

Tad̲h̲kirat al-Sādāt, the names, surnames, dates of birth and death and similar matters connected with Muḥammad, Fāṭimah and the Twelve Imāms, by Aḥmad b. Maḥmūd Muḥammadī Akbarābādī: Allahabad 1880*.

(63b)

Tad̲h̲kirat al-s̲h̲uhadāʾ, lives of Muḥammad, Abū Bakr, Fāṭimah, ʿUmar, ʿ Ut̲h̲mān, ʿAlī, al-Ḥusain and al-Ḥasan, by M. Ḥusain b. Bāqī Buk̲h̲ārī: Blochet iv 2303 (19th cent.).

¶ No. 311 (a) (65), mss.[Tārīk̲h̲ i ʿUmarī.] Also Āṣafīyah iii p. 96 no. 999 (where the work is called T. i ʿU. al-maʿrūf bah Ḥiṣār al-Islām and the author’s (translator’s) name is given as M. Ḥusain [b.] ʿUmar [b.] M. [b.?] ʿAbd al-Salām Harawī).

No, 311 (a) (65), end. Insert:

(65a)

Tarjīḥ al-faḍāʾil (subject?): Āṣafīyah iii p. 662 (under Manāqib).

No. 311 (a) (66). M. Ibrāhīm “Jauharī” died in 1253/1837–8 (see S. Jalāl al-Dīn Ṭihrānī’s Iṣfahān (in Gāh-namah i 1312 (cf. no. 340 (1), editions (3) supra) p. 135)).

No. 311 (a) (66), end. Insert:

(66a)

Tuḥfat al-abrār dar d̲h̲ikr i ḥālāt i Aʾimmah i ak̲h̲yār, a short work in a muqaddamah, twelve bābs and a k̲h̲ātimah: Vatican Pers. 12 (2) (17th cent. Rossi p. 39).

No. 311 (a) (69). Naurūz ʿAlī Bisṭāmī is described in al-Maʾāt̲h̲ir wa-’l-āt̲h̲ār (p. 214) as a scholar (ʿālim) and preacher (wāʿiẓ) resident at Mas̲h̲had.

No. 311 (a) (69), end. Insert:

(69a)

Wasāʾil i Muẓaffarī, dar maṣāʾib, by ʿAlī al-ʿAlawī al-Yazdī b. Murtaḍā al-Ṭabāṭabāʾī. Edition: Ṭihrān 1320/1902–3 (Āṣafīyah iii p. 112).

No. 311 (a) (71), end. Insert:

(72)

Zubdat al-ak̲h̲bār dar faḍāʾil u manāqib i Aṭhār, by M. Qāsim b. M. S̲h̲arīf: Āṣafīyah iii p. 662.

No. 316, 1st line. ʿAlī-Qulī Mīrzā was Wazīr i ʿUlūm, the first person to be so called (al-Maʾāt̲h̲ir wa-’l-āt̲h̲ār p. 193b antepenult.). He was Mudīr of the Dār al-Funūn from 1272/1855–6 until his death in 1298/1880 (op. cit. p. 19) and Wazīr i Tijārah and Wazīr i Ṣanāʾiʿ from the fourteenth year of Nāṣir al-Dīn S̲h̲āh’s reign (ibid.). He died on 10 Muḥarram 1298/13 December 1880.

No. 316, 3rd par., end. [ʿAlī-Qulī Mīrzā.] Also Majmaʿ al-fuṣaḥāʾ i p. 41 (under his tak̲h̲alluṣ “Fak̲h̲rī”); al-Maʾāt̲h̲ir wa-’l-āt̲h̲ār pp. 193–4; Ṭarāʾiq al-ḥaqāʾiq iii p. 278. For a portrait see Rieu Suppt. 412 (vi).

No. 318, 1st par. Jalāl al-Dīn, the fifty-fifth son of Fatḥ-ʿAlī S̲h̲āh, was eight years old at his father’s death (Majmaʿ al-fuṣaḥāʾ i p. 21).

¶ No. 316 (2), footnote. For a portrait of Mānekjī see Feuvrier Trois ans à la cour de Perse, Paris [circ. 1894?], p. 273.

No. 318, 3rd par., end. [Nāmah i k̲h̲usrawān.] Also Lucknow 1931* (“Part 1, dealing with the Sāsānian dynasty” (Arberry). Ed. Ṣābir ʿAlī K̲h̲ān). See also Browne Lit. Hist. ii p. 6.

No. 319, 1st par., beginning. The name of “Furūg̲h̲ī’s ’ ’ father was given incorrectly as M. ʿAlī on the authority of the British Museum catalogue, in which works by more than one “Furūg̲h̲ī” are grouped under the heading “Muḥammad Ḥusain ibn Muḥammad ʿAlī, called Furūghī and Adīb i Iṣfahānī”. M. Ḥasan K̲h̲ān Marāg̲h̲ī, who was an intimate friend of Mīrzā M. Ḥusain Adīb i Iṣfahānī mas̲h̲hūr bi-laqab i Furūg̲h̲ī, says that he was the son of M. Mahdī Arbāb (al-Maʾāt̲h̲ir wa-’l-āt̲h̲ār p. 189). He mentions that at the time of writing he was Director of the Dār al-Ṭibāʿah i K̲h̲āṣṣah (the Royal Press) and of the Dār al-Tarjamah and that his dīwān was then in the press.

No. 319, 1st par. M. Ḥusain K̲h̲ān “Furūg̲h̲ī” died in 1325/1907 (Bīst maqālah i Qazwīnī, pt. 1, p. 8 n. 2). p.s. Exact date: 15 Ramaḍān/22 October.

No. 319, 2nd par. [“Furūg̲h̲ī’s” Tārīk̲h̲ i Īrān] Also Ṭihrān 1318/ 1900–1. [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas, vii–viii p. 281.]

No. 319, last par., end. [M. Ḥusain “Furūg̲h̲ī”.] Also al-Maʾāt̲h̲ir wa-’l-āt̲h̲ār p. 189; Tārīk̲h̲ i jarāʾid … ii pp. 122–4.

No. 320, 1st par., end. M. ʿAlī K̲h̲ān Furūg̲h̲ī was born in 1873 (so The Times) or 1875 (so Indo-Iranica) and died on 26–27 November 1942 (obituary notice in The Times of 1.12.42; portrait in Indo-Iranica i/2 (Calcutta, Oct. 1946), facing p. 37). See also Īraj Afs̲h̲ār Nat̲h̲r i Fārsī i muʿāṣir pp. 67–74 (portrait).

No. 321 (a) (7), end. Insert:

(7a)

Tārīk̲h̲ i Īrān, by M. Ḥasan K̲h̲ān Iʿtimād al-Salṭanah (for whom see no. 192 supra): Ṭihrān 1293/ 1876. [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii, p. 281.]

No. 321 (a) (11), end. Insert:

(11a)

Tārīk̲h̲ i pāds̲h̲āhān i ʿAjam, metrical, by Mīrzā Ṣadīq [Ṣādiq?] Qāʾim-maqām: Ṭihrān 1324/1906. [R. Lescot, ibid.].

¶ No. 321 (a) (12). [Tārīk̲h̲ i S̲h̲aik̲h̲ Uwais.] This is a general history and is misplaced here. Extracts relating to the Golden Horde: Sbornik materialov … ii … Leningrad 1941 (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra) pp. 228–31 (Russian translation, pp. 99–103).

No. 324, 2nd par. [Tajārib al-umam.] This is evidently a translation of the Arabic work Nihāyat al-arab fī ak̲h̲bār al-Furs wa-’l-ʿArab, which was described by E. G. Browne in jras. 1900 pp. 195–259. [N. C. Sainsbury and, independently, A. J. Arberry, in letters.] Cf. Brockelmann Sptbd. i p. 235. There is another ms. (dated 811/1409) in the possession of Mr. Wilfred Merton. According to that ms. the ruler for whom the translation was made was Nuṣrat al-Dīn Aḥmad [Atābak of Luristān from 696/1296 to 733/1333. Cf. no. 110, 2nd par. supra]. The translator’s name does not appear in the text but on the title-page the work is ascribed to Ḥamd Allāh Mustaufī. The names Aiyūb b. Qirrīyah, ʿAbd Allāh b. al-Muqaffaʿ and “Atābak i saʿīd Saʿd b. Zangī” occur in their correct forms. In view of this new information the Āyā Ṣōfyah ms. cannot be regarded as an autograph. [A. J. Arberry, in a letter.]

No. 330, 2nd par., penult. sentence. For a ms. containing forty-two of these fictitious letters see Majlis 772, where they are called Ṣad k̲h̲iṭābah and where it is stated that they appear to have been printed in the eleventh or twelfth year of the Calcutta newspaper Ḥabl al-matīn.

No. 330 (2). The Nāmah i bāstān was completed at Trebizond in 1313/1895–6 (see Browne The Persian Revolution p. 409).

No. 330 (2), 2nd par. [Sālār-nāmah.] Another edition: Kirmān 1316/ 1898–9. [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 9 281.]

No. 332 (a) (2). [Ḥasan Pīrniyā.] Cf. Y. Minorsky in Acta Orientalia xvi p. 49 n.2:, “Comme travail populaire il faut signaler l’histoire du monde ancien en trois volumes de Ḥasank̲h̲ān Pīrniyā (ex-Mušīr al-daula, mort le 23 novembre 1935); c’est une vue d’ensemble très méritoire basée sur les bonnes sources européennes.” See also Īraj Afs̲h̲ār Nat̲h̲r i Fārsī i muʿāṣir pp. 50–6.

No. 332 (a) (3), end. Insert:

(3а)

Īrān-nāmah, by Mīrzā ʿAbbās b. M. ʿAlī Sostarī [S̲h̲us̲h̲tarī?]: Mysore 1925. [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 282.]

(3b)

Jang-hā-yi haft-ṣad-sālah i Īrān u Rūm, by Colonel G̲h̲ulām-Ḥusain Muqtadir: Ṭihrān ahs 1315/ 1936–7. [R. Lescot, ibid.].

¶ No. 332 (a) (5), end. Insert:

(6)

Qus̲h̲ūn-kas̲h̲ī ba-mamālik i Tūrān, a study of the S̲h̲āh-nāmah from the strategic point of view, by Jamīl Qūzānlū: Ṭihrān ahs 1310/1931–2. [R. Lescot, ibid.]

(7)

Tārīk̲h̲ i Niẓāmī i jang i ʿArab bā ʿAjam, by Jamīl Qūzānlū: Ṭihrān ahs 1311/1932–3. [R. Lescot, ibid.]

(8)

Tārīk̲h̲ i Niẓāmī i jang i Īrān u Makidōniyah, by Jamīl Qūzānlū: Ṭihrān ahs 1311/1932–3. [R. Lescot, ibid.]

(9)

Tārīk̲h̲ i pāds̲h̲āhān i ʿAjam yā Siyāq al-tawārīk̲h̲: anonymous: Ṭihrān 1292/1875. [R. Lescot, ibid.]

(10)

Yād-dās̲h̲t-hā-yi K̲h̲usrau i awwal Anūs̲h̲īrwān, by Ibrāhīm-Zādah Ṣafawī: Ṭihrān 1310/1892–3. [R. Lescot, ibid.]

(11)

Yazdgird i siwwum, anonymous: Ṭihrān ahs 1312/ 1933–4. [R. Lescot, ibid.]

No. 333, Persian translations (2), footnote. For C̲h̲andū Lāl see no. 1475.

No. 334, 2nd par., end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Baihaqī.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 21 (ah 1281/1864–5).

No. 334, 3rd par., end. Other editions: (3) Ṭihrān ahs 1319/1940 (vol. i, 600 pp. corresponding to the first 614 out of the 868 pages of the Calcutta edition, edited with textual notes by Saʿīd Nafīsī), 1326/1947 (vol. ii, pp. 601–968 i.e. the remainder of the text and the explanatory notes on pp. 1–39), in progress. (4) Ṭihrān ahs 1324/1945 (ed. G̲h̲anī and Faiyāḍ).

No. 334, last par. [Abū ’l-Faḍl Baihaqī.] The passage in the Tārīk̲h̲ i Baihaq occurs on pp. 175–8 in Aḥmad Bahmanyār’s edition and is quoted in M. S̲h̲afīʿ’s edition of the Tatimmat Ṣiwān al-ḥikmah, fasc. 1, pp. 179–83. See also Āt̲h̲ār i gum-s̲h̲udah i Abū ’l-Faḍl i Baihaqī, by Saʿīd Nafīsī, Ṭihrān ahs 1315/1936‡.

No. 335, 1st par., end. [Anūs̲h̲irwān b. K̲h̲ālid.] Also Dastūr al-wuzarāʾ pp. 210–11.

No. 339 (2). [al-Tawassul ilā ’l-tarassul.] Also Ḥ. K̲h̲. ii p. 463, Yenī 1000, Nūr i ʿUt̲h̲mānīyah 4300.

No. 340 (1), 1st par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Jahān-gus̲h̲āy i Juwainī.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 214 (vol. i and part of vol. ii. 16th cent.), M. 215 (vol. i and large part of vol. ii. 18th cent.).

¶ No. 340 (1), 4th par., end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Jahān-gus̲h̲āy i Juwainī. Translations of extracts.] Add:

(6)

[On the Golden Horde. (Russian.).] Sbornik materialov … ii …, Leningrad 1941 (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra), pp. 20–24.

No. 342, 1st and 2nd par. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Uljāytū Sulṭān.] “The question of Qās̲h̲ānī’s authorship is studied by Barthold in his review of Blochet’s book, in Mir Islama, i, 1, 1912, pp. 56–107 …” [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 254).

No. 343, 2nd par. “The most detailed description of Aqsarāʾī’s history now available is found in Barthold’s O nekotorikh vostoch. rukopisakh Konstantinopol’a, Zapiski, xviii (1908), pp. 0124–0137 (numerous quotations).” [Minorsky, ibid.] p.s. See ad no. 580, end infra.

No. 344, 1st par. [Waṣṣāf.] For a ms. at Cairo containing selections from his poems and prose works [presumably in Arabic] see Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 53.

No. 344, 2nd par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Waṣṣāf.] Also Ivanow 1st Suppt. 757 (lacks vol. v. ah 1246/1831, Ellis Coll. M. 418–M. 421.

No. 344, 3rd par. Also Bombay 1241/1826 (707 pp. See Karatay p. 1).

No. 344, 3rd par., editions, Tabrīz. Read 1314/1896–7*.

No. 344, 7th par., end.[Tārīk̲h̲ i Waṣṣāf.] Insert:

Russian translation of passages relating to the Golden Horde: Sbornik materialov … ii, Leningrad 1941 (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra), pp. 80–89.

No. 348 (2), 2nd par., end. [S̲h̲ajarat al-Atrāk. Extracts.] Add: (2) [Passages relating to the Golden Horde.] Sbornik materialov … ii … Leningrad 1941 (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra) pp. 262–8 (with Russian translation, pp. 202–9).

No. 348, last par. [Ulug̲h̲ Bēg.] Also Laṭāʾif-nāmah p. 207.

No. 349, 1st par., antepenult. For no. 83 (“Diwan des Ahmad Jasawi” [sic]) read no. 88 (Geschichte von Fīrūz Šāh in Versen (Mesnewi) [sic]).

No. 349, 1st par., end. See Ein türkisches Werk von Haydar-Mirza Dughlat. Von Ahmet-Zeki Validi (in bsos. viii/4 (1937) pp. 985–9).

¶ No. 349, 2nd par., beginning. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Ras̲h̲īdī.] As the T. i R. is not concerned with the Mongols of Persia, it is inappropriately placed here and should be regarded as transferred to the subsection on Kās̲h̲g̲h̲ar (nos. 542 and 543 infra).

No. 349, 2nd par., 1st line.The correct date seems to be 953 (see Ethé 2848 and Ross’s translation).

No. 349, 7th par., end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Ras̲h̲īdī. Translations of extracts.] Add:

(3)

Mīrzā Muḥammad Ḥaydar Dughlāt on the Harāt school of painters, [an English translation] by T. W. Arnold (in bsos. v/4 (1930) pp. 671–4).

No. 351, 2nd par., end. [Mawāhib i Ilāhī.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 287 (autograph? 14th cent.).

Edition: Tihrān 1326/1947 (“vol. i”, about half of the work. Ed. Saʿīd Nafīsī).

No. 353, 2nd par. [Rūz-nāmah i g̲h̲azawāt i Hindūstān.] See the remarks of W. Hinz in zdmg. 90/2 (1936) pp. 358–9.

No. 354, 1st par., 3rd footnote. “It is a question whether Shanb-i-Ghāzān (p. 278) is correct; Rizā Qulī K̲h̲ān in the Farhang-i-Nāṣirī spells the word Shumb.” [C. N. Seddon, jras. 1938 p. 569.]

No. 354, 5th par., end. [Niẓām S̲h̲āmī’s Ẓafar-namah.] Russian translation of passages relating to the Golden Horde: Sbornik materialov … ii …, Leningrad 1941 (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra), pp. 104–25.

No. 354, last par.. Read Ẓafar-nāmah iv p. 248.

No. 355, 2nd par., mss. Houtum-Schindler 54 (3) = Browne Coll. R. 1 (3) (abridged or incomplete. 19th cent.).

No. 355, 2nd par., mss. [Malfūẓāt i Tīmūrī.] Also Calcutta Madrasah 176 (3) (17th cent.), ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 60 no. 12 (ah 1252/1836–7), Tashkent Univ. 65 (ah 1303/1885–6).

No. 355, 3rd par., end. Add:

(5)

Tūzuk i Tīmūrī u Tūzuk i Napōliyōn, Bombay 1308/1890–1 [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas, vii–viii, p. 282].

¶ No. 355, antepenult. par., mss. [Malfūẓāt i Ṣāḥib-Qirān.] Ellis Coll. M. 257 (18th cent.).

No. 356 (1), mss. [S̲h̲araf al-Dīn’s Ẓafar-nāmah.] Also Rāmpūr (ah 843/1439–40. See ocm. ii/2 (Feb. 1926) p. 12), Princeton 54 (ah 872/1467–8. Pictures by Bihzād), Tashkent Univ. 63 (ah 1112/1700–1), Leningrad Univ. 1122* (Romaskewicz p. 10).

No. 356 (1), mss. Dorn A.M. p. 375 = Dorn 295.

No. 356 (1), Extracts, end. [Ẓafar-nāmah. Extracts.] Add:

(2) [the dībāc̲h̲ah and the first few lines of the muqaddamah] ocm. xv/4 (Aug. 1939), ḍamīmah, pp. 3–28 (ed. M. S̲h̲afīʿ).

(3) [Passages from the muqaddamah relating to the Golden Horde] Sbornik materialov … ii … Leningrad 1941 (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra) pp. 248–50.

No. 356 (1), Translations of extracts, end. [Ẓafar-nāmah. Translations of extracts.] Add:

(4) [Passages relating to the Golden Horde (Russian).] Sbornik materialov … ii … Leningrad 1941 (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra) pp. 144–89.

No. 356, last par. Read: Mirʾāt al-k̲h̲ayāl p. 67 (no. 51).

No. 356, last par., end. [S̲h̲araf al-Dīn ʿAlī Yazdī.] Also Riyāḍ al-ʿārifīn pp. 363–4; “Āyatī” Tārīk̲h̲ i Yazd pp. 295–6.

No. 358 (4), mss. [Tīmūr-nāmah i Hātifī.] Also Majlis ii 905 (ah 957/ 1550), Vatican Barb. Orient. 104 (1) (ah 967/1559–60. Rossi p. 159), Ellis Coll. M. 141 (ah 976/1568–9), Blochet iii 1536 (ah 978/1571), Sipahsālār ii 1154 (ah 980/ 1572–3), 1152–3 (both mid 10th/16th cent.), Philadelphia Lewis Coll. p. 53 (ah 991/1583), Calcutta Madrasah 145 (early 18th cent.), Rāg̲h̲ib 1095 (n.d. See Duda Ferhād und Schīrīn p. 181).

No. 358 (4), mss. Read Madras i 101.

No. 358 (4), mss. [Ẓafar-nāmah i Hātifī. Editions.] Also Lucknow 1896‡ (2nd ed.).

¶ No. 358 last par. [“Hātifī.”] Also Laṭāʾif-nāmah pp. 105–6; K̲h̲ulāṣat al-afkār no. 304.

No. 358, last par. K̲h̲ulāṣat al-kalām (Bodleian 390) no. 76 = Bānkīpūr viii 705 no. 56 (p. 146).

No. 359 (2), end. Insert:

(2a)

Tārīk̲h̲ i Ṣāḥib-Qirān Amīr Tīmūr Kūrkān (beg. Ḥ. u sp. u s̲h̲. u st. ḥaḍrat i Pāds̲h̲āhī rā tuwānad būd), composed in 1124/1712 (the same date as the preceding work) by an author who calls himself “Rumūz” [sic?]: Tashkent Univ. 58 (ah 1261–5/1845–9. Cf. Kahl pp. 17–18).

No. 360. The “Anonym of S̲h̲āh-Ruk̲h̲” is identical with Tāj al-Salmānī’s history [W. Hinz, Quellenstudien zur Geschichte der Timuriden (zdmg. 90/2 (1936)) pp. 367–8]. The b.m. ms. contains two-fifths of the work. [Hinz, ibid., p. 369 penult.]

No. 361, 1st par. Tāj al-Salmānī went from S̲h̲īrāz to Tīmūr at Samarqand in 800/1397–8. For the little autobiographical information given by him in his history see W. Hinz, zdmg. 90/2 (1936) pp. 368–9. He is doubtless the same person as the calligraphist K̲h̲wājah T. al-S., of Iṣfahān, who is described as the first to write Taʿlīq with elegance or even as its inventor [Majnūn Rafīqī K̲h̲aṭṭ u sawād, Bāb ii (ocm. x/4 (Aug. 1934) p. 18); Aḥmad Ibrāhīmī K̲h̲ulāṣat al-tawārīk̲h̲ (?), Qism ii, at end (ocm. x/4 (Aug. 1934) p. 29); Idem, (Tad̲h̲kirah i k̲h̲wus̲h̲-nawīsān) (cf. no. 1431, 2nd par. supra), Zakhoder’s trans. p. 89].

No. 361, 2nd par. Read:

(D̲h̲ail i Ẓafar-nāmah) or (Tārīk̲h̲ i Tāj i Salmānī), an untitled history of the end of Tīmūr’s reign and the early years of S̲h̲āh-Ruk̲h̲’s (to 811/1409): Ḥ. K̲h̲. iv p. 176 1. 3, Lālā Ismāʿīl 304 = Tauer 414 (very slightly defective at beginning, ah 988/1580. See W. Hinz zdmg. 90/2 (1936) pp. 367–73), Rieu i 180b (beg. Afḍal i ḥ. u sp. u akmal i s̲h̲. i bī-q. About two-fifths of the work, lacking nearly all of the sabab i taʾlīf i kitāb and extending to the defeat of Pīr Muḥammad by K̲h̲alīl in Ramaḍān 808/Feb. 1406. 15th cent. Cf. W. Hinz zdmg. 90/2 (1936) pp. 357–8, 366–71), Āyā Ṣōfya 3028–9 (?) (see W. Hinz ibid. p. 367 n. 3, where these two mss. are described on the authority of Aḥmad Zakī Valīdī as a further copy (so, not two copies) of Tāj i Salmānī’s history. In the defter they do indeed appear as Tārīk̲h̲ i Tīmūr by Tāj al-Salmānī, but Tauer describes these mss. (nos. 409 and ¶ 401 in his list) as copies of S̲h̲araf al-Dīn Yazdī’s Ẓafar-nāmah (cf. no. 356 (1) mss. supra) and, to judge by the number of leaves (586 and 366), this would seem to be correct), Fātiḥ 4305 = Tauer 415 (about three-quarters of the work. 12th/18th cent.).

No. 361, end. Insert here the article of no. 364 (Muʿizz al-ansāb) below.

No. 362, 3rd par. “Qāsimī” died in 982/1574–5 (see Ḥasan Rūmlū i p. 462¹, Seddon’s trans. p. 201).

No. 362, end. [“Qāsimī.”] Also Mai-k̲h̲ānah pp. 141–52; Haft āsmān pp. 136–8.

No. 363, 2nd par., mss. [Maṭlaʿ i saʿdain.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 14 (Daftar ii. ah 970/1563), M. 12 (apparently ah 807–30 from Daftar ii. 17th cent.), M. 13 (Daftar i. 18th cent.).

No. 363, 3rd par., end. [Maṭlaʿ i saʿdain.] The publication of M. S̲h̲afīʿ’s [first] edition was resumed in ocm. xiv/2 (Feb. 1938), pp. 193–224, and continued in succeeding issues, but this edition may be regarded as superseded by M. S̲h̲afīʿ’s second edition, of which the first volume (Jild ii, juzʾ 1. ah 807–33. Pp. 655 [?]) was published at Lahore in 1360/1941 [Information concerning this volume from V. Minorsky, in a letter] and the second volume (Jild ii, juzʾ 2–3. ah 833–75. Pp. 621–1558) at the same place (Gīlānī Press) in 1368/1949‡. A volume of indexes is in preparation.

No. 363, 5th par. (4), footnote. Also in A Persian embassy to China; being an extract from Zubdatu’t-tawarikh of Hafiz Abru [sic]. Translated [and edited] by K. M. Maitra. Lahore, 1934*.

No. 363, 5th par., end. [Maṭlaʿ i saʿdain. Extracts.] Add: (7) [Passages relating to the Golden Horde.] Sbornik materialov … ii … Leningrad 1941 (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra) pp. 251–61.

No. 363, 6th par., end. [Maṭlaʿ i saʿdain. Translations of extracts.] Add: (14) [Passages relating to the Golden Horde. (Russian.)] Sbornik materialov … ii … Leningrad 1941 (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra), pp. 190–201.

No. 364 should follow no. 361.

Before no. 370, Insert:

¶ 369a. Jalāl al-Dīn M. b. Asʿad Ṣiddīqī Dawānī, well known as the author of the Ak̲h̲lāq i Jalālī, was born at Dawān, near Kāzarūn, in 830/1426–7, became Qāḍī of Fārs and Professor in the Dār al-Aitām madrasah at S̲h̲īrāz and died in 908/1502–3 (see Majālis al-nafāʾis (tr. Fak̲h̲rī ed. ʿAbd Allāh p. 229, ed. “Ḥikmat” p. 141, tr. Qazwīnī ed. “Ḥikmat” p. 309; Ḥasan Rūmlū p. 71, Seddon’s trans. p. 31; Majālis al-muʾminīn p. 347 (4th biography from end of Majlis vii); Haft iqlīm i p. 209 (no. 167); al-Fawāʾid al-bahīyah p. 89 n. 2; Ency. Isl. under Dawwānī (Brockelmann); Brockelmann ii p. 217, Sptbd. ii p. 306; etc.).

ʿArḍ-nāmah, an account of a parade held by Sulṭān K̲h̲alīl in 881/1476 near Band i Mīr or Band i Amīr (“a short distance to the south of the ruins of Persepolis”, Minorsky) in Fārs, when he was Governor of the province on behalf of his father Ūzūn Ḥasan, including a list of civil and military officers in Fars and interesting statistical data: i.o. d.p. 952 (d) (ah 900/1495), Bānkīpūr Suppt. ii 2120 (ah 1077/1667), Ḥamīdīyah 1438 (in the Kullīyāt of Dawānī).

Edition: Milli tatabbuʿlar mejmuʿasi, jild ii, say 5, Istānbūl 1331/1913, pp. 273–305 (corrections, pp. 385–6. Edited by Kilisli Rifʿat. See bsos. x/1 (1939) p. 141 n. 1).

Abridged translation with notes: A civil and military review in Fārs in 881/1476. By V. Minorsky (bsos. x/1 (1939) pp. 141–78).

No. 370, first line. Read Rūzbihān.

No. 370, 1st par., last sentence. Read Mīhmān-nāmah.

No. 370, 1st par., last line. Read 915/1509.

No. 370, 2nd par., last three lines. [Tārīk̲h̲ i ʿālam-ārāy i Amīnī]. These three lines should be deleted. The two Cairo mss., though described in the catalogue (evidently through a misuse of Ḥ. K̲h̲.) as the ʿĀlam-ārāy of Faḍl Allāh, are parts of the ʿĀlam-ārāy i ʿAbbāsī (see no. 387, 2nd par. infra), as the opening words show. “The Eton ms. described as Tārīk̲h̲-i ʿĀlam-ārā in fact consists of two quite distinct volumes: Vol. i is the first of the Afḍal al-tawārīk̲h̲ by Faḍlī Iṣfahānī, of which the Br. Mus. ms. described in Rieu, Supp. p. 56 (Professor Storey’s 385) forms the immediate continuation; Vol. ii is the second part of Iskandar Munshī’s ʿĀlam-ārā down to the year 1023.” [V. Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 254.]

No. 372, 1st line. [“Banāʾī”] “I have little doubt that Bannāʾī is the correct form of the nisba. In words like saqqā, nak̲h̲k̲h̲ās, etc., Persian verse writers often drop ¶ the tas̲h̲dīd for metrical reasons.” [R. A. Nicholson, in a letter.] In an Edinburgh ms. containing a selection of “Banāʾī’s” g̲h̲azals (New Coll. Or. (Pers.) 35 (b)) the form with tas̲h̲dīd seems never to occur.

No. 372, 5th par. [Dīwān i Banāʾī.] Also Bānkīpūr Suppt. i 1879, Blochet iii 1769.

No. 372, last par. Tuḥfah i Sāmī, Ṭihrān ed., pp. 98–100.

No. 372, last par., end.[“Banāʾī.”] Also Zapiski Vost. Otd. Russ. Arkh. Obshch. xix p. 0164 seqq. (an article by Samoilovich referred to by Barthold in Mir-Ali-Shir p. 160); Barthold Herāt tr. Hinz, pp. 85–6.

No. 373, 2nd par., mss. [S̲h̲āh-nāmah i Hātifī.] Also Rāg̲h̲ib 1095 (see Duda Ferhad und Schirin p. 181).

No. 376, 2nd par. [(Tārīk̲h̲ i S̲h̲āh Ismāʿīl).] “Many of the facts reported in the anonymous 376 have been utilized in Ḥasan-i Rūmī’s Aḥsan al-tawārīkh” [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 254], See also bsos. x/4 (1942) p. 1026, where in a review of Gh̲ulām Sarwar’s History of Shāh Ismāʿīl Ṣafawī Minorsky remarks “As regards the sources, he establishes two interesting facts with regard to the anonymous b.m. Or. 3248, which the lamented Sir E. D. Ross studied in his thesis (published in jras., April 1896): (1) he contradicts the idea that Or. 3248 is identical with the Futūḥāt of Ṣadr al-Dīn Harawī, and (2) suggests that the real author’s name appears in a marginal note as Bījan. The note has been mutilated at the bookbinder’s and cannot be read entirely, but the suggestion merits our attention.”

No. 378, 2nd par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Maḥmūd b. K̲h̲wānd-Amīr.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 232 (ah 1047/1637).

No. 379 (1), mss. [S̲h̲āh-nāmah i Ismāʿīl.] Also Blochet iii 1828 (ah 993/1585 or thereabouts), Majlis ii 1103 (ah 1060/ 1650), Madrās 129, 257 (b).

No. 379 (2), mss. [S̲h̲āh-nāmah i Ṭahmāsp.] Also Madrās 129, 257 (b).

No. 380 (2), 1st par. footnote. “The origin of Shāh Tahmāsp’s Memoir was first and fully discussed and established by Zhukovsky in Zap. vi, 1891, pp. 377–383.” [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 254.]

¶ No. 380 (2), 1st par., mss. [Tad̲h̲kirah i S̲h̲āh Ṭahmāsp.] Also Ellis Coll. M 375 (ah 1289/1872).

No. 380 (2), 2nd par., penult. Read 1343/1924* (See Arberry p. 509).

No. 381, first sentence. Ḥasan Rūmlū was born at Qum in 937/1530–1 according to his own statement (Aḥsan al-tawārīk̲h̲ p. 238¹⁷, Seddon’s trans. p. 110).

No. 381, 2nd par., mss. [Aḥsan al-tawārīk̲h̲.] Also Ellis Coll. M 138 (vol. xii. Mainly 17th cent.), M 445 (vol. xii).

No. 382, end. Insert:

382a. Qādī Aḥmad Ibrāhīmī Ḥusainī [Qummī] b. Mīr Muns̲h̲ī S̲h̲araf al-Dīn has already been mentioned (no. 1431 supra) in connexion with his tad̲h̲kirah of calligraphists and painters composed about 1006/1597–8.

K̲h̲ulāṣat al-tawārīk̲h̲, a work⁴¹ of which the fifth and last volume⁴² contains a history of the Ṣafawīs undertaken by order of S̲h̲āh Ismāʿīl ii (ah 984–5/1576–8), “completed” down to 999/1590–1, dedicated to S̲h̲āh ʿAbbās and extending to 1592 in the Berlin ms., which is defective at the end: Berlin Preussische Staatsbibliothek 2°, 2202, Majlis (see Oriens 3/1 (1950) p. 159).

Description: Eine neuentdeckte Quelle zur Geschichte Irans im 16. Jahrhundert. Von Walther Hinz (in zdmg. 89/3–4 (1935) pp. 315–28).

No. 384, 2nd par., mss. [(Tārīk̲h̲ i ʿAbbāsī).] Also Madrās 295 (?) (a fragment of 86 pp. Not identified in the catalogue, but beginning with the same words). A German translation by W. Hinz was described by him in zdmg. 89/3–4 (1935) p. 315 n. 2 as nearly completed in manuscript.

No. 385, first line. The author of the Afḍal al-tawārīk̲h̲ is Faḍlī Iṣfahānī. [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 254.]

¶ No. 385, mss. [Afḍal al-tawārīk̲h̲.] Also Eton 172 (a) (vol. i, of which Rieu Suppt. 56 is the immediate continuation). [Minorsky, ibid.]

No. 386 (1). [Jang-nāmah i Kis̲h̲m.] Vatican p. 27 no. 66 = Vatican Pers. 30 (ah 1032/1622. Rossi p. 56). An earlier edition (?): “Gengnamé Kesciem, poemetto persiano c. nota di L. Bonelli. Torino (1886)” (Harrassowitz’s Bücher-Katalog 352 (1912) no. 1525).

No. 387, 1st par., end. Iskandar probably died in 1043/1633–4, having dealt with the first five years of S̲h̲āh Ṣafī’s reign in his D̲h̲ail i Tārīk̲h̲ i ʿĀlam-ārāy i ʿAbbāsī (see no. 391, 4th par. supra and the Additions and Corrections to that record).

No. 387, 2nd par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i ʿĀlam-ārāy i ʿAbbāsī.] Also Cairo p. 505 (two copies of Ṣaḥīfah i, one dated ah 1001/1592–3, wrongly described in the catalogue as copies of the Tārīk̲h̲ i ʿĀlamārāy i Amīnī), Eton 173 (Ṣaḥīfah ii, Maqṣad i to ah 1023/ 1614. See Minorsky bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 254. Wrongly described in the catalogue), Madrās 297 (Ṣaḥīfah ii), Lincei (see Rendiconti 1912 p. 116), Caetani 24 (ah 1256/1840).

No. 387, last par. [Iskandar Muns̲h̲ī.] Also Mak̲h̲zan al-g̲h̲arāʾib no. 1069.

No. 391. “In the previous fascicle (p. 313, No. 391) Professor Storey gave expression to the view that the history of the Safavid S̲h̲āh-Ṣafī by Muḥammad Maʿṣūm b. Khwājagī (Aumer 31) may be identical with the K̲h̲ulāṣat al-siyar which Dorn, As. Mus., p. 382, described as the continuation of Iskandar-munshi’s ʿĀlam-ārā. Some light on the question is now thrown by Romaskevich (Materialī po istorii Turkmen, ii, 1938, p. 12) who confirms the view that Muhammad Maʿṣūm’s biography is found in the ms. (a detail overlooked by Dorn). The only point still obscure is how much of the book belongs respectively to Iskandarmunshī and Muhammad B. Maʿṣūm. In the introduction of the book it is stated that when Iskandar-munshi brought his ʿĀlam-ārā to completion, he was requested to extend his famous annals over the reign of Shah ʿAbbās i’s successor, Ṣafī i. After some hesitation, the aged historian (then 70 years old) started on this new work, which he began by describing the accession of Ṣafī i and by a paragraph on the education which ʿAbbās i gave to the future ʿAbbās ii. The style of the work does not allow to discriminate between its two parts but, as Ṣafī i ruled 14 years, while Muhammad b. Maʿṣūm says that he wrote the history of his 10 years, it would seem, Professor Romaskevich remarks, that the first four years of this shah (namely 1038–1042/1628–32) were written by Iskandar-munshi. If so, the famous historian must have lived to the age of 74 years, at least. The ¶ Kh̲ulāṣat al-siyar stops at the accession of ʿAbbās ii (1052/1642), but M. b. Maʿṣūm records his appointment as vazīr to the governor of Qarabāgh (Ganja) Murtaḍa-quli khan Ziyādoghlī, in the fourth year of ʿAbbas ii. M. b. Maʿṣūm’s previous employment recorded by Professor Storey: ishrāf-i iṣṭabl-i nāmvār points only to his employment as mushrif (“controller”) in the administration of the Amīrakhorbāshī (the real Master of the Horse!).” [Minorsky, bsos. x/2 (1940) p. 540.]

No. 391, 2nd par., end. Read Aumer 231 (ah 1074/1663–4).

No. 391, 4th par., 1st sentence, end. Edition of Iskandar Bēg’s own continuation: D̲h̲ail i Tārīk̲h̲ i ʿĀlam-ārāy i ʿAbbāsī taʾlīf i Iskandar Bēg Turkmān … u M. Yūsuf i muʾarrik̲h̲ ba-taṣḥīḥ i Suhailī K̲h̲wānsārī, Tihrān ahs 1317–18/1938–9 (Iskandar probably died in 1043, having dealt with the first five years of S̲h̲āh Ṣafī. The editor has completed the reign (p. 146⁸ onwards) from the K̲h̲uld i barīn (see pl. no. 149, 2nd par.) on the basis of a ms. in the Kitāb-k̲h̲ānah i Millī i Malik).

No. 392, 4th par., mss. [ʿAbbās-nāmah.] Also Madrās 293 (ah 1184/1771), Ellis Coll. M 406 (18th cent.), M 405 (ah 1284/1868–9), Leningrad Univ. 1031 (Romaskewicz p. 4).

No. 392, last par.Tad̲h̲kirah i Naṣrābādī, Ṭihrān ed., pp. 17–20.

No. 394, first line. “Iwāghlī is undoubtedly Ev-oghlı (of this name there is a village to the north-east of Khoy, and four villages in Transcaucasia; the term seems to correspond to the Ottoman ev-oghlan).” [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 255. Cf. bsos. x/4 (1942) p. 1028¹.]

No. 394, 2nd par., mss. [Majmaʿ al-ins̲h̲āʾ.] Possibly also Lindesiana p. 109 no 834 (Murāsalāt i pāds̲h̲āhān, by Ibn Abū ’l-Qāsim Iṣfahānī. Iṣfahān, ah 1096/1684).

No. 395, end.[Walī-Qulī S̲h̲āmlū.] See Tad̲h̲kirah i Naṣrābādī pp. 93–4.

No. 397, 4th par., beginning. Read Description.

No. 397, 2nd par. Read Yasāwul. [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 255.]

No. 399, footnote. Read nisbah.

No. 399, end. Insert:

¶ 399a. Tārīk̲h̲ i sulṭānī, an anonymous history of the Ṣafawids, the last date mentioned being 1163/1750: Ellis Coll. M 59 (ah 1205/1790).

No. 401, 2nd par., end. [Majmaʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲.] Read i.o. 3750 (circ. ad 1906). Insert:

Edition: Ṭihrān ahs 1328/1950 (ed. ʿAbbās Iqbāl).

No. 402, 2nd par., mss. [Fawāʾid i Ṣafawīyah.] Also Ellis Coll. M 23 (continued to ah 1231. Early 19th cent.).

No. 404, 2nd par., beginning.. Zabūr i Āl i Dāwud is without doubt the correct reading. [ʿAbbās Iqbāl’s introduction to the Majmaʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲ (see addendum to no. 401, 2nd par., end supra), p. dāl n. 3.]

No. 405 (1), end. Insert:

(1a)

Makātīb i zamānah i salāṭīn i Ṣafawīyah, by ʿAbd al-Ḥusain b. Adham Naṣīrī Ṭūsī: Āṣafīyah iii p. 110 no. 1214, Blochet iv 2338, d.m.g. 69 (2) (preface only).

No. 405 (2), beginning. Read dār al-salṭanah i Tabrīz.

No. 405 (2), end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i pāds̲h̲āhān i Ṣafawīyah.] Presumably identical with Madras i 294, a history of the Ṣafawids to Sulṭān-Ḥusain beginning Subḥāna ’llāhi d̲h̲ī ’l-mulk wa-’l-malakūt.

No. 405 (4), end. Insert:

(5)

S̲h̲arḥ i tāj-gud̲h̲ārī i S̲h̲āh Sulaimān i Ṣafawī, by Chardin, tr. ʿAlī-Riḍā K̲h̲ān. Edition: Ṭihrān (date? See Mas̲h̲had iii, fṣl. 14, ptd. bks., no. 135).

(6)

Tārīk̲h̲ i rawābiṭ i Īrān u Urōpā dar daurah i Ṣafawīyah, by Naṣr Allāh “Falsafī”:⁴³ Vol. i. Ṭihrān ahs 1316/1937–8. [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas, vii–viii p. 282. Cf. Luzac’s Oriental list 1938 p. 9.]

No. 407, beginning. Mahdī K̲h̲ān was appointed “Historiographer” in 1736 according to Catholicos Abraham (Brosset’s trans. p. 312, cited by Minorsky, Tad̲h̲kirat al-mulūk, comm, p. 121²⁴).

¶ No. 407, 1st par., last line. Read Mabānī ’l-lug̲h̲ah.

No. 407 (1), 1st par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Nādirī.] Also Philadelphia Lewis Coll. p. 64 (ah 1187/1773), Strassburg 17 (defective), Edinburgh New Coll. p. 6. Other editions: Tabrīz 1264/1848 (R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas, vii–viii p. 282), Bombay 1309/1892 (zdmg. 85 (1931) p. *20* no. 19033).

No. 407 (2), 1st par., mss. [Durrah i nādirah.] Also Heidelberg p. 367 (ah 1252/1836. See Zts.f. Semit. x/1–2 (1935) p. 97), Leningrad Univ. 1091 (ah 1255/1839–40. Romaskewicz p. 6).

No. 407 (2), 2nd par., 1st line. Read 1854–5*.

No. 407 (2), 2nd par., end.[Durrah i nādirah. Editions.] Also Tihrān ahs 1324/1945 (abridged and printed as pp. 7–60 of a volume entitled Nādir S̲h̲āh. which contains also (pp. 61–130) the Tad̲h̲k̲irat al-aḥwāl of “Ḥazīn”, similarly abridged).

No. 408, penult. Read Akademii.

No. 410 (3), end. [Note on the Persian invasions of India.] Also Bānkīpūr Suppt. ii 2240.

No. 411, 2nd par. Instead of … i 231b (Add. and corrections) (latter part of the work only. End of 18th cent.), 6564 (sic lege pro 6567) foll. 457a–490b. See Rieu’s Additions … read … i 231b (Add. 6564 (sic lege pro 6567) foll. 457a–490b. See Rieu’s Additions and corrections) (latter part of the work only. End of 18th cent.),…

No. 412 (7). Read Malcolm’s.

No. 412 (8). Read K̲h̲udāwandī.

No. 412 (11), end. Insert:

(11a)

Nādir S̲h̲āh, by S. M. ʿAlī, Professor, Niẓām’s College, Ḥaidarābād. Edition: 1332/1914 (place? See Āṣafīyah iii p. 110).

No. 412 (14), 2nd footnote, end. See also Note on James Fraser…., by W. Irvine, in jras. 1899 pp. 214–20.

No. 412 (14), end. Insert:

(14a)

¶ Tarīk̲h̲ i Niẓāmī i jang i Īrān u Hind, by Jamīl Qūzānlū: Ṭihrān ahs 1307/1928–9 [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 282].

No. 415, 2nd par., mss. [Mujmal al-tārīk̲h̲ i baʿd-i-Nādirīyah.] Also Ellis Coll. M 22 (ah 1245/1829).

No. 415, 3rd par., end. [Mujmal al-tārīk̲h̲….] Another edition: Mujmal al-tawārīk̲h̲ i pas az Nādir, Ṭihrān (date? See Luzac’s Oriental list 1942 p. 9).

No. 416, 2nd par., end. Insert:

Edition: Tārīk̲h̲ i Gītī gus̲h̲ā, Ṭihrān ahs 1317/1938–9 (with continuations by ʿAbd al-Karīm b. ʿAlī Riḍā al- S̲h̲arīf (p. 276) and M. Riḍā S̲h̲īrāzī (p. 374). Edited by Saʿīd Nafīsī).

No. 419, 2nd par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Zandīyah Also Leningrad Univ. 1136 (Romaskewicz p. 4).

No. 424, 1st line. For M. Nadīm “Nadīm” read Mīrzā M. “Nadīm

No. 424, last par. [M. “Nadīm”.] Also Rauḍat al-ṣafā-yi Nāṣirī ix fol. 178b (fifth page from end).

No. 425, 2nd par., mss. [S̲h̲ahans̲h̲āh-nāmah.] Also Majlis ii 1104, Āṣafīyah iii p. 106 no. 1538 (?) (Fatḥ-nāmah i G̲h̲ā̲zī. A different recension? Defective), Bānkīpūr Suppt. i 1989 (1) (selections only), Heidelberg p. 249 (circ. ad 1850. See Zts. f. Semit. x/1–2 (1935) p. 94).

No. 425, last par. [“Ṣabā” Kās̲h̲ānī] Also Rauḍat al-ṣafā-yi Nāṣirī ix, 8th page from end; Berthels Ocherk istorii persidskoi literatury pp. 82–6.

No. 426 (1), mss. Read Madrās i 316 (ah 1245/1829–30).

No. 426, last par. [ʿAbd al-Razzāq Dunbulī.] Also Rauḍat al-ṣafā-yi Nāṣirī ix, 7th page from end; Dānis̲h̲mandān i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān pp. 353–7.

No. 427, last par. [M. Ṣādiq “Humā”.] Also Rauḍat al-ṣafā-yi Nāṣirī ix, 9th page from end.

No. 428, 2nd par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Ṣāḥib-qirānī.] Also Leningrad Univ. 1142 (Romaskewicz p. 4).

¶ No. 428, last par. [Maḥmūd Qājār.] Also zdmg. 45 (1891) p. 403 (Vambéry. Cf. no. 1195 (3) supra). Insert:

428a. M. Mahdī Iṣfahānī, known as al-Muḥibb.

Ḥikāyāt al-salāṭīn, a history of the Zands and of the Qājārs to Fatḥ-ʿAlī S̲h̲āh, a compilation from sources for the most part already known: Edinburgh New Coll. p. 6.

No. 429 (1), mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i D̲h̲ū ’l-Qarnain.] Also Leningrad Univ. 1164* (Romaskewicz p. 4).

No. 429, last par.[“K̲h̲āwarī” S̲h̲īrāzī] Also Rauḍat al-ṣafā-yi Nāṣirī ix, 7th page from end.

No. 430, last par. [M. Taqī ʿAlī-ābādī.] Also Rauḍat al-ṣafā-yi Nāṣirī ix fol. 175b ult. (11th page from end).

No. 432, last par. [Abū ’l-Qāsim Farāhānī.] Also Rauḍat al-ṣafā-yi Nāṣiri x fol. 5a antepenult.; Ṭarā’iq al-ḥaqāʾiq ii p. 123.

No. 433.. For Riḍā-Qulī Mīrzā’s journey see no. 1615.

No. 434, 1st line. Read Fatḥ-ʿAlī’s second and eldest surviving son.

No. 435, 1st line. Read ʿAḍud.

No. 436, 1st par. Jahāngīr Mīrzā was made Governor of Sāliyān in 1243/1827–8 (Rauḍat al-ṣafā-yi Nāṣirī ix fol. 137a). For a reference to the Tārīk̲h̲ i nau see R. al-ṣ. i N. ix fol. 139a.

No. 436, 2nd par., end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i nau.] Edition: Ṭihrān ahs 1327/1949 (see Oriens iv/1 (1951) p. 187).

No. 437, 4th par., end. [Nuqṭat al-kāf.] Insert:

Commentary on E. G. Browne’s introduction to his edition:

Risālah i Saiyid Mahdī i Dahajī:⁴⁴ Browne Coll. F. 57 (vol. i only. Autograph. Cf. Browne Materials for the study of the Bábí religion pp. 231–3 and 237).

¶ No. 437, last par. [Mīrzā Jānī Kās̲h̲ānī.] Also Ency. Isl. under Kās̲h̲ānī (T. W. Haig).

No. 438 (4). The Persian original of ʿAbd al-Aḥad Zanjānī’s reminiscences is Browne Coll. F. 25 (6).

No. 439, first visit. Read Rūz-nāmah. This is apparently the untitled edition of the Ḥakīm al-Mamālik’s journal (see no. 1491, 2nd par. supra, Mas̲h̲had cat. iii fṣl. 14, ptd. bks., no. 122, where it is called Safar-nāmah i K̲h̲urāsān, and Āṣafīyah iii p. 250 no 98, where it is called Rūz-nāmah i Ḥakīm al-Mamālik).

No. 439, antepenult. [Safar i ʿIrāq.] Edition: Ṭihrān 1311/1893–4 (see Mas̲h̲had iii, fṣl. 14, ptd. bks., no. 120).

No. 439, last par. [Nāṣir al-Dīn S̲h̲āh.] Also Zaidān Mas̲h̲āhīr al-s̲h̲arq (in Arabic) pp. 133–5.

No. 440 (1), ult. Read 1273/1856.

No. 440 (1), 2nd par. Read Langues.

No. 440 (1), 2nd. par. Read 1853–7°.

No. 441. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Qājārīyah.] See also the Additions and Corrections to no. 191, 2nd par. supra.

No. 442, 2nd par. For Farruk̲h̲ K̲h̲ān see also no. 1421, 1st footnote.

No. 443, end. Insert:

443a. Aḥmad b. Abū ’l-Ḥasan S̲h̲arīfī S̲h̲īrāzī. (Tārīk̲h̲ i Qājārīyah), a history of Persia from 1212/1805 to 1286/1869: ms. in the possession of K̲h̲ān Bahādur Āg̲h̲ā Mīrzā Muḥammad, c.i.e. Description with English translation of some extracts: Some new notes on Babiism. By K̲h̲. B. Ā. M. M., c.i.e. (in jras. 1927, pp. 443–70).

No. 444, 3rd par. Read ending with Tihrān (spelt with tā, not ṭā).

No. 444 (2), 1st par. [al-Maʾāt̲h̲ir wa-l-āt̲h̲ār.] For a more adequate description see no. 1661.

¶ No. 444 (2), 2nd par. [al-Maʾāt̲h̲ir wa-’l-āt̲h̲ār.] Read: Edition: [Ṭihrān] 1306–7/1889°* (the date 1306 is given on the title-page, but 8 Muḥarram 1307 in the colophon on p. 294).

No. 445, 2nd par., end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i jadīd.] Also Browne Coll. Sup. 7 (transcribed by Browne from Browne Coll. F. 55 and collated with Rieu Suppt. 15).

No. 447, end. Insert:—

447a. S̲h̲āh-zādah ʿAbbās Mīrzā Mulk-ārā b. Muḥammad S̲h̲āh Qājār was born in Rajab 1255/Sept.-Oct. 1839 and was thus eight years younger than his brother Nāṣir al-Dīn S̲h̲āh (for whom see no. 439 supra). Being regarded by the latter as an enemy and as a potential claimant to the throne, he was banished to Bag̲h̲dād towards the end of 1268/1852 and it was not until the end of 1294/1877 that he received permission to return to Persia. Nāṣir al-Dīn S̲h̲āh then conferred upon him the title of Mulk-ārā and appointed him Governor of Zanjān. Subsequently he held the Governorships of Qazwīn and Gīlān. Having resigned in 1313/1895–6, he was sent as Envoy Extraordinary to congratulate the Tsar Nicholas ii on his accession [which occurred in November 1894]. After the assassination of Nāṣir al-Dīn S̲h̲āh [1 May 1896] he was again sent to Russia. In 1314/1896 he was appointed Minister of Justice and in 1316/1898–9 he died at Ṭihrān and was buried at Qum.

(S̲h̲arḥ i ḥāl i ʿAbbās Mīrzā Mulk-ārā), an autobiography extending to the author’s return from Russia in 1314/1896: ms. in the possession of Dr. Qāsim G̲h̲anī (cf. no. 1238 supra) transcribed from an autograph.

Edition: [Ṭihrān] ahs 1325/1946 (ed. ʿAbd al-Ḥusain Nawāʾī. With an introduction by ʿAbbās Iqbāl (cf. no. 1453 supra). Nas̲h̲rīyāt i Anjuman i Nas̲h̲r i Āt̲h̲ār i Īrān, no. 1).

N. 448, 3rd par. Read 1915°*.

No. 450, 3rd par. [Tārīk̲h̲ i bīdārī i Īrāniyān.] The place and date are Ṭihrān 1328 [1910] according to Berthels Ocherk istorii persidskoi literatury p. 202.

No. 451 (4), end. Insert:

(5)

Dawn-breakers, The; Nabíl’s⁴⁵ narrative of the early days of the Baha’i revelation … Translated from the original Persian and edited by Shoghi Effendi: New York (Kingsport, Tennessee, printed) 1932* (685 pp.).

(6)

¶ Fārs u jang i bain al-milal, by Rukn-zādah Ādamīyat: Ṭihrān ahs 1312/1933*.

(7)

Inqilāb u taḥawwul i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān, the history of Sattār K̲h̲ān.⁴⁶ etc., by Ḥusain Farzād: Ṭihrān (see Luzac’s O.L. 1946 p. 104, where the date is not mentioned).

(8)

Īrān u Ingilīs, by Mahdī Mujtahidī: ahs 1326/1947 (see the same author’s Rijāl i Ād̲h̲arbayjān, fly-leaf at end).

(9)

Fulūs i Muẓaffarī, on the events connected with the accession of Muẓaffar al-Dīn S̲h̲āh: Majlis 678.

(10)

Kitāb i sabz i bī-ṭarafī i Īrān: Ṭihrān 1336–7/ 1917–19 (2 vols. See R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 282).

(11)

Muk̲h̲taṣarī az zindagānī i siyāsī i Sulṭān Aḥmad S̲h̲āh Qājār, by Ḥusain Makkī: Ṭihrān ahs 1323/1944–5 (see an unsigned review in the periodical Suk̲h̲an. Yr. ii/2 (Bahman 1323) p. 152).

(12)

Rawābiṭ i Napōliyōn u Īrān, by ʿAbbās Mīrzā: Ṭihrān n.d. [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 282.]

(13)

Taḥawwulāt i siyāsī i niẓām i Īrān, by Qāʾimmaqāmī: Ṭihrān ahs 1326/1947 (see Probsthain’s Orientalia nova 2 (1946–8) p. 27).

(14)

Tārīk̲h̲ i ijtimāʿī u idārī i daurah i Qājār, by ʿAbd Allāh Mustaufī:⁴⁷ Ṭihrān ahs 1324/1945 onwards, (vol. i, 728 pp., Probsthain’s Orientalia nova 1 (1944–6) p. 16, “Part 2” (= vol. ii?). 720 pp., Luzac’s O.L. 1945 p. 79, vol. iii, pt. 2 (1300–4), 539 pp., Probsthain’s Orientalia nova 2 (1946–8) p. 28, Luzac’s O.L. 1948 p. 12.) Cf. no. 1665, 2nd par. supra.

(15)

Tārīk̲h̲ i inqilāb i mas̲h̲rūṭīyat i Īrān, by Mahdī Malik-zādah, in 7 vols.: Ṭihrān ahs 1328/1949–, in progress (vol. i 1328, vol. ii 1329).

(16)

Tārīk̲h̲ i jang i Ingilīs u Irān (mentioned, without author’s name or date, in the list of the Intis̲h̲ārāt i majallah i Yādgār on the back cover of the Simṭ al-ʿulā).

(17)

Tārīk̲h̲ i jarāʾid u majallāt i Īrān, an alphabetical dictionary of newspapers and periodicals, by M. Ṣadr Hās̲h̲īmī: Iṣfahān ahs 1327/1948-in progress (vol. i (Alif), 351 pp., vol. ii (Bāʾ to Rāʾ), 339 pp., ahs 1328/1950).

(18)

Tārīk̲h̲ i mas̲h̲rūṭah i Īrān by S. Aḥmad Kasrawī Tabrīzī (for whom see nos. 321 3.1.1 (5) and 489 supra): Ṭihrān (2nd ed. See Luzac’s O.L. 1942 p. 9, where the date is not mentioned, and Mahdī Mujtahidī’s Rijāl i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān p. 129).

(19)

¶ Tārīk̲h̲ i rawābiṭ i siyāsī i Īrān ba-dunyā, by Najaf-Qulī Muʿizzī⁴⁸ (Ḥusām al-Daulah): Ṭihrān(See Luzac’s Oriental list 1946 p. 105, where the date is not mentioned.)

(20)

Tārīk̲h̲ i rawābiṭ i siyāsī i Īrān u Ingilīs dar qarn i nūzdahum i mīlādī, by Maḥmūd i Maḥmūd: Ṭihrān (vol. i. See Luzac’s Oriental list 1950 p. 38 (date not mentioned), vol. ii, see lol. 1950 p. 59 (date not mentioned).)

(21)

Wāqiʿāt i dū-sālah yā Tārīk̲h̲ i bad-bak̲h̲tī i Iran, by Ḥājjī Āqā S̲h̲īrāzī: Ṭihrān 1330/1912 [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 282]

(22)

Yāddās̲h̲thāʾī az zindagānī i k̲h̲uṣūṣī i Nāṣir al-Dīn S̲h̲āh, by Dūst-ʿAlī K̲h̲ān Muʿaiyir al-Mamālik (b. Dūst-Muḥammad K̲h̲ān Muʿaiyir al-Mamālik), whose mother was ʿIṣmat al-Daulah, a daughter of Nāṣir al-Dīn S̲h̲āh: [Ṭihrān, 1946?] (188 pp.).

No. 452. ʿAbd Allāh K̲h̲ān Amīr Ṭahmāsb, having skilfully pacified Ād̲h̲arbāyjān, was appointed Minister of War by Riḍā S̲h̲āh Pahlawī and subsequently Minister of Roads. He was murdered by Lurs on the road between K̲h̲urramābād and Burūjird, when on a visit of inspection. See Ḥabīb Allāh Muk̲h̲tārī’s Tārīk̲h̲ i bīdārī i Īrān pp. 349^9–351 (portrait).

No. 452, end. Insert:

452a. M. R. Hazār.

Daurān i Pahlawī: S̲h̲irāz ah 1336/1917–18. [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 282.]

452b. Ḥabīb Allāh “Naubak̲h̲t”, nigārandah i majallah i Qus̲h̲ūn, was born at S̲h̲īrāz in 1284/1905. Among his publications are the educational works Qānūn i fikr and ʿIlm i ṭabāʾiʿ.

(1)

S̲h̲āhans̲h̲āh i Pahlawī: Ṭihrān n.d. (Pt. i, years 1301–8/1923–30. Pp. 320, 7). [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 254; R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 282; D̲h̲arīʿah iii p. 259.]

(2)

S̲h̲āh-nāmah, or Pahlawī-nāmah, a history of Persia, in verse, from the fall of the Sāsānians to the beginning of the Pahlawī dynasty in six parts: vol. i (= pts. 1–3) Ṭihrān [1932*] (cf. Luzac’s O.L. 1933 p. 14).

[Irani Poets of the Pahlavi regime pp. 619–25; Yāsimī Adabīyāt i muʿāṣir pp. 99, 113, 116; Ishaque Modern Persian poetry pp. 105, 112, 116; M. Ṣadr Hās̲h̲imī Tārīk̲h̲ i jarāʾid u majallāt i Īrān ii pp. 32–6 (portrait).]

¶ 452c. Jaʿfar Saiyāḥ.

Pahlawī-namah, in verse: Ṭihrān ahs 1313/1934–5. [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 282.]

452d. Ḥabīb Allāh Muk̲h̲tārī Muk̲h̲tār al-Salṭanah, the son of Karīm K̲h̲ān Muk̲h̲tār al-Salṭanah Sardār i Manṣūr, has held various military commands and administrative appointments connected with the Persian army (for some details see Tārīk̲h̲ i bīdārī i Īrān p. [923] and for a portrait op. cit. p. 1).

Tārīk̲h̲ i bīdārī i Īrān, a history of Persia under the Pahlawī dynasty to 1946 preceded by a summary account of the last thirty years of Qājār rule: Ṭihrān 1326/1947 (923 pp. Many illustrations).

452e. Other works:⁴⁹—

(1)

Pīs̲h̲-rafthā-yi Īrān, by Saʿīd Nafīsī (cf. no. 1236 supra): Ṭihrān (see Luzac’s O.L. 1939 p. 177, where the date is not mentioned).

(2)

Az S̲h̲ahrīwar tā fājiʿah i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān u Zanjān, on the events of ahs 1320/1941 and the following years, by Ḥusain Kūhī Kirmānī: Ṭihrān n.d. [1947. See Probsthain’s Orientalia nova 2 (1946–8) p. 27 no. 424].

(3)

Siyāsat i daulat i S̲h̲ūrawī dar Īrān az1296 [1917–18] tā 1306 [1927–8], by M. ʿA. Mans̲h̲ūr Garakānī: Ṭihrān ahs 1326/1948‡ (vol. i).

(4)

Tārīk̲h̲ i bīst-sālah i Īrān, by Ḥusain Makkī: Ṭihrān ahs 1323–4/1944–5 (vol. i: the coup d’etat of 1299, vol. ii: the change of dynasty. See Probsthain’s Orientalia nova, i (1944–6) p. 16). Cf. ad no. 1483. infra.

(5)

Tārīk̲h̲ i muk̲h̲taṣar i aḥzāb i siyāsī i Īrān, by Malik al-S̲h̲uʿarāʾ “Bahār”:⁵⁰ Ṭihrān ahs 1323/1944 (vol. i (the fall of the Qājār dynasty). See Luzac’s O.L. 1945 p. 6, where the date is not mentioned, Probsthain’s Orientalia nova 1 (1944–6) p. 15, and a review by B. S. in the periodical Suk̲h̲an, Yr. ii/2 (Bahman 1323/1945) p. 151). Cf. Machalski in Rocz. Orient, xv pp. 107–8.

No. 453, end. Insert:

Description: An account of the Tārīkhi Qumm, by Ann K. S. Lambton (in bsoas. xii/3–4 (1948) pp. 586–96).

¶ No. 454, 1st line. Read S̲h̲. M. ʿAlī b. Ḥusain b. ʿAlī b. Bahāʾ al-Dīn, a resident of Qum.

No. 454, 1st par.. For wrote in 1302/1884–5 read began in 1325/1907.

No. 454, 2nd par. The title, not formally mentioned in the preface, is given on the title-page as Tārīk̲h̲ i Qum musammā bi-Anwār al-Mus̲h̲aʿs̲h̲aʿīn. P. 2 is headed Hād̲h̲ā jild [sic] al-awwal min kitāb Anwār al-Mus̲h̲aʿs̲h̲aʿīn fī s̲h̲arāfat al-Qum [sic] wa-’l-Qummīyīn … In the first of the publisher’s two colophons the work is called Tārīk̲h̲ i Qum and in the second Anwār al-Mus̲h̲aʿs̲h̲iʿīn [sic]. The volume is described by the author as vol. i. There is a copy in the Cambridge University Library.

No. 454, end. Insert:

454a. S. ʿAlī Akbar “Kās̲h̲if” b. S. Raḍī Burqaʿī Qummī, already mentioned as the author of the Kāk̲h̲ i dil-āwīz (no. 1582 (1) supra), was born at Qum in ahs 1278/1899–1900 (see Suk̲h̲anwarān i nāmī i muʿāṣir, by his son, S. M. Bāqir Burqaʿī, p. 190).

Rāhnumā-yi Qum, “History and Geography of Qum”: Ṭihrān (see Luzac’s O.L. 1939 p. 177, where the date is not mentioned).

No. 455, 3rd par. Read al-ʿAlawī al-Āwī according to the printed text, p. 1 penult.

No. 455, 3rd par., end.[Maḥāsin i Iṣfahān.] Insert:

Edition of the Persian translation: T. i M. i I., Ṭihrān ahs 1328/1949‡ (ed. ʿAbbās Iqbāl).

No. 456, 1st line. M. Mahdī Arbāb b. M. Riḍā Iṣfahānī, the father of M. Ḥusain K̲h̲ān “Furūg̲h̲ī” (see pl. no. 319 and the corrigenda to that record) died in 1314/1896–7 (see ʿAbd al-Karīm Jazī’s Rijāl i Iṣfahān p. 232).

No. 456, 2nd par., end.[Niṣf i jahān.] Also London s.o.a.s. Per. 28 (ah 1315/1897). Insert:

456a. Ḥasan b. ʿAlī b. Maḥmūd Jābirī Anṣārī Iṣfahānī was born in 1287/1870–1 and was still alive [in 1950?] when S. Muṣliḥ al-Dīn Mahdawī gave a brief account of him in his preface to ʿAbd al-Karīm Jazī’s Rijāl i Iṣfahān (p. hā). His works amount to more than twenty.

(1)

¶ Nīm-jahān, a concise history of Iṣfahān composed in 1333/1915 and containing at the end biographies of its celebrities together with a sketch of universal history (“wa-fī d̲h̲ailihi ta’rīk̲h̲ ʿumūmī nāfiʿ mufīd”, D̲h̲arīʿah iii p. 233⁴). Edition: 1333/1915 (see D̲h̲arīʿah iii p. 232, where the place of publication, doubtless Iṣfahān, is not mentioned).

(2)

Tārīk̲h̲ i niṣf i jahān u hamah i jahān, probably identical with the preceding or a new edition of it: Iṣfahān n.d. [R. Lescot Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas, vii–viii p. 282].

(3)

Tārīk̲h̲ i Iṣfahān u Rai (mentioned by S. Muṣliḥ al-Dīn Mahdawī, loc. cit., without specification of the date and place of publication).

456c. Mīr S. ʿAlī Janāb b. M. Bāqir b. M. Ḥusain (Mīr S. ʿA. b. M. B. b. M. Ḥ. al-mus̲h̲tahir bi-Janāb) was born at Iṣfahān in 1287/1870–1 and died at Tihrān in S̲h̲awwāl 1349/Feb.–March 1931 (see ʿAbd al-Karīm Jazī Rijāl i Iṣfahān, editor’s preface, p. dāl).

al-Iṣfahān [sic], an account, historical, topographical, statistical, etc., begun in S̲h̲awwāl 1342/May 1924: Iṣfahān ahs 1303/1924J (vol. i only. Cf. D̲h̲arīʿah iii p. 233).

456d. Ḥusain Nūr Ṣādiqī was born on 24 S̲h̲awwāl 1328/29 October 1910 (see ʿAbd al-Karīm’s Rijāl i Iṣfahān, editor’s preface, p. wāw).

Iṣfahān: Ṭihrān “1938” (see Harrassowitz’s Litterae orientales Oct. 1938 p. 15 and Luzac’s O.L. 1938, p. 71).

After 3.17 Kās̲h̲ān Insert:

457a. Aḥmad b. Ḥusain b. ʿ Alī al-Kātib wrote in the reign of Jahān-S̲h̲āh [of the Qarā-Quyūnlū, ah 839–72/1435–67].

Tārīk̲h̲ i jadīd, extending to 862/1458: Majlis (not in the published catalogues, but see “Āyatī’s” Tārīk̲h̲ i Yazd p. 17²⁰).

Edition: T. i j. i Yazd: Yazd ahs 1317/1938‡.

457b. M. Mufīd Mustaufī b. Najm al-Dīn Maḥmūd Bāfqī Yazdī (see no. 461 supra).

Jāmiʿ i Mufīdī (see no. 461, 2nd par., where this work is erroneously placed, since Yazd, though anciently in Fārs and so treated, for example, in the Fārs-nāmah and by Yāqūt, has for some centuries been regarded as a part of ʿIrāq i ʿAjamī).

457c. M. Ṭāhir Mālmīrī.

Tārīk̲h̲ i S̲h̲uhadā i Yazd: Cairo 1342/1923–4 [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Barms vii–viii p. 283],

¶ 457d. ʿAbd al-Ḥusain “Āyatī” (formerly “Āwārah”) b. Ḥajj S̲h̲. M. was born at Taft in 1288/1871. In 1320/1902–3 he became a convert to Bahāism and for a number of years he travelled extensively as a missionary of that faith. In 1923 he published at Cairo a history entitled al-Kawākib al-durrīyah fī maʾāt̲h̲ir al-Bahāʾīyah,⁵¹ but he later abandoned Bahāism and published a three-volume attack on it under the title Kas̲h̲f al-ḥiyal. The monthly periodical Namakdān founded by him in 1929 was edited by him until its discontinuance in 1935.

Tārīk̲h̲ i Yazd (on the wrapper, but not on the title-page, is added yā Ātas̲h̲-kadah i Yazdān), completed ahs 1317/1938–9: Yazd ahs 1317/1938–9.

[Autobiography in Tārīk̲h̲ i Yazd p. 277 (portrait); M. Ishaque Sukh̲anvarān-i-Īrān ii pp. 8–14 (portrait), Modern Persian poetry pp. 9, 18, 41, 196, etc.]

457e. Aḥmad Ṭāhirī.

Tārīk̲h̲ i Yazd: Ṭihrān (See Luzac’s O.L. 1939 p. 75, where the date is not mentioned.)

No. 459, 2nd par., mss. [S̲h̲īrāz-nāmah.] Also i.o. 4615 (ah 1075/1665. See jras. 1939 p. 384), Ellis Coll. M. 183 (ah 1287/1871).

No. 459, 2nd par., mss.Dorn 305 and Dorn A.M. p. 374 are the same ms.

No. 461. [Jāmiʿ i Mufīdī] This article is misplaced: see above, the addenda to 3.17 Kās̲h̲ān, (457b).

No. 464, 2nd par., after 1st sentence. [Fārs-nāmah i Nāṣirī.] Insert:

Abridged translation of the two sections relating to the tribes in the final chapter: Hajji Mirza Hasan-i-Shirazi on the nomad tribes of Fars in the Fars-nameh-i-Nasiri. By D. Austin Lake (in jras. 1923 pp. 209–31).

No. 465, 1st line. M. Naṣīr “Furṣat” b. “Bahjat” Ḥusainī S̲h̲īrāzī entitled (mulaqqab) Furṣat al-Daulah was born in 1271/ 1854–5 according to Majlis 323, where a collection of his poems (As̲h̲ʿār i Furṣat) is described. Cf. Ishaque Modern Persian poetry pp. 33 n., 82, where the date of his death is given as 1339/1920. A collection of his poems, Dabistān al-furṣah, was published at Bombay in 1334/1916* with a biography by Ibrāhīm Adīb “Sākit”. Presumably he is identical with the Furṣat S̲h̲īrāzī whose Āt̲h̲ār i salāṭīn i ʿaẓīm al-s̲h̲aʾn i ʿahd i qadīm i bāstān i ¶ mamlakat i Īrān was published at Ṭihrān in 1354/1935 (see Harrassowitz’s Litterae Orientates, Oct. 1938 p. 10 no. 823).

No. 465, 2nd par. For south-eastern read south-western.

No. 465, end. Insert:

465a. Rukn-zādah “Ādamīyat”. Fārs u jang i bain al-milal: Ṭihrān ahs 1312/1933*.

No. 466, first sentence. [ʿAlī b. Zaid Baihaqī.] The correct date of his birth is 493 (see Tārīk̲h̲ i Baihaq, editor’s preface, p. yb).

No. 466, 1st par., Arabic works (2). A fragmentary ms. of the Wis̲h̲āḥ Dumyat al-qaṣr preserved in the C̲h̲elebī Ḥusain Library at Brusa was described by O. Rescher in zdmg. 68 (1914) p. 52.

No. 466, Persian works (2), end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Baihaq.] Edition: Ṭihrān ahs 1317/ 1937‡ (ed. Aḥmad Bahmanyār. With prefaces by the editor and by M. Qazwīnī).

Extracts: (1) [concerning the author’s family] ocm. ix/2 (Feb. 1933) pp. 107–20 (ed. M. S̲h̲afīʿ). (2) [concerning the Niẓām al-Mulk and his family] ocm. v/1 (Nov. 1928) pp. 76–80, v/2 (Feb. 1929) pp. 85–94 (ed. M. S̲h̲afīʿ).

No. 466, last par. [ʿAlī b. Zaid Baihaqī.] The reference to the K̲h̲arīdat al-qaṣr [sic lege] should be deleted. The person whose biography occurs in that work, and to whom ʿImād al-Dīn erroneously ascribes the Wis̲h̲āḥ Dumyat al-qaṣr is S̲h̲araf al-Dīn ʿAlī b. al-Ḥasan al-Baihaqī, of whom there is a notice in the Tārīk̲h̲ i Baihaq, pp. 225–6. See M. Sh̲afīʿ’s remarks in Islamic culture vi/4 (Oct. 1932) pp. 595–6.

No. 466, last par.[ʿAlī b. Zaid Baihaqī.] Also The author of the oldest biographical notice of ʿ Umar Khayyam & the notice in question, by M. S̲h̲afīʿ (in Islamic culture vi/4 (Oct. 1932) pp. 586–623); M. S̲h̲afīʿ’s introduction to his edition of the Tatimmat Siwān al-ḥikmah (cf. no. 1485, editions (2) supra); Brockelmann Sptbd. i pp 557–8; M. Qazwīnī’s preface to the Tārīk̲h̲ i Baihaq, Ṭihrān ahs 1317/1937.

No. 467, 2nd par. end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Mulūk i Kart.] Also Kābul State Library (see Journal asiatique, Jan. 1924, p. 150). [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 255.]

¶ No. 468 (1), mss. [Rauḍāt al-jannāt.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 288 (ah 1073/1663).

No. 469, 2nd par. [Maqṣad al-iqbāl al-Sulṭānīyah.] Presumably this is the same work as

Mazārāt i Harāt, by ʿAbd Allāh b. ʿAbd al-Raḥmān Ḥusainī: Harāt ahs 1310/1931–2 (with a supplement by ʿUbaid Allāh Abū Saʿīd Harawī). [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas, vii–viii p. 283.]

No. 471, 2nd par., penult. Read 1301/1884°*–1303/1886°*.

No. 471, end. Insert:

471a. Other works relating to K̲h̲urāsān:—

(1)

Āt̲h̲ār i Harāt,¹ by K̲h̲alīl Afg̲h̲ān: Harāt ahs 1309–10/1930–2 (3 vols.). [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 283.]

(2)

Faḍāʾil i Balk̲h̲,⁵² an anonymous translation made at the request of the Qāḍī Majlis i ʿālī Ṣadr i kabīr Fak̲h̲r al-Dīn Abū Bakr ʿAbd Allāh b. Abū ’l-Farīd al-Balk̲h̲i (but this name, written in place of a name erased, may not be genuine) from an Arabic work in three sections ((1) traditions concerning the superiority of Balk̲h̲, (2) a description of the town, (3) biographies of seventy celebrated s̲h̲aik̲h̲s connected with the neighbourhood) completed at Balk̲h̲ on 1 Ramaḍān 610/14 January 1214 by the S̲h̲aik̲h̲ al-Islām Abū Bakr b. ʿAbd Allāh [b.] ʿUmar b. Dāwud al-Wāʿiẓ Ṣafī al-Dīn al-Balk̲h̲ī (but this name, occurring in the translator’s preface, has likewise been written in place of a name erased): Blochet i 519 (lacks last six “sections” (biographies?). Late 15th cent.). Edition of Sections i and ii: Schefer Chrestomathie persane, tome i (3).

(3)

Tārīk̲h̲ i inqilāb i Ṭūs, by M. Ḥasan Harawī: Mas̲h̲had 1339/1920–1. [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas, vii–viii p. 283.]

(4)

Tārīk̲h̲ i mazārāt i Balk̲h̲, written in the reign of ʿAbd al-Muʾmin K̲h̲ān b. ʿAbd Allāh K̲h̲ān Uzbak [ah 1006–7/1598–9] by M. Ṣāliḥ b. Amīr ʿAbd Allāh b. Amīr ʿAbd al-Raḥmān: Kābul National Library (see A. Z. Validi in Journal asiatique, Jan.-March 1924 p. 150). [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 255.]

(5)

Tārīk̲h̲ i muḥāṣarah u fatḥ i Harāt on the taking of Harāt by the Persians in the Anglo-Persian War, by Mīrzā Ibrāhīm Badāʾiʿ-nigār: Ṭihrān 1273/1856–7. [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 283.]

(6)

¶ Tārīk̲h̲ i wāqiʿah i Mas̲h̲had i Muqaddas, on the bombardment of Mas̲h̲had by the Russians, anonymous: Mas̲h̲had 1330/1912. [R. Lescot, ibid.]

No. 472 (1), end. [Badāʾiʿ al-azmān.] Insert:

Incomplete reconstruction of the work from quotations in the Jāmiʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲ i Ḥasanī (cf. no. 121, 2nd par. supra) and M. b. Ibrāhīm’s Tārīk̲h̲ i Saljūqiyān i Kirmān (cf. no. 474, 2nd par. supra): Tārīk̲h̲ i Afḍal yā Badāʾiʿ al-azmān fi waqāʾiʿ Kirmān … farāham āwardah i Duktur Mahdī Bayānī, Ṭihrān ahs 1326/1948 (Intis̲h̲ārāt i Dānis̲h̲gāh i Ṭihrān, 15).

No. 473, 2nd par., end. [Simṭ al-ʿulā.] Edition: Ṭihrān ahs 1328/1949 (ed. ʿAbbās Iqbāl with help from M. Qazwīnī).

No. 476, end. Insert:

476a. Major Sykes (i.e. presumably Sir Percy Sykes, b. 1867, d. 11.6.1945,⁵³ who became British Consul for Kirmān and Persian Balūc̲h̲istān in 1894 and who is best known for his History of Persia (2 vols., London 1915, 2nd ed. 1921, 3rd ed. 1930), of which the first volume (at least) has appeared in a Persian translation⁵⁴ (see Luzac’s O.L. 1945 p. 79)).

Tārīk̲h̲ i Kirmān, translated by Mīr Naṣr Allāh K̲h̲ān Nawwāb S̲h̲īrāzī from the unpublished English original: Kirmān 1322/1904–5. [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 283.]

No. 477, 2nd par., end. [Ibn Isfandiyār’s Tārīk̲h̲ i Ṭabaristān.] Edition: Ṭihrān ahs 1320/1941–2 (Pt. 1, 331 pp. Cf. Luzac’s O.L. 1942 p. 66, 1947 p. 39).

No. 477, 3rd par., footnote, end. Cf. also Acta Orientalia x (1931) pp. 45–55 (Christensen).

No. 481, 3rd par., end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Gīlān.] Another edition: Ras̲h̲t ahs 1315/1936–7. [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 283.]

¶ No. 486, 2nd par., mss. [Tād̲h̲hirah i S̲h̲ūs̲h̲tarīyah.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 9 (ah 1322/1904).

No. 488, end. Insert:

488a. S. Ṣadr al-Dīn Ẓahīr-al-Islām-zādah Dizfūlī.

S̲h̲akaristān dar tārīk̲h̲ i sih-hazār-sālah i K̲h̲ūzistān: Ṭihrān ahs 1308/1929–30. [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 283.]

No. 489, 1st par., end. S. Aḥmad Kasrawī was murdered in Ṭihrān towards the end of ahs 1324/1945–6. See Rijāl i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān, by Mahdī Mujtahidī, pp. 126–31, 223–4, and, for a portrait, the frontispiece to Maqālāt i Kasrawi (Essays from Kasrawi, collected by Y. Zoka), pt. 1 (Ṭihrān ahs 1327/1948).

No. 489, 2nd par., end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i pānṣad-sālah i K̲h̲ūzistān.] “On the rare sources utilized by Kasravī in his book on Khūzistān see my review in bsos. viii 4, p. 1173.” [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 255.]

No. 489, end. Insert:

¶ 489c. Nādir Mīrzā b. Badīʿ al-Zamān b. M.-Qulī b. Fatḥ-ʿAlī S̲h̲āh Qājār wrote a work on Persian cookery (title?) and another entitled Nawādir i Nādirī on Arabic proverbs (see Dānis̲h̲mandān i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān p. 367; Īraj Afs̲h̲ār Nat̲h̲r i Fārsī i muʿāṣir pp. 12, 14–16 (portrait)).

Tārīk̲h̲ u jug̲h̲rāfiyā-yi dār al-salṭanah i Tabrīz: Tihrān [ah 1323 (1905) according to Īraj Afs̲h̲ār, but according to Minorsky (Acta Orientalia xxi (1951) p. 122) the work, edited in 1905 [1323] by “Sipihr” [cf. pl. no. 309], was not published until circ. 1940].

489d. Ḥajjī M. Bāqir.

Tārīk̲h̲ i inqilāb i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān u balwā-yi Tabrīz: Tabrīz 1326/1908. [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 283.]

489e. S. Aḥmad Kasrawī Tabrīzī (see no. 489 supra and Addendum to that record).

(1)

Tārīk̲h̲ i hijdah-sālah i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān: Tabrīz ahs 1314–16/1935–8. [R. Lescot, ibid.]

(2)

S̲h̲ahriyārān i gum-nām (see no. 321 (a) (5) supra).

No. 494, 2nd par. “The histories of the vālīs of Ardalān are in Persian: Ḥadīqa-yi Nāṣirī by ʿAlī-Akbar (towards ah 1310) and the history of Mastūra (= Māh-sharaf khānum). Of the latter I possessed a copy which was said to be an autograph; the ms. was stolen from me in Tehran.” [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 255.]

“Māh-i-Sharaf Khānūm, connue en poésie sous le takhalloṣ de Mastūre fī ’l-wāqiʿ (elle aurait laissé un diwan de 20,000 vers), morte en 1264 à 44 ans, est l’auteur d’une histoire des émirs d’Ardelan, composée en 1247. Un manuscrit de cet ouvrage est conservé dans la bibliothèque du Dr. Saʿīd Khān (Téhéran). ii est daté de 1339. Les premières pages manquent.” [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 283.]

“Mīrzā ʿAlī Akbar Monshī Vaqāʾiʿ Negār, Ḥadīqe-i-nāṣerīye. Histoire des émirs d’Ardelan composée en 1309 lunaire. Le Dr. Saʿīd Khān en possède une copie executée en 1316.” [R. Lescot, ibid.]

No. 494, end. Insert:

494a. ʿAlī Aṣg̲h̲ar Hamadānī.

Kurdistān: Tabrīz 1312/1894–5. [R. Lescot, ibid.]

¶ No. 495, 2nd par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Buk̲h̲ārā.] Also Tashkent Univ. 68 (2) (ah 1304/1886–7).

No. 495, 3rd par., end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Buk̲h̲ārā.] Another edition (of M. b. Zufar’s abridgment): Tihrān [1939] (preface dated Isfandmāh 1317 [1939]. Ed. Mudarris Riḍawī 128 (not 178) pp. Cf. Luzac’s OL. 1939 p. 75).

No. 496, 4th par., mss.[Qandīyah. Persian trans.] Also Upsala Zetterstéen 402 (defective).

No. 497, 1st line. Read “Banāʾī”. Cf. ad no. 372, 1st line supra.

No. 498, 2nd par. Read Babur’s.

No. 499, 2nd par. Read Mīhmān-nāmah.

No. 501. [“Wāṣifī”, Badāʾiʿ al-waqāʾiʿ.] See an article by A. N. Boldyrev in the Trudy of the Oriental Section of the Hermitage Museum at Leningrad, vol. ii (1940) pp. 203–70, in which “Wāṣifī’s” memoirs are studied in detail and from which it appears that “Wāṣifī”, a professional poet, was born at Harāt in 889/1485 and lived there until April 1512, when he went to Central Asia. [Minorsky, in a letter.]

No. 503, last par. [“Mus̲h̲fiqī.”] Also Ṭabaqāt i Akbarī ii p. 497; Ātas̲h̲-kadah no. 724; K̲h̲ulāṣat al-afkār no. 442.

No. 504, 2nd par., beginning. “The terms ʿpompous and verbose’ hardly do justice to Ḥāfiẓ Tanish’s history, which has been highly praised by many scholars.” [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 255.]

No. 504, 2nd par., mss. [S̲h̲araf-nāmah i s̲h̲āhī.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 408 (18th cent.).

No. 506, 4th par., mss.[Tārīk̲h̲ i Rāqimī.] Also Tashkent Univ. 57 (ah 1244/1828–9).

No. 506, 4th par., antepenult. Read P. 162.

No. 509, 2nd par., 2nd line. Read etc.) and.

¶ No. 509, 2nd par., mss. [Tad̲h̲kirah i Muqīm-K̲h̲ānī.] Also Tashkent Univ. 61 (ah 1225/1810), Leningrad Univ. 964b (ah 1238? See Romaskewicz p. 5), Caetani 4.

No. 516, 2nd par. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Badak̲h̲s̲h̲ān.] Another ms.: Kābul National Library (see A. Z. Validi in Journal asiatique, Jan.–March 1924, p. 150). [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 255],

No. 521, 2nd par.[A history of the Mang̲h̲its.] This ms. is in the Asiatic Museum (see Islamica iii/3 (1927) p. 316).

No. 522, last line. Read Semenov.

No. 528 (12) Wapkandi. Possibly Wābkanawī (from Wābkanah, 3 farsak̲h̲s from Buk̲h̲ārā: see Barthold Turkestan p. 132).

No. 537, 1st line. Read S̲h̲ig̲h̲ā’ul. [Minorsky, in bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 255²³.] Cf. Minorsky in bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 243: “… Shiqā’ul, or Shighā’ul, a Turkish rank = Pers. mihmāndār, “master of ceremonies,” cf. Budagov Slovaŕ p. 668.”

No. 538, 2nd par., end. Read 385).

No. 541. This entry should be deleted. For Eton 175 see no. 698, Persian translations (3), mss.

No. 541, end. Insert:

541a. M. Ḥaidar Dūg̲h̲lāt died in 958/1551 (see no. 349 supra).

Tārīk̲h̲ i Ras̲h̲īdī: see no. 349 supra.

No. 543 (1), penult. Read v xvi v.

No. 543 (3). The Tad̲h̲kirah i K̲h̲wājagān of M. Ṣādiq Kās̲h̲g̲h̲arī, being apparently a Turkī work on the lives of certain Central-Asian saints, should be deleted. See Manuscrits turcs de l’Institut des Langues Orientales décrits par W. D. Smirnov St. Petersburg 1897) pp. 156–60. Even if it exists also in Persian, the work should appear under Biography, not History.

No. 544 (1), mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i K̲h̲ān-i-Jahānī.] Also Kapūrt’halā 36 (not an autograph. See M. S̲h̲afīʿ in ocm. iii/4 (Aug. 1927) p. 18), Āṣafīyah iii p. 94 no. 1073 ¶ (defective). For some further mss. as well as for descriptions of some of those already mentioned see the article by S. M. Imām al-Dīn in Islamic culture referred to in the second addition to 544 (1) below.

No. 544 (1), end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i K̲h̲ā̲n-i-Jahānī.] Insert:

Edition: in preparation by S. M. Imāmu’d-Dīn (see Islamic culture xxii/3 (July 1948) p. 294). Description: The Tārīk̲h̲ K̲h̲ān-i-Jahānī-wa-Mak̲h̲zan-i-Afg̲h̲ānī, by S. M. Imamuddin (in Islamic culture xxii/2 (April 1948) pp. 128–42, xxii/3 (July 1948) pp. 280–94).

No. 544 (2), mss. [Mak̲h̲zan i Afg̲h̲ānī.] Also Princeton 57 (ah 1159/ 1746), Āṣafīyah iii p. 108 no. 1052. For some further mss. as well as for descriptions of some of those already mentioned see the article by S. M. Imāmu’d-Dīn referred to above (ad no. 544 (1), end.).

No. 544, 4th par., antepenult. Read (ah 1181/1767–8. Christ’s).

No. 544, end. Insert:

544a. “The manuscripts of some historical works in Persian by K̲h̲us̲h̲ḥāl K̲h̲ān K̲h̲aṭak⁵⁵ have been discovered by Miss Kh̲adijah Begam Feroz ud-Din and are discussed in her (unpublished) Lahore thesis on the “Life and Works of the Illustrious K̲h̲us̲h̲ḥāl K̲h̲ān, Chief of the K̲h̲aṭaks” [G. Morgenstierne, ao. xvii p. 239.]

No. 547, 1st par. Read Mannū.

No. 549, 2nd par., mss.[Tārīk̲h̲ i Aḥmad-S̲h̲āhī.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 233 (apparently complete. Late 18th cent.).

No. 550, 2nd par. “The expression ʿYūsuf-zai (i.e. Bāyazīd Anṣārī)’… is not correct” [G. Morgenstierne, Acta Orientalia xvii p. 238.]

No. 551, 2nd par. “According to Darmesteter, Chants populaires des Afghans, p. clxxxv, the Tārīk̲h̲ i Hāfiẓ-Raḥmat (No. 551) was written in 1770.” ¶ [G. Morgenstierne, ao. xvii p. 238.] If this is correct, the date of i.o. 3733 cannot be ah 1176.

No. 552, 2nd par., mss. [K̲h̲ulāṣat al-ansāb.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 130 (early 19th cent.).

No. 555, 2nd par., mss. [Bhāō-nāmah.] Also probably Blochet iv 2331 fol. 136 (?) (late 18th cent.). According to the Cambridge History of India iv p. 591 “the original ms. has now been discovered by Sir Jadunath Sarkar and a revised translation appeared in the Indian historical quarterly, 1934.

No. 557, end. Insert:

557a. (Tārīk̲h̲ i Aḥmad S̲h̲āh), without preface or title: Blochet iv 2382 (18th cent.).

No. 558, end. [Ḥusain-S̲h̲āhī.] Insert:

Fragment of an early draft (?): i.o. 4035.

No. 561. Read Durrānīs.

No. 566, 2nd par.For a short account of Akbar K̲h̲ān (d. 1849) see Buckland’s Dictionary of Indian biography p. 9.

No. 566, mss. [Akbar-nāmah.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 133 (late 19th cent.).

No. 567, 2nd par., mss. [Ẓafar-nāmah i Kābul.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 331 (late 19th cent.).

No. 570 (2), 1st par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Aḥmad.] Probably also Āṣafīyah iii p. 94 no. 1317 (described as Tārīk̲h̲ i Durrānī, by Ḥājjī [sic?] ʿAbd al-Karīm).

No. 570, end. Insert:

570a. S. Badr al-Dīn was a resident of Aḥmadnagar.

Kaifīyat i jang i Kābul (beg. Aḥwalāt i safar i Kābul kih jamʿīyat i Ingilīs), a short (9 foll.) account of the British march to Kābul and the battle of Lahore with the Sik’hs, ending with 21 April 1845: Bombay Univ. p. 228.

No. 572, 2nd par. penult. Read composition, and.

¶ No. 574, 3rd par. Read Editions.

[Fatḥ-nāmah i Kāfiristān.] The date of the first edition is given by Arberry as 1313 (1896).

No. 575, 5th par. [Amīr ʿAbd al-Raḥmān’s autobiography.] There were apparently two editions of the Persian retranslation, (1) Lahore-Mas̲h̲had 1319/1901–2 (title: Tāj al-tawārīk̲h̲ etc. 2 vols. See Semenov Ukazatel’ p. 10); (2) Bombay, Faiḍ-rasān Press, 1322/1904 (title: Tāj al-tawārīk̲h̲ etc. 2 vols. Pp. 244; 220. See F. E. Karatay Istanbul Üniversitesi Kütüphanesi Farsça Basmalar Kataloğu p. 5. Described by C. N. Seddon (jras. 1938 p. 569) as “a lithographed edition prepared by M. Jaʿfar Mawlā and M. Ḥusain Lārī, ah 1322”.⁵⁶)

No. 575, last par. [Amīr ʿAbd al-Raḥmān K̲h̲ān.] Also Zaidān Mas̲h̲āhīr al-s̲h̲arq (in Arabic) i pp. 142–52; Who was who 1897–1915 p. 2.

No. 576, end. Insert:

576a. Maḥmūd Ṭarzī was born in 1285/1870 (see pl. no. 1629).

Sirāj al-tawārīk̲h̲, a detailed history of the Afg̲h̲āns: Kābul (vol. i (only?). Date? See Peshawar cat. p. 291).

No. 577 (1), last line. Read Ṣafawids): Rieu.

No. 577 (11), end. Insert:

(11a)

(Tārīk̲h̲ i Badak̲h̲s̲h̲ān), a history of the years 1068–1223/1658–1808: Kābul National Library (see A. Z. Validi in Journal asiatique, Jan.-March 1924, p. 150). [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 255], See also no. 516 supra.

No. 577, end. For some works relating to Balk̲h̲, Harāt, etc., now in Afg̲h̲ānistān, see the section History of Persia: K̲h̲urāsān.

No 578. “On Ibn Bībī see now Duda, zdmg. [n.f.], Band 14 [89], Heft 3/4 [1935], p. 19.” [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 255.]

¶ No. 578, last par. Schefer’s Quelques chapitres occupy pp. 1–102 of the first volume of the Recueil de textes et de traductions.

No. 578, end. [Muk̲h̲taṣar i Saljūq-nāmah.] Insert:

Russian translation of extracts relating to the Golden Horde: Sbornik materialov … ii … Leningrad 1941 (cf. ad no. 104, penult. par., end supra) pp. 25–6.

No. 579, end.. [Tārīk̲h̲ i āl i Saljūq.] Insert:

Facsimile with Turkish translation: Histoire des Seldjoukides d’Asie Mineure par un anonyme depuis l’origine de la dynastie jusqu’á la fin du regne de Sultan Alâ-ed-Din Keikoubad iv. fils de Soleimanshah. 765/1364. Texte persan publié d’aprés le ms. de Paris par Prof. Dr. Feridoun Nâfiz Uzluk. Ankara 1952 (Tārīk̲h̲ i āl i Selc̲h̲ūq dar Ānāṭōlī. Pp. 95, 80. Anadolu Selçuklulari gününde Mevlevi Bitikleri, 5: Anadolu Selçuklulari Devleti Tarihi, iii).

No. 580, 2nd par. Read Caliphs.

No. 580, end. [Aqsarāʾī’s history.] Edition: Musāmarat al-ak̲h̲bār⁵⁷ wa-musāyarat al-ak̲h̲yār taʾlīf i Maḥmūd … al-Aqsarā’ī … bā muqaddamah u taṣḥīḥ u ḥawās̲h̲ī i Duktur ʿUt̲h̲mān Tūrān, Ankara 1944 (Türk Tarih Kurumu Yayınlardan iii. seri, no. 1). [V. Minorsky, in a letter.]

No. 582, 1st line. [Bāyazīd-nāmah.] The author is Maḥmūd “Niẓāmī” Malik-zādah. [F. Babinger, in a letter.]

No. 587, 3rd par., 1st line. Read Has̲h̲t bihis̲h̲t.

No. 587, 3rd par., mss. [Has̲h̲t bihis̲h̲t.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 186 (Katībahs i–vi. 18th cent.), M. 187 (K. vi–viii. 19th cent.), Bombay Univ. 35 (part of K. vii).

No. 587, 8th par. [D̲h̲ail i Has̲h̲t bihis̲h̲t.] The author’s son, i.e. Abū ʾl-Faḍl M. Daftarī (cf. no. 105, penult. par. supra and no. 587, Continuation infra).

No. 587, 8th par., antepenult. Read Tauer 525.

¶ No. 588, 1st par., antepenult. For may be read is. Aẓhar al-Dīn; so Ḥ. K̲h̲., but Ẓahīr al-Dīn is correct. For Kabīr b. Uwais see no. 1645 (2), 2nd footnote infra.

No. 594 (2), mss. [S̲h̲ahans̲h̲āh-nāmah i … Sulṭān Murād K̲h̲ān.] For the illustrations in the Yildiz ms. see Edhem and Stchoukine Les manuscrits orientaux illustrés de la Bibliothéque de l’Université de Stamboul, Paris 1933, pp. 3–6.

No. 595, 2nd par., mss. [Futūḥāt al-ʿAjam.] Also Rieu ii 665a.

No. 597, mss. [Fatḥ-nāmah i K̲h̲ūnkār i Rūm.] Also Ethé 859 (2).

No. 599, 1st par. Ibrāhīm Efendī, i.e. Dr. Ibrāhīm b. Najjār according to F. E. Karatay Istanbul Üniversitesi Kütüphanesi Farsça Basmalar Kataloğu p. 84.

No. 599, last par. Read § 600.

No. 601 (2). [Tārīk̲h̲ i Āyā Ṣōfyah.] For a short anonymous tract on the foundation of the Ā.Ṣ. see Blochet iii 1976 fol. 177 (ah 947/1540–1).

No. 601 (3), end. Insert:

(3a)

Tārīk̲h̲ i Rūm u Farang, a history of Turkey and Europe, by ʿAbd al-ʿAzīz Dihlawī (for the best-known person of this name see no. 41 supra): Ellis Coll. M.2. (incomplete. Autograph?).

No. 602, 3rd par., 1st footnote. Read Alikhanov-Avarski. [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 255.] l. 28. Read Alikhanova-Avarskogo.

No. 602, Russian translations (2). Read Alikhanova-Avarskogo.

No. 603, 4th par. “Bacharly is a German transcription from Russian for Bahārlī.” [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 255.]

No. 603, last par. [ʿAbbās-Qulī Ag̲h̲ā.] Also Dānis̲h̲mandān i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān pp. 305–6; Abbaskulu ağa Bakihanli, by M. F. Köprülü (in Türk amaci i (1942–3) pp. 145–50. Cf. Oriens i/2 (1948) p. 346).

No. 606, last par., mss. [Ak̲h̲bār i ḥasīnah.] Also Ivanow Curzon 90 (18th cent.).

No. 607, 2nd par., mss. [Jad̲h̲b al-qulūb.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 4 (ah 1109/1697–8), Princeton 64 (18th cent.), ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 61 no. 36 (pt. i only), Peshawar 1462 (3), 1437.

¶ No. 608 (1), end.Insert:

(1b)

Īrān i kunūnī u K̲h̲alīj i Fārs, by Ismāʿīl Nūr-zādah Būs̲h̲ahrī: Tihrān (216 pp. See Luzac’s OL. 1946 p. 104).

No. 608 (2), end. Insert:

(2a)

Mafātīḥ al-adab fī tawārīk̲h̲ al-ʿArab, by M. ʿAlī Sadīd al-Salṭanah: place? n.d. [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 283b.]

No. 608 (3), end. Insert:

(3а)

Naft u marwārīd, by M. ʿA. Mans̲h̲ūr Garakānī: (cf. ad no. 452, 452e (3)) Tihrān 1946 (189 pp. See Probsthain’s Orientalia nova 2 (1946–8) p. 27 no. 425; Luzac’s OL. 1946 p. 105 (title given as Siyāsat i Ingilīs dar K̲h̲alīj i Fārs u jug̲h̲rāfiyāyi jazāʾir i Baḥrain), 1947 p. 101).

(3b)

Naẓarī bah Īrān u K̲h̲alīj i Fārs, by Nūr-zādah (i.e. presumably Ismāʿīl N.-Z. Būs̲h̲ahrī mentioned above under (1b)): Tihrān (128 pp. See Luzac’s OL. 1945 p. 79, 1946 p. 6).

No. 608 (5). [Short account of the Wahhābī incursions.] Published by R. B. Serjeant and G. M. Wickens in Islamic culture xxiii/4 (Oct. 1949) pp. 308–9.

No. 609, 2nd par., end. Insert:

[England.] Tārīk̲h̲ i guzīdah i Farīdūn Malkum, by Farīdūn Malkum [son of Prince Malkom K̲h̲ān Nāẓim al-Daulah (for whom see Browne The press and poetry of modern Persia pp. 18–19, etc., Lit. Hist, iv pp. 463, 468)]: Paris 1324/1908 (407 pp. See F. E. Karatay Istanbul Üniversitesi Kütüphanesi Farsça Basmalar Kataloğu p. 52; Browne The press and poetry of modern Persia p. 162).

No. 609, 3rd and 4th par., first lines. Read Ingilistān.

No. 609, 11th par. Read Piṭr. [Minorsky, bsos. ix/1 (1937) p. 255.]

No. 609, 14th par. For the name Āwānus cf. no. 1150, 1st par. and E. Rossi’s Elenco dei manoscritti persiani della Biblioteca Vaticana p. 80, where the transcription Oannes [presumably an Armenian name⁵⁸] is suggested with a query.

No. 609, 14th par., end. Insert:

¶ [Russia.] Ā’īnah i Sikandarī, a biography of Alexander iii (b. 1845, acc. 1881, d. 1894), by Ḥasan K̲h̲ān Iʿtimād al-Salṭanah (cf. no. 192 supra): Mas̲h̲had iii, fṣl. 14, mss., no. 4 (ah 1313/1895–6).

[Russia.] Qaiṣar-nāmah a mat̲h̲nawī on the Russo-Turkish war, by ʿAzīz al-Dīn “ʿAzīz” (so Āṣafīyah) or “ʿAzīzī” (so Edwards) Lak’hnawī: [Cawnpore] 1296/1879°.

No. 609, 15th par. Read Piṭr [cf. correction to no. 609, 11th par. supra].

No. 609, 4th par. from end. The Mīkādō-nāmah is a verse according to Arberry.

No. 609, 3rd par. from end. For Maḥmūd Ṭarzī see no. 1629 infra.

No. 609, 3rd par. from end. The date as given by Arberry is 1334–5/1916–17*.

No. 610, 1st line. For Surk̲h̲kat see Barthold Turkestan pp. 120 n. 6, 131.

No. 610, 1st par. For ʿAlī Akbar K̲h̲iṭāʾī see Islam Ansiklopedisi under Alî Ekber (A. Zeki Yelidi Togan); P. Kahle Eine islamische Quelle über China um 1500 (in Acta Orientalia xii/2).

No. 611 (1). The Mīkādō-nāmah is in verse according to Arberry.

No. 611 (4). For Maḥmūd Ṭarzī see no. 1629 infra.

No. 611 (4). The date, as given by Arberry, is 1334–5/1916–17*.

No. 613, last par. Also Life and work of Khwāja Nizāmuddīn Ahmad Bakhshī. By Baini Prashad (in jasb., Letters, iv/4 (1938) pp. 769–94).

No. 614, 3rd footnote. The hemistich Wa-awwalu arḍⁱⁿ etc. is quoted in the Tāj al-ʿarūs under tmm and is there ascribed to Raqqāʿ or Raffāʿ b. Qais al-Asadī Cf. Lane s.v. ʿaqqa, Irs̲h̲ād al-arīb ii p. 12, Ibn Baṭṭūṭah iv p. 327.

No. 614, 1st footnote: Instead of معاعل, read مفاعل.

No. 614, 2nd par., penult. sentence. [ʿAbd al-Qādir Badāʾūnī] Of the dates given for his death 1024/1615 must be nearest to the truth, if the reference to the death of “Ẓuhūrī” and “Malik” Qummī is not a later insertion in the notice of “Ẓuhūrī” in the Muntak̲h̲ab al-tawārīk̲h̲, iii p. 269.

¶ No. 614, 4th par. (10). For the Baḥr al-asmār see ʿAbd al-Qādir Badāʾūnī and the Kathā-sarit-sāgara, by C. A. Storey (in Woolner commemoration volume, Lahore 1940, pp. 249–50).

No. 616, 1st line. [Nūr al-Ḥaqq Dihlawī.] “Mas̲h̲riqī” was his tak̲h̲alluṣ.

No. 616, 3rd par.[Nūr al-Ḥaqq Dihlawī.] Another passage from the Farḥat al-nāẓirīn giving a brief notice of N. al-Ḥ. “Mas̲h̲riqī” as a poet is quoted in ocm. iv/4 (Aug. 1928) p. 105.

No. 620, 1st par. penult. Read 1877°* and delete 1887°.

No. 620, penult. par., mss. [Rājāwalī.] Also Madrās i 276 (?) (described as Aḥwāl i rājagān by ʿAbd al-Karīm b. Ilyās, but the opening words agree with those of the Rājāwalī). A similar work is Madrās i 292 (Tārīk̲h̲ i rājagān, beginning Ḥamd u t̲h̲anāy Muqaddirī rā kih qudratas̲h̲).

No. 621, 2nd par., mss. [Lubb al-tawārīk̲h̲ i Hind.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 351 (ah 1105/1094).

No. 622, 2nd par., mss. [K̲h̲ulāṣat al-tawārīk̲h̲.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 392 (18th cent.).

No. 627, 5th par. before end, Muntak̲h̲hab al-lubāb, mss. [Muntak̲h̲hab al-lubāb.] Also Madrās i 318 (vol. iii. ah 1197/1783), Ellis Coll. M. 220 (vol. ii. 18th cent.).

No. 641, 1st par., end. [Lac̲h̲hmī Narāyan “S̲h̲afīq”.] Another work of his is the Nak̲h̲listān, a collection of tales written in 1218/ 1803–4 (mss.: Rehatsek p. 233 no. 56, Ross-Browne 253).

No. 641 (1), mss. [Ḥaqīqat-hā-yi Hindustān.] Also Rehatsek p. 104 no. 60, Madrās i 533 (ad 1936).

No. 643, 2nd par., mss. [Ṣaḥīḥ al-ak̲h̲bār.] Also Rieu iii 1052a (extracts only).

No. 649, 2nd par., mss. [C̲h̲ahār c̲h̲aman.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 91 (?) (C̲h̲ahār guls̲h̲an (sic?)).

No. 654, 5th par. Insert a second bracket after the Journal asiatique 1860–1).

¶ No. 654, 5th par. [Tafsīr al-Qurʾān.] The first part (to S. ii v. 80) of a Persian translation by S. M. Taqī Fak̲h̲r-Dāʿī Gīlānī has been published in Tihrān (presumably in or shortly before ahs 1318/1939–40, the date of presentation to the Mas̲h̲had library. See Mas̲h̲had iv p. 479).

No. 654, 4th par. from end.[Jām i Jam.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 390.

No. 654, last par. [S. Aḥmad K̲h̲ān.] Also Eminent Mussalmans (anon., pub. Natesan, Madras, 1926) pp. 1–37; L. Bevan Jones The people of the mosque, London, 1932 pp. 208–11; W. C. Smith Modern Islām in India, Lahore 1943, pp. 6–23; J. M. S. Baljon The reforms and religious ideas of Sir Sayyid Aḥmad Khân, Leyden 1949.

No. 664, 2nd par., mss. [Tāj al-Maʾāt̲h̲ir.] Also Leningrad Univ. 1157 (ah 987/1579), 1093 (ah 1288/1871–2. See Romaskewicz p. 4).

No. 665 (1) Qirān al-saʿdain, mss. Also Leningrad Univ. 1114a (ah 982/1574–5. See Romaskewicz p. 11), 1172 (ah 1041/ 1631–2?), Majlis ii 1129 (17th cent.?), Vatican Pers. 153 (ah 1257/1841. Rossi p. 149), Edinburgh New Coll. p. 8.

No. 665 (1) Qirān al-saʿdain, mss., penult. Read Madrās i 131 (ah 1173/1760).

No. 665 (1) Qirān al-saʿdain, Commentaries. Also (4) S̲h̲arḥ i Qirān al-saʿdain, by “ʿAfwī” Dihlawī: ʿAlīgaṛh Subḥ. mss. p. 48 no. 3 (ah 1157/1744).

No. 665 (3) K̲h̲azāʾin al-futūḥ, 2nd. par. For a review of this edition, with numerous corrections, by “S̲h̲.” [= M. S̲h̲afīʿ?] see ocm. xi/4 (Aug. 1935) pp. 105–19.

No. 665 (4) Duwal Rānī K̲h̲aḍir K̲h̲ān, 1st line. dwl, according to the poet (cf. Rieu ii p. 612b), is to be pronounced like the plural of daulat, possibly therefore Diwal, which, of the plurals of daulat, is nearest in sound to Dēval, if that was the first element in the name of the Rājah’s daughter.

No. 665 (4) Duwal Rānī K̲h̲aḍir K̲h̲ān, 2nd line. Read: The pronunciation K̲h̲iḍr occurs occasionally in the poem, but much less frequently than K̲h̲aḍir.

No. 665 (4) Duwal Rānī K̲h̲aḍir K̲h̲ān, 1st par., mss. Also Majlis ii 934 (ah 989/1581).

¶ No. 665 (4) Duwal Rānī K̲h̲aḍir K̲h̲ān, 1st par., penult. Read Madrās i 111.

No. 665 (5), Nuh sipihr, 1st par., end. Insert:

Edition: Oxford Univ. Press 1950 (ed. M. Waḥīd Mirzā. Islamic Research Association Series, 12).

No. 665 (6), Tug̲h̲luq-nāmah, 2nd par. For a review by M. S̲h̲afīʿ see ocm. x/2 (Feb. 1934) pp. 148–51 and for corrections of the text of this edition see an Urdu article by M. Waḥīd Mirzā in ocm. xi/1 (Nov. 1934) pp. 116–46.

No. 665, last par. [K̲h̲usrau Dihlawī.] Also Jāmī Bahāristān, near end of Rauḍah vii; Riyāḍ al-ʿārifīn pp. 112–15; Nuzhat al-k̲h̲awāṭir pp. 38–41; Raḥmān ʿAlī p. 57; Berthels Ocherk istorii persidskoi literatury pp. 39–43.

No. 666, 6th par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Fīrōz-S̲h̲āhī.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 101 (early 19th cent.), Madrās i 298 (defective).

No. 666, last par. [Ḍiyāʾ al-Dīn Baranī.] Also Kalimāt al-ṣādiqīn no 61; Maṭlūb al-ṭālibīn (Ethé col. 325); Nuzhat al-k̲h̲awāṭir p. 64.

No. 667, 3rd par. Another edition: Futūḥāt-i-Fīrūzsh̲āhī [Persian text edited from a transcript of a ms. belonging to ʿAlīgaṛh Muslim University]. By N. B. Roy (in jrasb., Letters, vol. vii/1 (1941) pp. 61–89).

No. 667, 4th par. Another translation: The victories of Sulṭān Fīrūz Shāh of Tughluq Dynasty (752–90 h.). English translation of Futūhāt-i-Fīrūz Shāhī. By N. B. Roy (in Islamic culture 15/4 (Oct. 1941) pp. 449–64).

No. 667, last par. [Fīrōz S̲h̲āh Tug̲h̲luq.] Also Nuzhat al-k̲h̲awāṭir pp. 110–13.

No. 668, 2nd par., end. [Sīrat i Fīrōz-S̲h̲āhī]. Insert:

Extracts: (1) A memoir on Kotla Firoz Shah, Delhi. By J. A. Page … with [the Persian text and] a translation of [an extract, viz. foll. 91b–105b in the Bānkīpūr ms., from] Sirat-i-Firozshahi by Moh. Hamid Kuraishi. (Memoirs of the Archæological Survey of India, no. 52 (Delhi 1937) pp. 3–25 (text), 33–42 (translation).) (2) Jajnagar expedition of Sulṭān Fīrūz Shāh—English translation and text of an extract from ʿSīrat-i-Fīrūz Shāhī’. By N. B. Roy (in jrasb., Letters, viii/1 (1942) pp. 57–98).

¶ No. 672, 2nd line. Ḥasnū: so Rieu, but presumably Ḥasanū (i.e. Ḥasan with the diminutive termination -ū) is correct.

No. 674, 2nd par., end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i salāṭīn i Afāg̲h̲inah.] Insert:

Edition: Tārīk̲h̲-i-Shāhī (also known as Tārīk̲h̲-i-Salāṭīn-i-Afāg̲h̲ina) of Aḥmad Yādgār … Edited by M. Hidayat Hosain.Calcutta 1939 (Bibliotheca Indica, no. 257. Cf. jras. 1939 p. 684).

No. 684, 2nd par., mss. [Malāḥat i maqāl.] Also Lahore Panjāb Univ. (defective. See ocm. ix/1 p. 23).

No. 686, 1st line. For the names Ṣūfī Ṣanʿān and Mirzā Bābā cf. Ḥabīb al-siyar iii, 3, p. 342 (S̲h̲. Ṣūfī ʿAlī) and ʿĀlam-ārāy i ʿAbbāsī p. 122 (Mīrzā Bābā).

No. 692, 1st line. [Apūrva Krishna, or, to use the Hindī forms, Apūrb Kis̲h̲an.] “Kunwar,” Apūrb Kis̲h̲an’s tak̲h̲alluṣ, is a Hindī word meaning “prince”.

No. 694, last par. [“G̲h̲ālib.”] Also Āt̲h̲ār al-ṣanādīd (cf. no. 654, 5th par.), Lucknow 1876, pt. 4, pp. 74–82; Mad̲h̲hab i G̲h̲ālib (in Urdu), a discussion of “G̲h̲ālib’s” religious views, by S. Aulād Ḥusain “S̲h̲ādān” Bilgrāmī (in ocm. viii/3 (May 1932) pp. 123–9); G̲h̲ālib kē jadīd tad̲h̲kirōṅ par ēk naẓar, by S. M. ʿAbd Allāh (in ocm. xv/4 (Aug. 1939) pp. 3–25).

No. 697 (2), end. Insert:

(2a)

Tārīk̲h̲ i bāds̲h̲āhān i Dihlī, by Akbar ʿAlī b. S. M. ʿAlī al-Buk̲h̲ārī.

Edition: place 1273/1856–7 (Āṣafīyah iii p. 94).

No. 698, 4th par., 2nd footnote, ult. Read jasb.

No. 698, Persian translations (1), 1st par., end. (Zain al-Dīn K̲h̲wāfī.] Also Raḥmān ʿAlī p. 68.

No. 698, Persian translations (2), 3rd line. Read Bihrōz.

No. 698, Persian translations (3), mss. [Wāqiʿāt i Bāburī.] Also Madrās i 301.

No. 700, 1st par., end. Insert:

Edition: Qānūn-i-Humāyūnī (also known as Humāyūn Nāma) of K̲h̲wāndamīr. Edited by M. Hidayat Hosain. Calcutta 1940 (Bibliotheca Indica, no. 260. See jras. 1941 p. 96).

¶ No. 702, 1st footnote. For the Bayāt tribe see also Malcolm History of Persia ii, London, 1829, p. 140 n.4.

No. 702, 2nd par., end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Humāyūn.] No formal title is given to the book by the author, who refers to it as īn tad̲h̲kirah and īn muk̲h̲taṣar. The title given to the work by Ethé seems to come from the copyist’s colophon, where it is called Tawārīk̲h̲ i ḥaḍrat i Humāyūn Bāds̲h̲āh (Hidayat Hosain’s edition p. 378). Insert:

Edition: Tad̲h̲kira-i-Humāyūn wa Akbar of Bāyazīd Biyāt [sic]. Edited by M. Hidayat Hosain. Calcutta 1941* (Bibliotheca Indica, 264).

No. 702, 3rd par., end. According to Hidayat Hosain (preface, p. vii) Prof. Banārsi Prasād Saksēna published “in the same Journal” [i.e. apparently the Allahabad University Studies] in 1939 (History Section, pp. 1–82) the translation of another part (unspecified) of the Memoirs. “The translation of about one-third of the work still remains to be published.”

No. 702, last par. [Bāyazīd Bayāt.] Also Journal of Indian history, iv/1–3 (Madras 1926) pp. 43–60 (an account of the author and his work by B. P. Saksēna. See Hidayat Hosain’s preface, p. vii).

No. 706, 1st line. Read “Faiḍī”.

No. 709, 3rd par., 6th line from foot. [Mukātabāt i ʿAllāmī, daftar iv.] See also next entry.

No. 709, 3rd par., last two lines [Ruqaʿāt i Abū ’l-Faḍl.] For “Editions have been published at Calcutta in 1238/1822–3* 1238* and at Cawnpore in 1872*” read “An edition was published at Calcutta in 1238* of the Bengali (Faṣlī) era.” The work published by Nawal Kis̲h̲ōr at Cawnpore in 1876* (not 1872) and reprinted at least three times under the title Ruqaʿāt i Abū ’l-Faḍl is the work referred to above as the fourth daftar of the Mukātabāt i ʿAllāmī.

No. 709 (1). Read Āʾīn i Akbarī.

No. 709 (1), 5th footnote, end. [Akbar-nāmah.] The Chester Beatty ms. is presumeably the subject of the Roxburghe Club’s Chronicle of Akbar the Great. A description [by Sir Thomas Arnold and J. V. S. Wilkinson] of a manuscript of the Akbar-nama illustrated by the court painters (Oxford 1937. Impl. folio, with coloured frontispiece and 33 plates, 5 of which are coloured. See Bernard ¶ Quaritch’s Catalogue No. 562 (1939) p. 4, where a copy was offered at £25, and Luzac’s Supplement No. 6 (March 1941) p. 2).

No. 709 (1), 1st par., mss. [Akbar-nāmah.] Also Vatican Pers. 90–92 (Daftar i, pt. 2, and Daftar ii. Rossi p. 107), 109 (Daftar i, pt. 1. Rossi p. 119).

No. 709 (1), 1st par., penult. Read Madrās i 281–4.

No. 709 (1), Abridged English translations (3). [Akbar-nāmah.] This translation is by W. Erskine.

No. 709 (1), Translated extracts. [Akbar-nāmah.] Insert:

Description of a ms.: see addendum to no. 709 (1), 5th footnote, end.

No. 709 (2), 4th par., end. [Āʾīn i Akbarī. English translations.] Insert:

The Ā’īn-i Akbarī … Translated … by H. Blochmann … Second edition, revised by D. C. Phillott, Calcutta 1927–39. ʿAin [sic]-i-Ākbari [sic] … Vol. iii … Translated … by Colonel H. S. Jarrett … revised and further annotated by Sir Jadu-Nath Sarkar, Calcutta 1948 (Bibliotheca Indica). Vol. ii, the first of Jarrett’s two volumes, seems to have been omitted from this re-edition. Blochmann’s volume contains the first two of the five daftars, “vol. iii” contains the last two.

No. 709 (2), antepenult. par. Maulawī M. Najaf ʿAlī K̲h̲ān Jhajjarī al-muk̲h̲āṭab bah Tāj al-ʿulamāʾ, son of a Qāḍī of Jhajjar (i.e., according to M. Idrīs, the place of that name near Rohtak) was in the service of M. ʿAlī K̲h̲ān, Nawwāb of Ṭōnk, from whom in 1295/1878 he received instructions to write commentaries in Arabic, Persian and Urdu on each of the three poems, Bānat Suʿād, Qaṣīdah i Burdah and Qaṣīdah i Amālī. Among his many works in Arabic, Persian and Urdu were Takmilah i Ṣaulat i Fārūqī (cf. pl. no. 786, 2nd par.) in 50,000 verses and commentaries on the Maqāmāt of Ḥarīrī (in words consisting entirely of undotted letters), the Dīwān of Mutanabbī, the Ḥamāsah and the Dasātīr. See Raḥmān ʿAlī p. 236, M. Idrīs p. 91. Both of these authors, the latter of whom completed the Taṭyīb al-ik̲h̲wān in 1313/1895, speak of Najaf ʿAlī K̲h̲ān as still alive.

No. 709 (2), antepenult. par. Jhajar seems to be an obsolete English spelling for Jhajjar.

No. 709 (2), last par. [Abū ’l-Faḍl.] Autobiography also in Mukātabāt i ʿAllāmī, daftar 3 (according to Bombay Univ. p. 282).

¶ No. 711, 2nd par. According to the printed text of the Maʾāt̲h̲ir i Raḥīmī (vol. iii p. 1698 penult.) the date of collation was 1026. The note relating to this is followed by another dated 1031.

No. 711, last par. Read Āqā Bābā.

No. 712, 3rd par. B. W. Chapman [Rieu iii 980a, 1. 2] seems to be a mistake for R[obert] B[arclay] Chapman (see Rieu iii, preface p. xxiv).

No. 713, 2nd line. S. Amīr Ḥaidar “Amīr” b. S. Nūr al-Ḥusain b. Mīr G̲h̲ulām-ʿAlī “Āzād” Bilgrāmī was born in 1165/ 1751–2 and was only three years old when his father was accidentally drowned. Educated first at Bilgrām by his relative S. M. “S̲h̲āʿir” Bilgrāmī (for whom see no. 952 supra) and after his death [in 1185/1772] by his grandfather G̲h̲ulām-ʿAlī “Āzād” (for whom see no. 1162 supra) at Aurangābād, he returned to Bilgrām after the latter’s death [in 1200/1786] and was subsequently appointed Muftī to the ʿAdālat i Kull, or Supreme Court, in the Presidency of Bengal. On p. 4 of his Persian moonshee (London 1801) Gladwin expresses acknowledgments to “Mowlawy Ameer Hyder, Mufty to the Sudder Nizamut and Dewanny Adawlats” [i.e. the Supreme Courts of Criminal and Civil Justice].

No. 713, last par. [S. Amīr Ḥaidar Bilgrāmī.] Also Miʿrāj al-k̲h̲ayāl; K̲h̲āzin al-s̲h̲uʿarāʾ fol. 45b (where the biography in Walī Allāh’s Tārīk̲h̲ i Farruk̲h̲ābād is summarized); Ṣubḥ i guls̲h̲an p. 39; Maqbūl Aḥmad Ḥayāt i Jalīl (cf. no. 952, footnote supra) ii p. 174 note 132.

No. 714, 2nd par. [Nāfiʿ al-ṭālibīn.] Also Ivanow Curzon 135 (ad 1797–8).

No. 717, 3rd par. 1st sentence. Read the first two rarer).

No. 717, 3rd par., mss. [Iqbāl-nāmah i Jahāngīrī.] For a discussion of the pictures in the Philadelphia ms. see an article entitled Late Mughul illustrations to the Iqbāl-Nāmah by M. A. Simsar and W. Norman Brown in jaos. 58/2 (June 1938).

No. 717, footnote 626. This note should be deleted.

No. 717, 3rd par., mss, ʿAlīgaṛh. Read p. 60 no. 21 (vol. ii).

No. 717, 3rd par., mss, antepenult. Read p. 52), Madrās i 278–80.

¶ No. 717, 3rd par., mss. [Iqbāl-nāmah i Jahāngīrī.] Also Brelvi and Dhabhar p. xiii (ah 1137/1724–5. Wrongly described in the catalogue as the Maʾāt̲h̲ir i Jahāngīrī), Rehatsek p. 76 no. 12.

No. 718, 2nd par., mss. [Maʾāt̲h̲ir i Jahāngīrī.] Brelvi and Dhabhar p. xiii and Rehatsek p. 76 no 12 should be deleted. These are evidently copies of the Iqbāl-nāmah (as is shown by the opening words quoted in the former catalogue).

No. 723, 1st par., 6th line from foot. Read Young)].

No. 725, last par. Read Tad̲h̲kirah i Ṭāhir i Naṣrābādī p. 227.

No. 727, 2nd par., mss. [Ẓafar-nāmah i S̲h̲āh-Jahānī.] Also Leningrad Univ. 1063a (ah 1082? Romaskewicz p. 11).

No. 727, last par., 2nd line. Read ʿAmal i Ṣāliḥ iii pp. 397–401.

No. 727, last. par., 6th line. Read Wāqiʿāt i Kas̲h̲mīr p. 150.

No. 730, 3rd par., mss. [C̲h̲ār c̲h̲aman i Barahman.] Read Madrās i 315 and 336a (both Qawāʿid al-salṭanat i S̲h̲āh-Jahān). Also Madrās i 306 (C̲h̲ār c̲h̲aman. ah 1134/ 1721–2), Ellis Coll. M. 79 (C̲h̲. c̲h̲.. Early 19th cent.), 80 (ah 1241/1826), Rehatsek p. 66 no. 17 (apparently C̲h̲. c̲h̲.), presumably also Lahore Panjāb Univ. (Q. al-s. i S̲h̲-J. ah 1249–50/1834. See ocm. vii/4 (Aug. 1931) p. 69).

No. 730, 4th par., mss. [Guldastah i C̲h̲ār c̲h̲aman.] Also Blochet iv 2328 (early 18th cent.).

No. 730, last par. Read ʿAmal i Ṣāliḥ iii pp. 434–5, 443.

No. 730, last par. [“Barahman”.] Also S̲h̲amʿ i anjuman p. 92.

No. 731, last par. [“Kalīm.”] Read ʿAmal i Ṣāliḥ iii pp. 402–4; Tad̲h̲kirah i Ṭāhir i Naṣrābādī (Sprenger p. 90; Ṭihrān ed. pp. 220–3).

No. 732, 1st par. Read Īzadī.

No. 734, last line. Read Rieu i 260, iii 934b.

¶ No. 738 (1), 1st par. mss. [ʿAmal i Ṣāliḥ.] Possibly also Eton 190 (see addendum to no. 755 (4).).

No. 738 (1), 2nd par. Read 1912–39°*.

No. 741 (2), end. Insert:

(3)

Iqbāl-nāmah i D̲h̲ū ’l-Faqār-K̲h̲ānī, an account of Nawwāb D̲h̲ū ’l-Faqār K̲h̲ān’s expedition against Maʿṣūm K̲h̲ān, composed in 1068/1657–8 “during the reign of Aurangzeb” at the request of Mirzā M. Ṭāhir: Calcutta Madrasah 182 (2) (ah 1069/1658–9).

No. 742, end. [Tārīk̲h̲ i S̲h̲āh-S̲h̲ujāʿī.] For some remarks on this history see J. Sarkar History of Aurangzib ii p. 303.

No. 743, 5th par. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Ās̲h̲ām.] The date is given (incorrectly) by Edwards as 1264 [1847] and by Arberry more correctly as 1265/1848–9. The year occurs both on the title-page and in the colophon. In the latter place the day of the month, 1 Rajab, is added. Consequently the correct date is 1265/ 1849°*.

No. 745, 2nd par., mss. [ʿĀlamgīr-nāmah.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 268 (18th cent.).

No. 745, 2nd par., mss. Read Madrās i 311 (ah 1133/1720), 312, 313.

No. 748, 3rd par., end. [Futūḥāt i ʿĀlamgīrī.] Cf. also Sarkar History of Aurangzib ii p. 305.

No. 750, penult. par., end. [Dilgus̲h̲ā.] Cf. also Sarkar History of Aurangzib ii p. 304.

No. 751, 3rd par., penult. Read [1873?°],

No. 751, 4th par., end. Niʿmat K̲h̲ān’s tafsīr, the Niʿmat i ʿuẓmā, has been mentioned in no. 32 supra.

No. 751 (1), 1st par., 1st line. Read jihād i Ḥaidarābād.

No. 751 (1), 1st par., mss. Read Madrās i 273–4.

No. 751 (2), 1st par., mss. [Jang-nāmah.] Also Lahore Panjāb Univ. Lib. (ah 1256/1840. See ocm. vii/3 (May 1931) p. 62).

¶ No. 752, 2nd par., mss., Eton 189. ah 1180 is an “owner’s date”.

No. 752, 3rd par., end. Insert:

English translation: Maāsir-i-ʿĀlamgiri … of Sāqi Mustʿad [sic] Khan. Translated … and annotated by Sir Jadunath Sarkar…. Calcutta 1947 (Bibliotheca Indica).

No. 752, last par., 2nd line. Read 936b, 1083b.

No. 753, 1st par., end. For the meaning of Maʿmūrī see Maʾāt̲h̲ir al-umarāʾ iii p. 376, where it is stated that Muẓaffar K̲h̲ān Mīr ʿAbd al-Razzāq Maʿmūrī was by descent a Saiyid of Maʿmūrābād “kih mauḍiʿī-st az Najaf i As̲h̲raf ”.

No. 754, 3rd par., end description, before mss. [Aḥkām i ʿĀlamgīrī.] “The volume contains not fully written out letters but only a precis of the points which the Emperor dictated to his secretary for inclusion in the letters. But they are not so brief and obscure as the contents of 31 [i.e. the Kalimāt i ṭaiyibāt]. The persons addressed are usually named. The contents refer to the last decade of Aurangzib’s reign. I have used the Rampur State Library ms., a fine copy which must have belonged to the Delhi Palace Library, and collated it with the Khuda Bakhsh ms., a neatly written copy of the 18th century. No other ms. of it is known to exist.” (Jadunath Sarkar History of Aurangzib ii (Calcutta 1912) p. 310.)

No. 755 (2), end. For the Aurang-nāmah (composed in 1072/1661–2) see a description entitled An unpublished contemporary history of Aurangzeb’s accession in verse by M. Abdulla Chughtai in Islamic culture vi/1 (Jan. 1932) pp. 157–60, where the date of the Āṣafīyah ms. is given as 1116/1704.

No. 755 (4). Margoliouth writes Gulshān. The date of composition (1070) suggests that this is a ms. of the ʿAmal i Ṣāliḥ (see no. 738 (1) supra).

No. 755 (4), footnote, 1st line. For his read the.

No. 758 (2), ult. Read Browne Suppt. 189 (n.d. King’s 47).

No. 760, 5th par., 2nd line, bracketed text. Read Ḥaidarābād.

No. 761, 1st par., 2nd half, [ah 1227 apparently]. Read [ah 1127 apparently].

¶ No. 769, 2nd par., 2nd line. Read death, to.

No. 770 (1). Read 19 June 1707.

No. 777, 1st par. For infra read supra.

No. 778, footnote 691, penult. “Some 200 Sanskrit and Zend mss.” (Buckland.) The Fraser mss. in the Bodleian include a considerable number in Persian (see Ethé’s Catalogue of the Persian … manuscripts in the Bodleian Library, Pt. II, coll. 1373–6).

No. 779 (1), mss. [Mirʾāt i wāridāt.] Read Rieu i 275b (Ṭabaqah i. Late 18th cent.).

No. 780, 1st line. [Ānand Rām.] Ānanda, with a long ā in the first syllable, is the Sanskrit form, but in Hindī the first syllable can be shortened and this shortened form seems to be used by most Indian writers in speaking of “Muk̲h̲liṣ”.

No. 780, 2nd par. (4). Delete i.o. d.p. 491 (e).

No. 780, 2nd par. (8), end. Insert:

(8a)

Rāḥat al-afrās, on farriery (mss.: Lindesiana p. 113, Rāmpūr (Nad̲h̲īr Aḥmad 260)).

No. 780 (9) and (10). Read:

(9)

Badāʾiʿ i waqāʾiʿ, memoirs of the author’s life and of contemporary events in northern India, written at different dates⁵⁹ and incorporating three or four sections ((1) the account of Nādir S̲h̲āh’s invasion⁶⁰ (beg. Wāqiʿah īst nādir) = foll. 114b–169b in the Panjāb Univ. ms., (2) Aḥwāl i sīzdah-rūzah safar i Gaṛh Muktēsar [in D̲h̲ū ’l-Qaʿdah 1156⁶¹] = foll. 180a–192b in the ¶ Panjāb Univ. ms., (3) Aḥwāl i safar i Bingaṛh⁶² [in Muḥ.-Jum. i 1158⁶³] = foll. 193a–229 in the Panjāb Univ. ms.) and (4) Nusk̲h̲ah i sawāniḥ i aḥwāl, on events in the Panjāb from Jumādā ii 1158/ July 1745 to Jumādā ii 1161/June 1748 = foll. 229b 243a in the Panjāb Univ. ms.), which may have originated as separate tracts: Lahore Panjāb Univ. (286 foil., beginning with events of 1145 and ending with 1161, the only complete copy hitherto recorded. See M. S̲h̲afīʿ’s detailed description mentioned below), Rāmpūr (= Nad̲h̲īr Aḥmad 61, beg. Aḥwāl i mutawajjih s̲h̲udan i … M. S̲h̲āh, … samt i Gad̤h Muktēsar … Bīst u sīwum i Muḥarram al-Ḥarām sāl i 1158. ah 1158/1745, autograph), ʿAlīgaṛh Muslim Univ. Ak̲h̲. 112 (71 foll., containing only the account of Nādir S̲h̲āh’s invasion, the Nusk̲h̲ah i sawāhiḥ i aḥwāl, and the Aḥwāl i sīzdah-rūzah i safar i Gad̤h Muktēsar. See M. S̲h̲afī’s article p. 89), Delhi K.B.Ẓafar Ḥasan’s private library (complete? See Aẓhar ʿAlī’s edition p. 41⁸), Ethé 2724 (the journey to Muktēsar in 1156 only. 16 foil. Description on fol. 1a: Waqāʾiʿ i sair i Gangā).

Edition of the account of the march to Bingaṛh: Safar-nāmah i Muk̲h̲liṣ … ba-taṣḥīḥ u taḥs̲h̲iyah i … Saiyid Aẓhar ʿAlī, Rāmpūr 1946 (Silsilah i maṭbūʿāt i Kitāb-k̲h̲ānah i Riyāsat i Rāmpūr, no. 7. Persian text (108 pp.) with Urdu introduction (140 pp.), notes and indexes).

Description of the work with a full list of the headings and an edition of the Nusk̲h̲ah i sawāniḥ i aḥwāl: Iqtibās az Badāʾiʿ i waqāʾiʿ, by M. S̲h̲afīʿ (in ocm. xviii/1 (Nov. 1941) pp. 89–124).

Description of a portion of the work (from a ms. belonging to Nawwāb Ḍiyāʾ al-Dīn K̲h̲ān of Lōhārū) with 22 pp. of translated extracts: Elliot and Dowson History of India viii 76–98.

English translation of the account of the pilgrimage to Muktēsar: see no. 780 (10), 2nd par..

No. 780, last par. [Anand Rām “Muk̲h̲liṣ.”] Also Majmūʿah i nag̲h̲z ii p. 176; S. Aẓhar ʿAlī’s introduction to the Safar-nāmah pp. 7–39.

No. 786 (5) (Sawāniḥ i aḥwāl i Ās̲h̲ōb) and (6) (Tārīk̲h̲ i s̲h̲ahādat i Farruk̲h̲-siyar …) are of course in prose and should not have been included in a list of poetical works by “Ās̲h̲ōb”.

¶ No. 791, 1st line. Fars̲h̲ūrī, or rather, it would seem, Fars̲h̲aurī (or Firs̲h̲aurī?) i.e. connected with Peshawar. Cf. Ṭabaqāt i Akbarī i p. 37³ (Pas̲h̲āwar kih dar kutub i salaf bah Bikrām u prswr u frshwr mas̲h̲hūr ast); “ʿIṣāmī” Futūḥ al-salāṭīn p. 410, l. 7863: S̲h̲unīdam kih k̲h̲wad ham ba-Lāhaur mānd Sarān i sipah rā ba-frshwr rānd (cf. ll. 7866, 7870); ʿAbd al-Ḥaiy Lak’hnawī Nuzhat al-k̲h̲awāṭir (in Arabic) p. 146¹³ (M. b. M. al-Junaidī … al-frshwrī … wulida bi-madīnat Pas̲h̲āwar); Yule and Burnell Hobson Jobson under Peshawar. Yāqūt spells the name Fars̲h̲ābūr.

No. 795, 1st par. S̲h̲ākir K̲h̲ān was born at Pānīpat in 1128/1716 according to his own statement in his encyclopedia Ḥadīqah i ḥādiq i ganjīnah i Ṣādiq (Ethé 2228, Bānkīpūr Suppt. ii 2022).

No. 798 (1). For James Browne (not Brown) see no. 844 infra.

No. 798 (2), antepenult. Read Kōl, and.

No. 799, end. According to “Rangīn’s” Persian preface to his Dīwān i rék̲h̲tah (Blumhardt Catalogue of Hindustani manuscripts in the … India Office, no. 185) Ṭahmās Bēg K̲h̲ān reached India at the age of seven with Nādir S̲h̲āh’s invading army. He eventually became a haft-hazārī.

No. 800, 1st par. The words “who created him a K̲h̲ān” should be deleted. It was Tīmūr S̲h̲āh who raised him to the rank of K̲h̲ān, changing his original name of Tīmūr to Ṭahmās K̲h̲ān.

No. 802, 2nd footnote. Tawallud: so in the printed texts. Perhaps maulid should be read. Read dār al-k̲h̲ilāfah i.

No. 808, 1st par., (2). [“Aẓfarī.”] For the Persian translation of the Maḥbūb al-qulūb see an article entitled ʿAlī-S̲h̲ēr kī ēk kitāb kā qalamī nusk̲h̲ah yaʿnī Marg̲h̲ūb al-fu’ād tarjamah i Maḥbūb al-qulūb [in the Panjāb Univ. Lib.], by S. M. ʿAbd Allāh in ocm. xi/4 (Aug. 1935) pp. 41–8.

No. 808, 1st par., end.[“Aẓfarī.”] For his Mīzān i Turkī, a Turkī grammar, see Madrās i 459 (ah 1209/1794–5, autograph).

No. 808, 2nd par., end. [Wāqiʿāt i Aẓfarī.] Read Madrās i 450 (ah 1243/ 1828), 451.

¶ No. 808, last par. [“Aẓfarī.”] Also ocm. xi/4 (Aug. 1935) pp. 41–8 (in the article referred to above).

No. 809, 2nd par., mss. [S̲h̲āh-ʿĀlam-nāmah.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 293 (slightly defective at end).

No. 814, 1st par. Faḍl i ʿAẓīm “ʿAẓīm” K̲h̲airābādī was a son of Maulawī Faḍl i Imām K̲h̲airābādī (for whom see Raḥmān ʿAlī p. 162) and an elder brother of the well known scholar Faḍl i Ḥaqq K̲h̲airābādī (for whom see Raḥmān ʿAlī p. 164, Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 854). The brief and dateless notices of him given in the S̲h̲amʿ i anjuman (p. 328) and the Ṣubḥ i guls̲h̲an (p. 288) do not mention the titles of any of his works.

No. 816, 1st par. For “Farānsū” see an article entitled Urdū kā Jarman s̲h̲āʿir “Farānsū” aur us kī taṣnīfāt by S. M. ʿAbd Allāh in ocm. xx/3 (May 1944) pp. 3–30, where information is drawn from mss. (apparently not autographs⁶⁴) of “Farānsū’s” works in the Panjāb University Library. His name as given by himself (but not without some later corruption) is Farānsū kwyn⁶⁵ walad i Jān⁶⁶ Kārlīw⁶⁷ kwyn (Masarrat-afzā, preface, and Guldastah i ḥusn u ʿis̲h̲q, preface, ocm. xx/3 p. 5, 1. 4 from foot, and p. 20¹¹), Farānsū kwyn … nām i wālid Jān Kādlīb⁶⁸ kwyn (Mirʾāt i ḥusn u ʿis̲h̲q, colophon, ocm. xx/3 p. 5⁸) Farāsū Gād̤līb kwyn (Gulbun i tamannā, preface, ocm. xx/3 p. 22 penult.). In “S̲h̲ōr’s” Waqāʾiʿ i G̲h̲adr it is stated that Misṭar Farānsis کوئنس [Kō’ins?] died suddenly of old age in July 1861 (ocm. xx/3 p. 7 ult., quoting from an article on “Farānsū” by Pyārē Lāl “S̲h̲ākir” Mīraṭ’hī in the sāl-nāmah of the Adabī dunyā (Lahore) for 1939). The correct form of the surname could probably be ascertained by examination of the Indian newspapers for July 1861. His father went to India from Poland at the age of sixteen or seventeen and married a Frenchwoman, to whom Farānsū kwyn was born at S̲h̲āhjahānābād on 15 March 1777 (Mirʾāt i ḥusn u ʿis̲h̲q, colophon, ocm. xx/3 p. 5). He became a Captain in the service of the Bēgam Samrū (for whom see no. 900 infra) and after her death (in 1836) went to Harc̲h̲andpūr, where he suffered grievously at the time of the Mutiny.

¶ No. 816, 2nd par., mss. [Fatḥ-nāmah i Angrēz.] A defective ms. beginning with the “capture of Benares” and ending with the title only of the section “Return of the government to Calcutta” is in the Phillipps collection (cf. ad no. 881, 2nd par., 5th line from foot infra). [G. M. Wickens, in a letter.]

No. 820, last par. For Nawwāb Amīr ʿAlī see also the C̲h̲ār dīwār of his son S. As̲h̲raf al-Dīn Aḥmad (Calcutta 1894*).

No. 823, 2nd par., 1st line. [C̲h̲ac̲h̲-nāmah.] According to C. N. Seddon (jras. 1941 p. 172) the title of the Arabic original was Minhāj al-dīn wa-’l-mulk.

No. 823, 3rd par., end. Insert:

Edition: Fatḥ-nāmah i Sind (C̲h̲ac̲h̲-nāmah) by ʿAlī ibn Ḥāmid … al-Kūfī. Edited by Dr. ʿUmar ibn Muḥammad Dāūdpōtā, Ḥaidarābād. Deccan, [Delhi printed] 1939 (Persian mss. Society Series, no. 3. For a review by C. N. Seddon see jras. 1941 pp. 171–2. The wording of the title-page may not be precisely as given above).

No. 824, 3rd par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Maʿṣūmī.] Also i.o. 4563 (2) (ah 1242/ 1826. See jras. 1939 p. 356).

No. 824, 4th par. For Sazzid read Sayyid.

No. 824, last par. [M. Maʿṣūm “Nāmī”.] Also Islamic culture ix/3 (July 1935) p. 417 (a notice from the D̲h̲ak̲h̲īrat al-k̲h̲awānīn translated by M. Abdulla Chughtai); ocm. xiii/4 (Aug. 1937) pp. 90–110 (the inscription on his tomb and some other inscriptions connected with him and his family in an article entitled Sind’h kē baʿḍ kitbē by M. S̲h̲afīʿ).

No. 825, 2nd par., mss. [Bēg-Lār-nāmah.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 185 (ah 1233/1817).

No. 828, 1st pat., ult. For Mount Maklī read Maklī hill.⁶⁹

No. 828 (1). [Tuḥfat al-kirām.] An autograph ms. (doubtless in private possession) was used by M. S̲h̲afīʿ for his article K̲h̲aṭṭāṭān i Sind (cf. no. 1436 infra) in ocm. xi/2 (Feb. 1938) pp. 131–4.

¶ No. 828 (1), mss. i.o. 4535 was formerly i.o. mss. Per. D. 4.

No. 828, (1), 2nd par., end.[Tuḥfat al-kirām.] Insert:

Extract relating to the calligraphists of Sind (= vol. iii p. 241 in the lithograph): ocm. xi/2 (Feb. 1935) pp. 131–4 (ed. M. S̲h̲afīʿ).

No. 835 (2), end. Insert:

(3)

Tārīk̲h̲ i Sind, an anonymous epitome to 1207/ 1792–3: i.o. 4563 (1) (ah 1242/1826. See jras. 1939 p. 356).

No. 840, last par., penult. Read p. 472.

No. 843, 1st par., ult. Read probably [? Hindie].

No. 846, last par. Read 294a); Amar.

No. 847, 2nd par., mss. [Aḥwāl i firqah i Sik’hān.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 224 (ah 1224/1809).

No. 856 (1), end. Insert:

Analysis: A notice of the ʿUmdatu ’t-tawarikh. By the late E. Rehatsek (in The Indian antiquary xxiii (1894) pp. 57–72).

No. 857, 2nd line. Jamūn: so Rieu (iii p. 955), but Jammūn in K̲h̲wājah ʿAbd al-Majīd’s Urdu dictionary Jāmiʿ al-lug̲h̲āt.

No. 860, 2nd par., footnote. For the Sit’hānah and Malkah campaign see also W. W. Hunter The Indian Musalmans, London, 1871, pp. 1–43 (cf. G. F. I. Graham Life and work of Syed Ahmed Khan, London 1885, pp. 228–9, etc.); The Punjaub and North-West Frontier of India. By an old Punjaubee, London 1878 pp. 47–61; R. R. Sethi Events leading to the Ambela Expedition, 1863 (in Bengal: past and present, 46/1 (July–Sept. 1930) pp. 14–22).

No. 870, last par.. [Rāja-taraṅgiṇī.] For S̲h̲āh-Muḥammad S̲h̲āhābādī’s translation see Āʾīn i Akbarī tr. Blochmann p. 106.

No. 874, 1st par., penult. [Ḥaidar Malik.] According to the Wāqiʿāt i Kas̲h̲mir, p. 125, the title given to Ḥaidar Malik was Raʾīs al-Mulk i C̲h̲ag̲h̲atāʾī.

¶ No. 877, 2nd par., mss. [Narāyan Kaul’s Tārīk̲h̲ i Kas̲h̲mīr.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 299 (“with the continuation of Pandit Bīrbal.” ah 1267/1851), M. 298 (with the continuation to 1262/ 1846).

No. 880, last par. [M. Aʿẓam.] Also Ḥadāʾiq al-Ḥanafīyah p. 450.

No. 881, 2nd par., 5th line from foot.[Gauhar i ʿālam.] An undated ms. (367 foll., 8¼ × 6½ in., 15 or 16 ll.) formerly in the collection of Sir Thomas Phillipps (1792–1872) and now in another private collection contains both the sixth ṭabaqah and the k̲h̲ātimah (marvels, etc., to the number of forty-five) and brings the history down to 1191/1777. [G. M. Wickens, in a letter.]

No. 882, 2nd par. Read Paklī instead of Paglē.

No. 883, 2nd par., mss. [Majmaʿ al-tawārīk̲h̲.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 317 (Majmūʿat [so, fol. 7] al-tawārīk̲h̲. Samwat 1927/1870), M. 316 (19th cent.). See also the addendum to no. 877, 2nd par., mss.

No. 886 (1), 1st par., end. [Gulzār i Kas̲h̲mīr.] ms.: Ellis Coll. M. 225 (mid 19th cent.).

No. 887 (5), end. Insert:

(5a)

Mūjaz al-tawārīk̲h̲, a sketch of the history of Kas̲h̲mīr in tabular form, by M. Saif al-Dīn Kas̲h̲mīrī: Amritsar (K̲h̲ādim i Panjāb Press) 1324/1907* (Tārīk̲h̲ i jadwalī i Kas̲h̲mīr mausūm bah M. al-t. 28 pp.).

No. 890, 2nd par. Read 1825.

No. 893, end.Insert:

893a. Pandit S̲h̲ankar Nāt’h “Nādir” (ad 1826).

Jangnāmah i Bharatpūr, or Nuṣrat u Ẓafar, an account of Durjan Sāl’s deposition: Lahore Panjāb Univ. (ah 1260/1841. See ocm. vii/4 p. 68).

No. 895, 1st line. For Francis Gottlieb “Farānsū” see the addenda to no. 816, 1st par. supra.

No. 909, line above.[The Rohillas.] According to M. Longworth Dames’s article on Ḥāfiẓ Raḥmat K̲h̲ān in the Ency. Isl. “the name Rohilla (properly Rōhēlā) ¶ or Highlander” is an Eastern Pand̲j̲ābī adjective from rōh “a hilly country”. In K̲h̲wājah ʿAbd al-Majīd’s Urdu dictionary Jāmiʿ al-lug̲h̲āt (iii p. 248) the word is spelt Rōhīlā with ī not ē and with a short first syllable. Presumably that is the correct pronunciation in Urdu.

No. 909, first line. G̲h̲ulām-Muḥyī ’l-Dīn⁷⁰ S. ʿAbd al-Laṭīf is the author of three mystical works, (1) Laṭāʾif i Laṭīfī, (2) Risālah i taufīq and (3) Miftāḥ al-asrār, which are preserved in an India Office ms. (i.o. 4570. See jras. 1939 p. 360). For another work of his, Dār al-k̲h̲uld, a collection of letters mainly on Ṣūfī subjects, see Ivanow 415. He died in 1194/1780 (see Guldastah i Karnātak (Ivanow 1st Suppt. p. 8): Ṣubḥ i waṭan 76).

No. 910, 1st par. Nūr al-Dīn Ḥusain was at one time an officer in the household of ʿImād al-Mulk G̲h̲āzī al-Dīn K̲h̲ān (for whom see no. 1372 supra) and later became Muns̲h̲ī and trusted diplomatic agent to Sir Charles Malet, the British Resident at Poona [Jadunath Sarkar in Islamic culture x/4 (Oct. 1936) p. 648].

No. 912, 2nd par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i faiḍ-bak̲h̲s̲h̲.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 294 (18th cent.).

No. 912, end. Insert:

912a. Bihārī Lāl Muns̲h̲ī.

Lives of (1) Najīb al-Daulah,⁷¹ (2) Ḍābiṭah K̲h̲ān,⁷² (3) ʿAlī Muḥammad K̲h̲ān, Ḥāfiẓ Raḥmat K̲h̲ān,⁷³ Dūṅdē K̲h̲ān⁷⁴ and other Rohillas, written in 1787 at Camp Fatḥgaṛh for Captain “Ustar”:⁷⁵ ms. discovered (at some place unspecified) by Jadunath Sarkar.

Translation of the first section: Najib-ud-daulah, Ruhela chief. A unique Persian manuscript. [Translated in part by] Jadunath Sarkar (in Islamic culture x/4 (Oct. 1936) pp. 648–58).

¶ No. 915 (1), mss. [Durr i manẓūm.] Also Princeton 59 (but this ms. of 15 foll. is apparently a fragment from the beginning of the poem, since it is described as “a poetical description of the nocturnal journey of the Prophet and of his personal appearance”).

No. 919, 3rd par. Read 1899°*.

No. 922, end. Insert:

922a. Another account of C̲h̲ait Sing’h’s rebellion is contained in Sanbhau Lāl’s Miftāḥ i k̲h̲azāʾin (a chronogram=1197/ 1783. See Rieu iii 1016b, 1026a, 1056b).

No. 923, 2nd par., mss. [Tuḥfah i tāzah.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 221 (ah 1238/1821).

No. 930, end. Insert:

930a. For the Waqāʾiʿ i S̲h̲ujāʿī see no. 801, 2nd par. supra.

No 938, 3rd par., mss. [ʿImād al-saʿādat.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 126 (19th cent.).

No. 940, 1st par. (2). An edition of the Ṣubḥ i ṣādiq was lithographed at Meerut in 1292/1875* (26 pp.). Sprenger’s description of this work as an autobiography is incorrect, since it is a string of reflections in ornate prose and verse on the trials of human life and the wickedness of contemporary humanity.

No. 940, last par. [Ṣādiq K̲h̲ān “Ak̲h̲tar”.] Also Garcin de Tassy i p. 184 (where his father’s name is given as Qāḍī M. Laʿl and where he is said to have been still alive in 1854); Miʿrāj al-k̲h̲ayāl (Ivanow Curzon p. 67); K̲h̲āzin al-s̲h̲uʿarāʾ fol. 46a, l. 4; R. B. Saksēna History of Urdu literature p. 122 (where it is stated that, having lost the favour of Wājid ʿAlī S̲h̲āh, he left Lucknow and became a Taḥṣīldār at Etawah, where he died in 1858); T. Grahame Bailey History of Urdu literature p. 67.

No. 941, 1st par. John Doeswell Shakespeare: so Rieu, but J. Dowdeswell Shakespear is correct (cf. W. W. Hunter The Thackerays in India p. 147).

No. 941, 1st par. ʿAbd al-Aḥad “Rābiṭ” b. M. Fāʾiq, a resident of Amēṭ’hī, was a “Sarishtedar” in the office of the British Resident at Lucknow and died at Ameṭ’hī in 1268/1851–2 (see M. Taqī Aḥmad’s translation, p. l n., where no authority is mentioned). p.s. See Nigāristān i suk̲h̲an p. 28.

¶ No. 941, end. [Waqāʾiʿ i dil-pad̲h̲īr.] Insert:

Translation: Tarikh Badshah Begam (a Persian manuscript on the history of Oudh) translated by Muhammad Taqi Ahmad [from a ms. formerly in the possession of “the late Maharajah of Balrampur”]. Allahabad 1938 (cf. jras. 1939 p. 351).

No. 942, 2nd par., mss. Read iii 1052b (extracts only), 1053b (extracts only. Circ. ad 1850).

No. 946, 1st par., 1st date. For ah 1197/1782–3 read on 23 Muḥarram 1197/ 29 December 1782 (see ocm. iii/3 (May 1927) p. 49).

No. 946, last par. [Ratan Sing’h “Zak̲h̲mī”.] Also Ṣubḥ i guls̲h̲an p. 189, where the date of his death is given as 1267 [1850–1].

No. 952, 1st par., footnote. [ʿAbd al-Jalīl Bilgrāmī.] Also Safīnah i K̲h̲wus̲h̲gū (Bānkīpūr viii p. 97); K̲h̲ulāṣat al-kalām (Bkp. viii p. 143).

No. 952, last par. [M. b. ʿAbd al-Jalīl Bilgrāmī]. Also K̲h̲izānah i ʿāmirah pp. 284–6.

No. 952, last par., ult. Read 1929, ii pp. 159–63.

No. 953, 2nd par. For village read small town.

No. 955, last par. [Bahāristān i G̲h̲aibī.] Read Gauhati 1936 (see jras. 1937 p. 581 and Sir R. Burn’s review in jras. 1941 pp. 70–2).

No. 960, 2nd par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i Mahābat-Jang.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 429 (ah 1185/1772).

No. 975, 2nd par., end. [Ṭabaqāt i Muḥsinīyah. Read 57 foll.): Calcutta 1889*.

No. 975, 2nd par., footnote. There was a portrait of Ḥājjī M. Muḥsin in Room 195 at the India Office and a reproduction of it in Bengal: past and present, v p. 159.

No. 976 (4). For Munnī (not Manī) Bēgam see Amīr-nāmah p. 32 and Beale’s Oriental biograṕhical dictionary p. 280.

No. 982, 3rd par., end. Insert:

¶ Urdu translation: Tarikh-i-Gujrat. By Abu Turab Vali. Translated … into Urdu, with introduction, by Shabeah [sic?] Ahmad. Allahabad 1945 (see Probsthain’s Orientalia nova i (1944–6) no. 614 and Luzac’s OL. 1945 p. 58, in which latter place the language of the translation is not specified).

No. 983, 1st line. Read Sikandar ibn M. Manjhū.

No. 984, 2nd par., 2nd line. Read Aḥmadābād i Gujrāt.

No. 990, 1st line.[S̲h̲āh-Jahān Bēgam.] Read “S̲h̲īrīn”, afterwards “Tājwar”. See Ḥayāt i S̲h̲āh-Jahānī, tr. Ghosal, p. 241.

In her Persian poetry, however, she seems to have called herself “S̲h̲āh i Jahān”, which is given as her tak̲h̲alluṣ in the S̲h̲amʿ i anjuman, the Nigāristān i suk̲h̲an and the Ṣubḥ i guls̲h̲an.

No. 990, 2nd par. For these and other works see Ḥayāt i S̲h̲āh-Jahānī, tr. Ghosal, pp. 241–6.

No. 990, last par. [S̲h̲āh-Jahān Bēgam.] Also Nigāristān i suk̲h̲an pp. 45–7; Ṣubḥ i guls̲h̲an pp. 217–20; Hayat-i-Shahjehani, life of … Nawab Shahjehan Begum …, by Her Highness Nawab Sultan Jehan Begum … Translated by B. Ghosal. Bombay 1926.

No. 994, 1st line. Read Ḥiṣārī.

No. 1001, 2nd par. Read Wāqiʿah i Jhōjhār Sing’h.

No. 1006 (4), end. Insert:

(4a)

Tūdah i ṭūfān i Mac̲h̲hlī-bandar, an account of an inundation at Masulipatam (cf. no. (1) above) in 1281/ 1864–5, by Qādir Muḥyī ’l-Dīn: Āṣafīyah iii p. 100.

No. 1007, last par., end. [ʿAlī b. ʿAzīz Allāh Ṭabāṭabā.] Insert:

[Haft iqlīm no. 1147?]

No. 1009, 3rd par., end. [Fatḥ-nāmah i S̲h̲ōlāpūr.]

Edition: Conquest of Sholāpūr by Burhān Niẓām Shāh I (914–961 a.h., 1508–1553) as described by Shāh Ṭāhir. By M. Hidayat Hosain (in jrasb., Letters, v/l (1939) pp. 133–53).

¶ No. 1009, last par. [S̲h̲āh Ṭāhir Dak’hanī.] Also Haft iqlīm no. 1305; K̲h̲azīnah i ganj i Ilāhī (Sprenger p. 80²⁰); Hamīs̲h̲ah bahār (Sprenger p. 125); Safīnah i K̲h̲wus̲h̲gū no. 70; K̲h̲ulāṣat al-afkār no. 162; Mak̲h̲zan al-g̲h̲arāʾib no. 1453 (?); article by Hidayat Hosain in the Denison Ross Festschrift.

No. 1011, 1st par. The Jāmiʿ al-ʿulūm was completed on 14 Muḥarram 1173/8 Sept. 1759 according to Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 628.

No. 1015, 2nd par., mss. [Futūḥāt i ʿĀdil-S̲h̲āhī.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 119 (17th cent.).

No. 1015, last par. [“Fuzūnī”.] Also Ṣubḥ i guls̲h̲an p. 317.

No. 1015, end. Insert:

1015a. M. Ẓuhūr ibn Maulawī Ẓuhūrī was presumably a son of the poet “Ẓuhūrī” Turs̲h̲īzī (who died in 1025/1616 or thereabouts: see Browne Lit. Hist, iv p. 253; Ency. Isl. under Ẓuhūrī (Huart); Bānkīpūr cat. iii pp. 32–4; etc.).

Muḥammad-nāmah, on the reign of Muḥammad ʿĀdil-S̲h̲āh: Ellis Coll. M. 282 (ah 1183/1769–70), Kapurthala 31 (24 year of S̲h̲āh-ʿĀlam (ah 1196–7). See ocm. iii/4 (Aug. 1927) p. 15).

No. 1016, 2nd par. “The University Library of Belfast possesses an incomplete history of Bījāpūr (especially of the Khāqān-i Sikandar-iqbāl = Muḥammad, 1035–70/1626–60?), beginning: sh̲ukr-va-sipās-va sitāyish̲-i bī-qiyās ḥaḍrat-i pādsh̲āh-i ʿalal-iṭlāq. It must be identical with Abul-Qāsim’s Guldasta-yi gulsh̲an-i rāz, Browne Coll. H. 17 (13) which begins ḥamd- va-sipās-i bi-qiyās” [Minorsky, bsos. x/2 (1940) p. 540]. This identification seems improbable, since the opening words of the Guldastah i guls̲h̲an i rāz (?) (this title comes merely from a fly-leaf) are Ḥ. u sp. i bī-qiyās mar d̲h̲āt i mustajmaʿ i jamīʿ i ṣifāt i kamāl.

No. 1017, 2nd par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i ʿAlī ʿĀdil-S̲h̲āh.] Also Madrās i 213 (a) (Tārīk̲h̲ i ʿĀdil-S̲h̲āh, by Nūr Allāh …, described as a history of Ibrāhīm ʿĀdil-S̲h̲āh, presumably therefore the earlier part (84 pp. only) of the T. i ʿA. ʿĀ.-S̲h̲.).

No. 1028, 2nd par., mss. [Tārīk̲h̲ i futūḥāt i Āṣafī.] Probably also Madrās i 127 (Mat̲h̲nawī i Futūḥāt i Āsafī. “Author, Asafi.” Beg. Ba-nām i S̲h̲ahans̲h̲āh i mulk i baqā).

¶ No. 1034, 1st line. [Mīr-ʿĀlam.] For this form of title cf. Mīrzā-yi ʿālamiyān Mīrzā M. S̲h̲afīʿ (ʿĀlam-ārāy i ʿAbbāsī p. 568⁹).

No. 1034 (1), 1st par., footnote, 4th line from foot. For be read he.

No. 1034 (1), 2nd par. Read 1266/1850°*.

No. 1034, last par. [Mīr-ʿĀlam.] Also A memoir of Sir Salar Jang, G.C.S.I., by Syed Hossain Bilgrami, Bombay 1883, pp. 9–12.

No. 1034, last par., last line. Read Ḥaidarābād 1930 (see jras. 1933 pp. 194–6).

No. 1038, 1st par. For C̲h̲andū Lāl no. 1475 infra.

No. 1042, 2nd par., end. [Gulzār i Āṣafīyah.] For an autograph ms. in the private library of Maulawī ʿUmar Yāfiʿī [presumably at Ḥaidarābād] see Islamic culture xxii/4 (Oct. 1948) p. 400.

No. 1042, 2nd par., footnote. On p. 111 the 2nd of Muḥarram 1260 is called al-ān.

No. 1043, 2nd par. (5). For the Bayāḍ i dil-gus̲h̲ā, incorrectly described here (on the authority of Steingass’s card-catalogue) as an anthology, see no. 1389, 2nd par. infra.

No. 1043, last par. [Naṣr Allāh K̲h̲ān.] Also Guls̲h̲an i hamīs̲h̲ah- bahār pp. 92–4 (autobiography. Cf. no. 1219, 2nd par. infra); Ṣubḥ i guls̲h̲an p. 519.

No. 1045, 1st par. For the Nāʾiṭī tribe see nos. 1451 and 1452 infra and Maʾāt̲h̲ir al-umarāʾ iii p. 562 (Beveridge’s trans. i p. 164).

No. 1045, last par. [Nawwāb ʿAziz-Jang.] Also a short autobiography prefixed to the Kullīyāt i naẓm i Wilā (Ḥaidarābād 1328/ 1910*).

No. 1046 (2), end. Insert:

(2a)

Gazēṭīr i ḍilʿ i Ēlgandal, composed in 1289 Faṣlī [ah 1297/l880?] by Mānik-S̲h̲āh Bābūjī, formerly 2nd Taʿalluqdār of the Elgandal District: Āṣafīyah iii p. 102 (ah 1297/1880).

¶ No. 1046 (10). For the Tārīk̲h̲ i rāḥat-afzā see supra, addendum to no. 164, last par..

No. 1046 (11). [Waqāʾiʿ i s̲h̲ūris̲h̲ i Afg̲h̲ānīyah.] It is not clear whether the Ḥaidarābād referred to is Ḥaidarābād, Sind, or Ḥaidarābād, Deccan.

No. 1046 (11), end. Insert:

(12)

Waṣīyat-nāmah i Nawwāb Āṣaf-Fāh Bahādur: Bodleian 2020.

No. 1047, one line above: 12.40 The Marāṭ’hās

In spite of the preference of certain Orientalists for the form Marhaṭṭah (with a doubled ṭ) it appears doubtful whether this form is even permissible in Urdu and in the Persian of India. At any rate the usual Urdu pronunciation seems to be with a single ṭ. In ʿAbd al-Majīd’s Jāmiʿ al-lug̲h̲āt (an Urdu dictionary) Marhaṭā and Marhaṭah are given as the Urdu spellings and Marhaṭṭā as a Hindī spelling. Another pronunciation (the only one mentioned in the Farhang i Āṣafīyah) is Marahṭā or Marahṭah. Presumably therefore the spelling Marhaṭṭah should be corrected in nos. 1049 2nd par., 1054 2nd and 5th par., 1057 2nd par. and 1062 (1) and (2).

No. 1056, last par. Read G̲h̲ulām-Ṣamadānī.

No. 1056, last par., end. [Bisāṭ al-g̲h̲anāʾim.] Insert:

English translation by Colonel J. W. Watson: Ethé ii 3018 marg.

No. 1062 (1). [Aḥwāl i Bhā’ō Marhaṭah.] For Circ. ad 1808 (?) read 2 copies, one dated 1197/1783.

No. 1062 (3), mss..[Aḥwāl i ḥasab u nasab i Janūbiyān.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 47.

No. 1070, 2nd par., last line on p. 605. Delete this.

No. 1070 (2), 1st line. Read Letters.

No. 1070 (3), 1st par. For a transcript of Ethé 3001 see Blochet iv 2119.

No. 1070 (3), 1st par. Read infra cit.

No. 1070, last par. Read Tippoo.

¶ No. 1075, last par., end. Read [sic, for 1844].

No. 1076, 2nd par. Read Kirdgār kārsāz i rūzgār.

No. 1078, 3rd par. In the Calcutta Madrasah catalogue, p. 105, the Kār-nāmah i Ḥaidarī is spoken of as a work of ʿAbd al-Raḥīm Gōrak’hpūrī (who went to Afg̲h̲ānistān with Mountstuart Elphinstone and W. Fraser, translated some English mathematical works into Persian and died in Calcutta).

No. 1078, last par. Read Calcutta 1854.

No. 1079 (7). Read Srī-Rang-Paṭan [with a single ṭ. Dr. K̲h̲iḍr ʿAlī K̲h̲ān, orally].

No. 1079 (7), end. Insert:

(8)

Tārīk̲h̲ i Ṭīpū Sulṭān (beg. Sulṭān i nas̲h̲ʾatain): Madrās i 288.

(9)

Waqāʾiʿ i Ḥaidarī (beg. S̲h̲āyistah-tarīn kalāmī), a brief history of Ḥaidar ʿAlī and Ṭīpū: Madrās i 320–1.

No. 1083, 1st par., penult. Read 1162/1749.

No. 1083, 3rd par., end. Insert:

Edition: Anwar Nāma of Abjadi. Edited by Muhammad Husain Mahvi. Madrās 1944 (Madras Univ. Islamic Series, no. 8. See jras. 1946 p. 210).

No. 1084, 2nd par., mss. Read Madrās i 304.

No. 1084, 3rd par., end. [Tūzuk i Wālā-Jāhī.] Part ii of Nainar’s translation was published in 1939 (see jras. 1940 p. 398, 1942 p. 71).

No. 1086, 2nd par., mss. [Sawāniḥāt i mumtāz.] Also Madrās i p. 546 no. 535, p. 486 no. 447 (ah 1350/1931,⁷⁶ probably transcribed from the preceding ms.).

No. 1087, (1), end. Insert:

(1a)

Bahār i Aʿẓam-Jāhī, an account of Nawwāb Aʿẓam-Jāh’s journey to Nagūr and back in 1238/1822–3 by G̲h̲ulām-ʿAbd al-Qādir “Nāẓir” entitled Qādir ¶ ʿAẓīm K̲h̲ān (for whom see no. 1451): Madrās i 529 (ah 1239/ 1823–4, autograph).

(1b)

S̲h̲araf-nāmah, or Tārīk̲h̲ i Ḥafīẓ-Allāh-K̲h̲ānī, a history of the Nawwābs of the Carnatic from ʿAẓīm al-Daulah to G̲h̲ulām-G̲h̲aut̲h̲, by M. Auliyā, entitled Ḥafīẓ Allāh K̲h̲ān: Madrās i 530 (ah 1354/1935).

No. 1091, end.. Insert:

1091 a. For the Badāʾiʿ al-waqāʾiʿ of “Wāṣifī” see no. 501, 2nd par.

No. 1094, 3rd par., 1st footnote. [Dīwān i Fānī.] Also Majlis ii 1035 (between 901/1495–6 and 906/1500–1).

No. 1094, Persian translations (4), 2nd par. Read: pp. 155–7); Tuḥfah i Sāmī.

No. 1099, 2nd par., 5th footnote, end. S̲h̲ujāʿ Bēg Arg̲h̲ūn, or Amīr S̲h̲āh-S̲h̲ujāʿ Arg̲h̲ūn was not another son of D̲h̲ū ’l-Nūn but the same person as S̲h̲āh-Bēg Arg̲h̲ūn (see Ency. Isl. under Arg̲h̲ūn dynasty of Sind, Firis̲h̲tah ii p. 620 penult.).

No. 1100, 2nd par., mss. [Tuḥfah i Sāmī.] Also Vatican Pers. 106 (ah 977/1569 or 997/1588. Rossi p. 116), Ellis Coll. M. 367 (ah 1026/1617).

No. 1105, end. Insert:

1105a. Ṣādiq Bēg “Ṣādiqī” Afs̲h̲ār, poet and painter, was born at Tabrīz in 940/1533–4 and became Librarian to S̲h̲āh ʿAbbās (985–1038/1587–1629). According to the Dānis̲h̲mandān i Ad̲h̲arbāyjān he prepared in 1010/1601–2 at Iṣfahān a collected edition of his works in Persian and Turkī prose and verse, which included a Persian mat̲h̲nawī entitled Fatḥ-nāmah i ʿAbbās i nāmdār as well as the Majmaʿ al-k̲h̲awāṣṣ. For his Ḥaẓẓīyāt, a small Persian work on Ṣūfism, see Berlin 12 (7), Bodleian 1243 (2) and Dānis̲h̲mandān i Ad̲h̲arbāyjān p. 213 (10).

Majmaʿ al-k̲h̲awāṣṣ, dateless Turkī notices of contemporary poets composed [circa 1000/1592⁷⁷] in the reign of S̲h̲āh ʿAbbās (985–1038/1587–1629) and divided into eight majmaʿs ((1) kings, p. 7, (2) princes, p. 21, (3) nobles of Turkish race (arkān i salṭanat az Turkān), p. 29, (4) nobles of Persian race, p. 39, (5) sons of Turkish and Persian nobles, p. 63, (6) Saiyids, p. 74, (7) Turkish poets who wrote in Turkish, Persian and Arabic, p. 102, ¶ (8) contemporary Persian poets, p. 131), and a k̲h̲ātimah (verses by the author): Ḥ. K̲h̲. ii p. 263, v p. 401, Istānbūl Univ. Lib. 4085 (ah 1016/1607–8), 4097 (ah 1037/1627–8), Nūr i ʿUt̲h̲mānīyah 3720 (ah 1021/1612), Gotha Turkish cat. p. 139 no. 168.

Edition with Persian translation: Tad̲h̲kirah i Majmaʿ al-k̲h̲awāṣṣ ba-zabān i Turkī i C̲h̲ag̲h̲atāy taʾlīf i Ṣādiqī i Kitābdār u tarjamah i ān ba-zabān i Fārsī ba-k̲h̲āmah i Duktur ʿAbd al-Rasūl K̲h̲ayyām-pūr muʿallim i Dānis̲h̲gāh i Tabrīz, Tabrīz ahs 1327/1948–9 (327 pp.).

List of the 342⁷⁸ poets in the Gotha ms.: Gotha Turkish cat. pp. 140–8.

[Autobiographical statements collected in editor’s preface, pp. ḥā to yā; Tad̲h̲kirah i Naṣrābādī pp. 39–40; ʿĀlam- ārāy i ʿAbbāsī p. 127; K̲h̲ulāṣat al-kalām no. 39; Mak̲h̲zan al-g̲h̲arāʾib no. 1299; S̲h̲amʿ i anjuman p. 256; Dānis̲h̲mandān i Ād̲h̲arbāyjān pp. 212–13; Armag̲h̲ān xii pp. 15–21, 185–99.]

No. 1137, last par. Read raʿnā.

No. 1147, 1st par., beginning. Lakzī is the Arabic form (cf. Samʿānī fol. 495, l. 19, Suyūṭī Lubb al-Lubāb p. 230, Tāj al-ʿarūs iv p. 78; l. 5 from foot) and it may possibly be used also in Persia, but the word is spelt Lagzī in the Farhang i Niẓām.

No. 1149, Abridgments, mss. [Muntak̲h̲ab i Majmaʿ al-nafāʾis.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 50 (early 19th cent.).

No. 1150, 2nd par., 6th footnote. The spelling Sīwistān may be incorrect. Yāqūt writes Sīwastān.

No. 1150 (1), Editions, end. [Tad̲h̲kirat al-aḥwāl. Editions.] Also Ṭihrān ahs 1324/1945 (abridged by Muḥammadī and published under the title Safar-nāmah i Sh̲aik̲h̲ Muḥammad ʿAlī Ḥazīn as pp. 61–130 (last) of the volume entitled Nādir S̲h̲āh, of which pp. 7–60 are an abridgment of M. Mahdī’s Durrah i Nādirī [sic]).

No. 1150, last par., beginning. [“Ḥazīn.”] A brief note by “Ḥazīn”, in Arabic, on the teachers whose lectures he attended and on the books studied by him is preserved in Ivanow 1778 (3).

¶ No. 1162, 1st par., twice. The spelling Sīwistān may be incorrect. Yāqūt writes Sīwastān.

No. 1162, Arabic works (2), 1st par. [Subḥat al-marjān.] Cf. Zubaid Aḥmad The contribution of India to Arabic literature pp. 180–2.

No. 1162, Arabic works (2), last par., penult. sentence. For (12) read (11).

No. 1162, Arabic works (3). For “Āzād’s” dīwāns see also Zubaid Aḥmad The contribution of India to Arabic literature pp. 213–19, 428.

No. 1162, Arabic works (4).[Maẓhar al-barakāt.] See also Zubaid Aḥmad The contribution of India to Arabic literature p. 428.

No. 1162, Persian works (15). The spelling Sīwistān may be incorrect. Yāqūt writes Sīwastān.

No. 1170, 4th par., mss. [Ātas̲h̲-kadah.] Also Majlis ii 886 (ah 1217/1802–3), Ellis Coll. M. 231 (ornate ms. Late 18th cent.).

No. 1170, penult. par. [Tad̲h̲kirah i Isḥāq.] Also Majlis ii 897 (ah 1217/ 1802–3).

No. 1174, 2nd par., mss. [Anīs al-aḥibbāʾ.] Also Majlis ii 893 (ah 1203/ 1788–9).

No. 1176 (1), 1st par. [Gulzār i Ibrāhīm.] For an autograph ms. of the second half (sīn to yāʾ) in the private library of Maulawī ʿUmar Yāfiʿī [presumably at Ḥaidarābād] see Islamic culture xxii/4 (Oct. 1948) p. 403.

No. 1176 (1), 2nd par. [Gulzār i Ibrāhīm. Urdu trans.] According to Islamic culture xxii/4 (Oct. 1948) p. 403 “Later in 1212 ah Mirza ʿAlī Luṭf translated a selection of it in Urdu. This was published by Muhammad ʿAbdullah K̲h̲ān (late Nazim of the Āṣafia Library) with a foreword by Maulvi ʿAbdul Ḥaq, b.a., in 1906, as Guls̲h̲an-i-Hind. Some time back the Tad̲h̲kira was corrected and edited by Dr. Zore [i.e. “Zōr”] and was published by the Anjuman-i-Tarraqi [sic]-i-Urdu, and forms No. 72 of its publication series.”

No. 1187, 1st par., last sentence. Read Ṣād i daftar i as̲h̲wāq (a chronogram=1187/ 1773. See Rieu ii 723b).

¶ No. 1187 (1), mss.[Bāg̲h̲ i gulhā-yi ḥusn.] Also Rieu ii 723b ii (ah 1191/1777). The work, however, does not belong to this section: it contains “descriptions of the various points of female beauty, in ornate prose, with appropriate verses, partly due to the author, partly to other poets not named” (Rieu).

No. 1187, last par. [“ʿIs̲h̲q.”] Also Garcin de Tassy ii p. 45; Rieu ii 723b.

No. 1194, 2nd par., mss. [Anjuman i K̲h̲āqān.] Also Majlis ii 892.

No. 1195, end. Insert:

1195a. S. Ḥasan (or Ḥusain?) “T̲h̲amar” Nāʾīnī is mentioned briefly in the Anjuman i K̲h̲āqān as one of the Ṭabāṭabā’ī Saiyids of Nāʾīn. He is mentioned also in the Bayān i Maḥmūd.

Tad̲h̲kirah i T̲h̲amar i Nāʾīnī, notices of forty panegyrists of Ḥājj M. Ḥusain K̲h̲ān Niẓām al-Daulah Iṣfahānī, who succeeded Mīrzā S̲h̲afīʿ as Saḍr i Aʿẓam and who died in 1238/1822–3, in a muqaddamah, two bābs and a k̲h̲ātimah: Majlis ii 898 (lacks Muqaddamah and perhaps part of K̲h̲ātimah. Autograph?).

No. 1199 (1), end. [ʿAbd al-Razzāq Bēg Dunbulī] Insert:

(1a)

Ḥadāʾiq al-udabāʾ, twenty-three ḥadīqahs dedicated in 1232/1817 to ʿAbbās Mīrzā Nāʾib al-Salṭanah and dealing, in the words of the cataloguer, with “muns̲h̲aʾāt u muṭāraḥāt i s̲h̲uʿarā-yi ʿArab u ʿAjam u faṣāḥat u balāg̲h̲at i aqwāl i ānān u siyāsat i mulūk u ādāb i wuzarāʾ u uṣūl i dīn u ak̲h̲lāq u tawārīk̲h̲ u lug̲h̲āt u g̲h̲air az īnhā”: Majlis ii 915 (a large fragment (322 foll.) containing biographies of Persian poets and selections from their Arabic poems. Autograph?).⁷⁹

No. 1200, last par. [“Rāʾiq.”] Also S̲h̲amʿ i anjuman p. 181.

No. 1204, 2nd par., mss. [Tad̲h̲kirat al-salāṭīn.] For the Majlis ms. see now Majlis ii 894.

No. 1205, 2nd par., mss. [Tad̲h̲kirah i Muḥammad-S̲h̲āhī.] Also Majlis ii 902 (ah 1249/1833–4), 903 (ah 1251/1835–6).

¶ No. 1207, last par. [Muṣṭafā K̲h̲ān “S̲h̲ēftah”.] Also Āt̲h̲ār al-ṣanādīd (cf. no. 654, 5th par. supra), Lucknow 1876, pt. 4, pp. 110–11.

No. 1214, 2nd par., mss. [Madāʾiḥ al-Muʿtamadīyah.] Also Majlis ii 1192 (autograph?).

No. 1225 (20), 2nd par. [Majmaʿ al-fuṣaḥāʾ.] Another edition: [Ṭihrān, n.d.] (657 pp. See F. E. Karatay Istanbul Üniversitesi Kütüphanesi Farsça Basmalar Kataloğu, p. 151).

No. 1225, end. Insert:

1225a. “Kāẓim” wrote at least part of his tad̲h̲kirah at Zanjān.

Tad̲h̲kirah i Kāẓim, notices of a few poets and poetesses, nearly all ancient, composed in 1286–7/1869–70: Majlis ii 901 (307 foll. ah 1286–7, autograph).

No. 1228, 1st par. Nawwāb S̲h̲ams al-ʿUlamāʾ ʿAlī Ḥasan K̲h̲ān is mentioned incidentally in S. Najīb As̲h̲raf Nadwī’s Muqaddamah i ruqaʿāt i ʿĀlamgīr (in Urdu), Aʿẓamgaṛh [1930*] p. 108³, where he is described as Nāẓim i Nadwah, Lak’hna’ū [i.e. presumably Director (?) of the educational society Nadwat al-ʿUlamāʾ founded at Lucknow in 1894 or of the school maintained by that society or both (see R. B. Saksēna History of Urdu literature p. 290)]. In the autobiography printed under the tak̲h̲alluṣ “Salīm” (evidently a tak̲h̲alluṣ still earlier than “ʿĀs̲h̲iqī” mentioned above) in the Ṣubḥ i guls̲h̲an, pp. 208–11, it is stated that he was born on 4 Rabīʿ al-Āk̲h̲ir 1283/16 August 1866 at Bhōpāl. He was thus twelve years old when he published that work and must have received a great deal of assistance from the collaborator mentioned in his preface, Maulawī S. M. Yūsuf ʿAlī, Kār- pardāz i āstānah i ʿalīyah i walī-ʿahd i riyāsat.

No. 1231, end. Insert:

1231a. Ibrāhīm b. Mahdī.

Tad̲h̲kirah i majdīyah, poems by members of Nāṣir al-Dīn S̲h̲āh’s court and high officials, with notices of the authors and portraits: Ṭihrān 1302/1885° (52 foll.); 1303/1885–6 (81 pp. See Karatay p. 84).

1231b. From statements made here and there in his tad̲h̲kirah it appears that “Mumaiyiz” was at one time auditor at Nihāwand (sālī kih bandah maʾmūr ¶ bi-taʿdīl i Nihāwand būdam,⁸⁰ p. 209), that in 1250/1834–5 he was at Tabrīz (p. 184), that in 1262/1846 he was staying in Tihrān (p. 114) and that in 1299/1881–2 he saw Mūsā K̲h̲ān “Sarhang” and took down some verses of his.

Tad̲h̲kirah i Mumaiyiz, notices of contemporary poets: Majlis ii 904 (ah 1306/1888–9, apparently autograph).

No. 1235, end. Insert:

1235a. ʿAlī Aṣg̲h̲ar “Ḥikmat” b. Ḥis̲h̲mat al-Mamālik Aḥmad ʿAlī Mustaufī, member of a distinguished medical family and on his mother’s side the grandson of Ḥasan Fasāʾī (see no. 464 supra), was born at S̲h̲īrāz on 23 Ramaḍān 1310/10 April 1893 and was educated at the American High School [in Ṭihrān] and the University of Paris. He has been Professor of Persian Literature in the University of Ṭihrān since 1931 and was Minister of Foreign Affairs in the cabinet of 1948. He had previously held several other ministries, including that of education. Among his works are didactic mat̲h̲nawīs and translations of plays by Shakespeare. His edition of two translations of the Majālis al-nafāʾis has already been mentioned (no. 1094, Persian translations (1) Editions (2), and (2) Edition supra).

Jāmī, mutaḍammin i taḥqīqāt dar tārīk̲h̲ i aḥwāl u āt̲h̲ār i manẓūm u mant̲h̲ūr i k̲h̲ātam al-s̲h̲uʿarā Nūr al-Dīn ʿAbd al-Raḥmān i Jāmī: Tihrān 1320/1942 (413 pp.).

[Ras̲h̲īd Yāsimī Adabīyāt i muʿāṣir pp. 41–4 (portrait); M. Ishaque Modern Persian poetry pp. 11, 26, etc.; Ḥabīb Allāh Muk̲h̲tārī Tārīk̲h̲ i bīdārī i Ῑrān pp. 270–1 (portrait); International Who’s who 1950 under Hekmat; Ῑraj Afs̲h̲ār Nat̲h̲r i Fārsī i muʿāṣir pp. 132–7 (portrait)].

No. 1236, 1st par. Saʿīd Nafīsī is one of the Professors of Persian Literature in the University of Ṭihrān (see The world of learning 1950). Also Tārīk̲h̲ i jarāʾid u majallāt i Ῑrān iii pp. 70–1 (portrait); Ῑraj Afs̲h̲ār Nat̲h̲r i Fārsī i muʿāṣir pp. 169–92 (portrait).

No. 1237, 1st par. “Ras̲h̲īd” Yāsamī is Professor of the History of Ῑrān in the University of Ṭihrān (see The world of learning, 1950, where Yāsamī is so spelt (officially?)). See also Berthels Ocherk istorii persidskoi literatury pp. 167–9; S. M. Bāqir Burqaʿī Suk̲h̲anwarān i nāmī i muʿāṣir pp. 89–93 (portrait); Ῑraj Afs̲h̲ār Nat̲h̲r i Fārsī i muʿāṣir pp. 149–56 (portrait).

¶ No. 1238, last par. [Qāsim G̲h̲anī.] Also Ῑraj Afs̲h̲ār Nat̲h̲r i Fārsī i muʿāṣir pp. 193–204 (portrait).

No. 1239, 1st par. B. al-Z. Furūzān-far is Professor of the History of Persian Literature in the University of Ṭihrān (see The world of learning 1950).

No. 1239, last par. [Badīʿ al-Zamān Furūzān-far.] Also Burqaʿī Suk̲h̲anwarān i nāmī i muʿāṣir pp. 22–4 (portrait. His name is given here as M. Ḥasan B. al-Z. F.-f.); Ῑraj Afs̲h̲ār Nat̲h̲r i Fārsī i muʿāṣir pp. 212–14 (portrait).

No. 1240, end. Insert:

1240a. S. Ḥusain S̲h̲ajarah “Bīnā” b. ʿAbd al-Rasūl S̲h̲ajarah was born at Iṣfahān in 1318/1900–1.

(1)

S̲h̲ak̲h̲sīyat i Maulawī, on Jalāl al-Dīn Rūmī and his work: Ṭihrān ahs 1316/1937–8.

(2)

Taḥqīq dar rubāʿīyāt u zindagānī i K̲h̲aiyām: Ṭihrān (see Luzac’s Oriental List 1942 p. 11, where the date is not mentioned).

[Ishaque Suk̲h̲anvarān-i-Ῑrān ii pp. 220–4 (portrait), Modern Persian poetry pp. 12, 30.]

No. 1241, last par. [“Ḥabīb” Yag̲h̲māʾī] Also D. J. Irani Poets of the Pahlavi regime p. 271; Burqaʿī Suk̲h̲anwarān i nāmī i muʿāṣir p. 57 (portrait).

No. 1242, end. Insert:

1242a. S. M. Bāqir Burqaʿī is the son of S. ʿAlī Akbar “Kās̲h̲if” Burqaʿī Qummī.⁸¹

Suk̲h̲anwarān i nāmī i muʿāṣir, alphabetically arranged notices of poets who were alive in ahs 1300/1920–1 or later years, with a final notice of the earlier poet “Amīrī” (M. Ṣādiq Adīb al-Mamālik, for whom see Browne Lit. Hist. iv pp. 346–9): [Ṭihrān ahs 1329/1950–1 (date of preface).] (Mu’assasah i Maṭbūʿātī i Amīr i Kabīr.)

No. 1243 (1), end. Insert:

(1a)

¶ Ḥayāt i Saʿdī, translated from the Urdu of Alṭāf Ḥusain “Ḥālī”⁸² by S. Naṣr Allāh “Surūs̲h̲”: Tihrān ahs 1316/1937 (see Luzac’s OL. 1938 p. 127 and Harrassowitz’s Litterae orientales July 1938 p. 9).

No. 1243 (2). For Aḥmad “Suhailī” b. G̲h̲ulām-Riḍā K̲h̲ān K̲h̲wānsārī (b. ahs 1291/1912–13 at Tihrān, Librarian of the Kitāb-k̲h̲ānah i Millī i Malik⁸³ and editor of the D̲h̲ail i Tārik̲h̲ i ʿĀlam-ārāy i ʿAbbāsī) see Burqaʿī Suk̲h̲anwarān i nāmī i muʿāṣir pp. 127–8 (portrait).

No. 1243 (2), end. Insert:

(2a)

Iqbāl i Lāhaurī,⁸⁴ s̲h̲āʿir i Pārsī-gūy i Pākistān. Baḥt̲h̲ dar aḥwāl u afkār i ū nigāris̲h̲ i Mujtabā Mīnuwī.⁸⁵ Ṭihrān ahs 1327/1948–9 (Az intis̲h̲ārāt i majallah i Yag̲h̲mā. 75 pp.).

No. 1243 (4), end.. Insert:

(4a)

Saʿdī-nāmah, essays (and some poems) on Saʿdī by M. Qazwīnī, ʿAbbās Iqbāl, Furūzān-far and others, mostly Professors in the University of Ṭihrān: Ṭihrān ahs 1316/1938‡ (nos. 11–12 of the periodical Taʿlīm u tarbiyat, vol. (year) vii, but published also as an independent work).

No. 1243 (7). Read notices.

No. 1245, 3rd par. The Mas̲h̲had and Sipahsālār mss. are evidently portions of the Kas̲h̲f al-asrār wa-ʿuddat al-abrār of Ras̲h̲īd al-Dīn Aḥmad b. M. Maibudī (see supra, addendum to no. 5).

No. 1245, end. Insert:

1245a. Abū Bakr Muḥammad al-K̲h̲aṭīb, i.e. Abū Bakr M. b. ʿAbd al-Karīm b. ʿAlī b. Saʿd al-K̲h̲aṭīb, died in 502/1109.

¶ (Aḥwāl al-S̲h̲aik̲h̲ Abī Isḥāq al-Kāzarūnī),⁸⁶ an Arabic biography of A. I. al-K. (for whom see no. 1254 i, Persian translations, 2nd footnote, Der Islam xix p. 18 sqq. (M. F. Köprülü and P.Wittek) and Ency. Isl., suppt., under Kāzerūnī (Wittek)): no mss. recorded.

Persian translations (expanded):

(1)

Firdaus al-murs̲h̲idīyah fī asrār al-ṣamadīyah, completed in 728/1327 by Maḥmūd b. ʿUt̲h̲mān: Āyā Ṣōfyah 3254.

Edition: Die Vita des Scheich Abū Isḥāq al-Kāzarūnī in der persischen Bearbeitung von Maḥmūd b. ʿUt̠mān, herausgegeben und eingeleitet von F. Meier, Leipzig 1948 (Bibliotheca Islamica, 14).

(2)

Marṣad al-aḥrār ilā siyar al-murs̲h̲id al-abrār, composed circ. 750/1349 by Rajāʾ Muḥammad b. ʿAbd al-Raḥmān b. ʿAbd al-Raḥīm al-Kāzarūnī surnamed (al-mulaqqab bah) ʿAlāʾ [al-Dīn], apparently one of the saint’s disciples: A. Chester Beatty’s private library (ah 830/ 1427).

Description: The biography of Shaikh Abū Isḥāq al-Kāzarūnī. By A. J. Arberry (in Oriens 3/2 (1950) pp. 163–82).

No. 1251, 2nd par., footnote. [ʿAbd al-Qādir Jilānī] Also M. A. Ayni and F. J. Simore-Munir Seyyid Abd-al-Kadir Guilani, un grand saint de l’Islam, Paris 1938 (Les grandes figures de l’Orient, vi. See Luzac’s OL. 1939 p. 21); Saiyedena Hazrat Ghaus- ul-Azam, by Saiyed Abdus Salik, Calcutta (see Luzac’s OL. 1939 pp. 118, 126).

No. 1254, 2nd par., 2nd footnote. [Abū Isḥāq Kāzarūnī.] Also p. 1343^1–19; Der Islam xix p. 18 sqq. (M. F. Köprülü and P. Wittek); Ency. Isl., suppt., under Kāzerūnī (Wittek).

No. 1259, 1st par., 1st footnote. [Mīr (i?) K̲h̲wurd.] Cf. also Ātas̲h̲-kadah no. 189: “Mîr Khurd, with the takhalluṣ Malâlî, brother of Mîr Kalân of Sabzwâr.”

No. 1259, 1st par., 4th footnote, beginning. [Niẓām al-Dīn Auliyā kī bastī.] See A guide to Niẓāmu-d Dīn, by Maulvi Zafar Hasan, Calcutta 1922 (Memoirs of the Archæological Survey of India, no. 10).

No. 1260, 2nd par., mss. [Safar-nāmah i Mak̲h̲dūm i Jahāniyān.] Berlin 536 (2) (58 foll. ah 1236/1821. “Allerhand fabelhafte Erzählungen von meist fabelhaften Ländern,” beginning with the Masjid i Aqṣā) seems to be a part of this work.

¶ No. 1263, 1st par., footnote. [ʿAlāʾ al-Dīn ʿAṭṭār.] Also no. 1411 (78) infra; Ḥabīb al-siyar iii, 3, p. 87.

No. 1266, 2nd par. [K̲h̲ulāṣat al-maqāmāt.] For a work entitled Maqāmāt i Aḥmad i Jām by Muḥammad al-Is̲h̲asnawī see Ellis Coll. M. 266 (16th cent.).

No. 1274, 2nd par., mss. [Nafaḥāt al-uns.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 209 (ah 901/1496).

No. 1274, Commentaries (1), mss. [Ḥās̲h̲iyah i Nafaḥāt al-uns.] Also Majlis ii 914 (ah 1036/1626–7).

No. 1277, 2nd par., last footnote. The abridgment seems to be the Tuḥfah i K̲h̲ānī (see Ivanow Curzon 648).

No. 1277, Persian commentary. M. Ḥusain b. M. Hādī is the author of several medical works, which include the Majmaʿ al-jawāmiʿ, composed in 1185/1771–2, and the well-known Mak̲h̲zan al-adwiyah, and of a commentary on Muḥsin Kās̲h̲ī’s Kalimāt i maknūnah (Brockelmann Sptbd. ii p. 584).

No. 1298, 1st par., footnote. He usually calls himself al-Turk (not al-Turkī) but nevertheless in a note at the end of his commentary on the Mis̲h̲kāt he calls himself ʿA. al-Ḥ. b. S. al-D. al-Dihlawī waṭan^an al-Buk̲h̲ārī aṣl^an al-Turkī nasab^an al-Ḥanafī mad̲h̲hab^an al-Ṣūfī mas̲h̲rab^an al-Qādirī ṭarīqat^an (see Rieu i p. 14).

No. 1298 (1), mss. [Ak̲h̲bār al-ak̲h̲y̲ā̲r.] Also Ellis Coll. M. 5 (ah 1168/1755), M. 6 (18th cent.).

Editions: also [Bombay] Hās̲h̲imī Pr., 1280/1864 (310 pp. See F. E. Karatay, Istanbul Univ. cat. p. 3).

No. 1316 (1), 1st footnote, 2nd part, sources. [Aḥmad Sirhindī.] Also Gulzār i asrār al-Ṣūfīyah (Ethé 1901), Bāb iv, and probably Manāqib i Aḥmadīyah u maqāmāt i Saʿdīyah, by M. Maẓhar al-Dīn Fārūqī, Delhi 1847 (see F. E. Karatay, Istanbul Univ. cat. p. 127).

No. 1320, 2nd par., 3rd footnote. [Ādam Banūrī.] Also Gulzār i asrār al-Ṣūfīyah (Ethé 1901), Bāb iv; S. S̲h̲ams Allāh Qādirī Qāmūs al-aʿlām (in Urdu), pt. l (Ḥaidarābād 1935), col. 12.

No. 1344, 2nd par., 1st footnote. [Saʿdī Lāhaurī.] Also Gulzār i asrār al-Ṣūfīyah (Ethé 1901), Bāb iv.

¶ No. 1381, 1st par. The first element in the name of this author seems to have been, not Irtiḍā’, as might have been expected, but Irtaḍā (ارتضی), the third person singular of the perfect tense. It will be noticed that on the title-page of his “Furaiz- i-Irtazeeah”, printed at Madrās in his lifetime (see no. 1381, 1st par. (4), footnote), his name is spelt Irtaza Alee.

No. 1402, 1st par. M. Bāqir Wāʿiẓ Māzandarānī died in 1313/1895–6 according to Mas̲h̲had iii, fṣl. 14, ptd. bks., no. 61. It seems that Māzandarānī, rather than Ṭihrānī, should be in thick type.

No. 1411 (3), end. Insert:

(3a)

Aḥwālāt i marḥūm S̲h̲aik̲h̲ Aḥmad b. Zain al-Dīn al-Aḥsāʾī,⁸⁷ by M. Ṭāhir.

Edition: place? 1310/1892–3 (Āṣafīyah iii p. 362).

No. 1411 (9). The Badāʾiʿ al-āt̲h̲ār is in two volumes according to the Kitāb i Ṣubḥī p. 141,⁸⁸ where there is some information about Maḥmūd Zarqānī.

No. 1411 (12), end. Insert:

(12a)

Bisṭām u Bāyazīd i Bisṭāmī, by Iqbāl Yag̲h̲māʾī: Ṭihrān (see Luzac’s OL. 1938 p. 183).

No. 1411 (16). Imdād Allāh, a prominent Ṣūfī resident at T’hānah Bhawan (18 miles N.W. of Muẓaffarnagar), emigrated to Mecca at the time of the Indian Mutiny and was still there, lecturing on Rūmī’s Mat̲h̲nawī in the Ḥaram i S̲h̲arīf, when Raḥmān ʿAlī wrote a notice of him on pp. 28–9 of his Tad̲h̲kirah i ʿulamāʾ i Hind [published in 1894].

No. 1411 (19), end. Insert:

(19a)

G̲h̲azzālī-nāmah, a life of al-G̲h̲azzālī, by Jalāl [al-Dīn K̲h̲ān “Sanā”] Humāʾī²: Ṭihrān (see Luzac’s OL. 1940 pp. 63, 108).

No. 1411 (26). [Ḥikāyāt al-ṣāliḥīn.] ms. (without title and author’s name but divided as described by Ḥ. K̲h̲.): Rieu Suppt. 393 (beg. T̲h̲. u st. mar K̲h̲udāy-rā kih Āfrīdgār i jahān-ast u Āfrīdgār i hamah jānwarān ast. Breaks off towards ¶ end of second ḥikāyat in Bāb xx. 153 foll. 13th cent.). “The author was a Sunni, living apparently in the fifth century of the Hijrah” (Rieu).

No. 1411 (36), end. Insert:

(36a)

Mak̲h̲zan al-aʿrās, by S̲h̲. S̲h̲araf al-Dīn [b.?] Qāḍī S̲h̲. M. S̲h̲ahrawānī: Āṣafīyah iii p. 106 (ah 1156/1743).

(36b)

Mak̲h̲zan al-wilāyah wa-’l-jamāl li-ḥuṣūl al-maʿrifah wa-’l-kamāl, an account of C̲h̲is̲h̲tī Niẓāmī s̲h̲aik̲h̲s, by M. Wilāyat ʿAlī K̲h̲ān: Lucknow 1300/1883° (on title-page 1286. 164 pp.).

No. 1411 (43), end. Insert:

(43a)

Manāqib i Aḥmadīyah u maqāmāt i Saʿdīyah,⁸⁹ by M. Maẓhar al-Dīn Fārūqī: Delhi 1847 (288 pp. See F. E. Karatay Istanbul Üniversitesi Kütüphanesi Farsça Basmalar Kataloğu p. 127).

No. 1411 (63), end. Insert:

(63a)

Naẓm al-durar fī silk al-siyar, a life of S. Amīr, a Naqs̲h̲bandī saint, by Ṣafī Allāh called Mullā-yi Bāndah:⁹⁰ Delhi [1888°] (332 pp.).

No. 1411 (99), end. Insert:

(99a)

(S̲h̲arḥ i hāl al-S̲h̲aik̲h̲ Aḥmad [b.] Zain al-Dīn al-Aḥsāʾī):⁹¹ Bombay n.d. (Browne Materials for the study of the Bábí religion p. 194).

No. 1411 (114), end. Insert:

(114a)

Tad̲h̲kirah i S̲h̲āh-Ālam,⁹² by S. ʿAbd al-Raḥmān, commonly called (ʿurf) S̲h̲āh Buddah [bdh?]: Āṣafīyah i p. 318.

No. 1411 (116). Read Aḥmad [b.] Zain al-Dīn.

No. 1411 (116), end. Insert:

(116a)

Tad̲h̲kirat al-qubūr, on the saints and other celebrities buried at Iṣfahān, by ʿAbd al-Karīm b. Mahdī Iṣfahānī: Iṣfahān 1324/1906 ¶ [R. Lescot, Bull. E.O.I.F. de Damas vii–viii p. 282], See also Addendum ad no. 1539, 1539 (b) infra.

No. 1411 (119), end. Insert:

(119a)

Tiqṣār juyūd al-aḥrār min tid̲h̲kār junūd al-abrār, biographies of Ṣūfīs, by Nawwāb M. Ṣiddīq Ḥasan K̲h̲ān (d. 1890: see no. 48 supra): Bhōpāl 1295/1878 (295 pp. See F. E. Karatay Istanbul Univ. cat. p. 131).

No. 1411 (124), end. Insert:

(124a)

Wāqiʿāt i Ras̲h̲īdī, an account of various spiritual experiences of the author, Maulawī M. Ras̲h̲īd al-Dīn K̲h̲ān: Lucknow 1923* (with Urdu translation by Taqī Ḥaidar Qalandar).

No. 1438, 1st par., end. [Sanglāk̲h̲.] For works by S. entitled Burj i zawāhir (Istānbūl 1276/1859, 176 pp.) and Durj i zawāhir (sic; read jawāhir? Cairo 1272/1855, 147 pp.), see F. E. Karatay Istanbul Üniversitesi Kütüphanesi Farsça Basmalar Kataloğu, p. 161.

No. 1438, 2nd par., end. [Imtiḥān al-fuḍalāʾ.] Other editions: [Persia] 1288/1871 (2 vols. See F. E. Karatay, op. cit. p. 161); Istānbūl 1291/1874 (104 pp. [sic?]. Vid. ibid.).

No. 1438, 3rd par. [Sanglāk̲h̲.] Also Yādgār v/1–2 pp. 106–8 (biog. by M. Qazwīnī).

No. 1439, 1st par. ʿAbd al-Muḥammad K̲h̲ān Ῑrānī died at Cairo on 5 Ābān-māh ahs 1314/27 October 1935 (see M. Ṣadr Hās̲h̲imī Tārik̲h̲ i jarāʾid u majallāt i Ῑrān ii p. 197, where a biography and a portrait (p. 198) will be found). For a work of his entitled Zardus̲h̲t i bāstānī u falsafah i ū (212 pp.) see Harrassowitz’s Litterae orientales 57 (Jan. 1934) p. 15, where the place and date of publication are given (doubtless incorrectly⁹³) as Teheran 1933.

No. 1444, 1st par., (4) and (5). [Qāsim ʿAlī K̲h̲ān “Āfrīdī”]. For his Pas̲h̲tō dīwān see also Blumhardt Catalogue of the Marathi, … Pushtu, and Sindhi manuscripts in … the British Museum pp. 23–4 nos. 38–9.

¶ No. 1444, end. Insert:

No. 1533, end. Insert:

No. 1556, end. Insert:

No. 1567, end. Insert: